HOW TO SPEAK ENGLISH WELL 120 HOT TOPICS FOR LEARNERS OF INTERMEDIATE & ADVANCED LEVELS - NGUYỄN HỒNG ANH

WWW.FACEBOOK.COM/DAYKEM.QUYNHON

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

WWW.DAYKEMQUYNHON.UCOZ.COM

Đóng góp PDF bởi GV. Nguyễn Thanh Tú

WWW.FACEBOOK.COM/BOIDUONGHOAHOCQUYNHON


BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN






Nguyn H ng Anh} M JÍ. in TESOL

.Q UY

TP

ĐẠ O

I I !

The book "H ow To Speak English W e il'' is designed to provide you English learners o f pre-interm ediate and intermediate levels w ith 50 hot topics refated to daily life . Each topic helps you enrich your vocabulary as w ell as get more ideas about the topic you are involved in. In addition, questions in each topic facilitate you to practice your speaking skills. ->

NH ƠN

PREFACE

HƯ NG

I Practicing speaking is not only speaking. Besides, the learners have to \ improve th e ir reading and listening skills, grammar and vocabulary.

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

One o f the.most im portant factors that can help you get i/7e good result in speaking English is the self-confidence. Moreover•; you should enounce your ideas and jo in class discussions actively, ỉn English speaking, shyness prevents you from mastering i t Also, when you do not I know how to pronounce or how to use an English word, you should check it up in a dictionary or ask your classmates or teachers about i t I Over a//, d on 't be afraid o f making mistakes when practicing speaking i English.

HÓ

A

CẤ

I hope that í/ĩ is book can partly help you improve your English speaking skiff. Surely, lim itations in ứiis book could not be avoided, so your contributions w ilf be highly appreciated.

Nguyn Hng Anht MA. n TESOL (Canberra University, Australia)

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HAVE A BIG SUCCESS IN YOUR STUDY!

Hou> To Speak English Well


1 WWW.FACEBOOK.COM/BOIDUONGHOAHOCQUYNHON



Nguyễn H ồng Ảnh., M A . ìn TESO L

NH ƠN

TOPIC Is MYSELF ẸymOPUCTIƠM

.Q UY

I’m very happy to introduce myself. My name is Linh Chi, but my friends usually call me Katy.

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

I live In Bac Lieu province, a province in the west of Vietnam. My fam ily consists of four people: my parents, my younger brother and L My father is a farmer, and my mother is a house-wife who always takes a good care of my family. My brother is an 11th grade student. And I am a junior of Van Lang University.

TR

ẦN

I like ‘earning English very much. I have learnt it for years at high school and university, but my speaking skill is not good enough. Therefore, I try my best to leam it now, and I hope Í can speak it well one day. When I graduate from university, I will be a teacher of English because it is my major.

P2

+3

10

00

B

In my free time, Ỉ like listening to music, watching movies, reading newspapers, and going shopping. On Sundays, i usually go to the coffee shop to chat with my friends in the morning, and I always join the English Speaking Club to improve my speaking skill in the afternoon.

CẤ

In short I am very happy with my life. Of course, I am going to make it happier and more meaningful.

HÓ

A

VOCABULARY TBP

to indude to look after the third-year student

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

1. to consist (of) [karVsìstỊ s Ex: The committee consists often mmbers ủy ban gồm có mười thành viên 2. to take care o f Ex: 1always take care of my famiiy 3. ju n ior (n) fd0u:nj3]: freshman sophomore junior senior

S o w To Speak E n g lish W e ll





O ỉiE m m y s FOR M SCTSSIOK

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

1. May I know your name? Where are you from? What do you do? 2. How many people are there in your family? What is your position in your family? Who do you think loves you most ỉn your fam ily? 3. Which school are you studying at? What is your major? Why do you choose it? 4. What do you like about your classroom? What do you dislike about your classroom? 5. What do you think about your classmates? What do you think a b o u tJ your instructors 6. What are you going to do after graduating from your university? Do you think you will be successful in your future job? 7. Do you like listening to music? If yes, what kind o f music do you like best? 8. What do you think about watching TV or films? What Is your favorite . ■ channel? 9. What do you often do at weekends? Which activity do you like best? 10. Do you want to change your daily life? If yes, how win be It changed?

NH ƠN

Nguyễn H ồ n g A n h , ALA. in TESO L

+3

10

TOPIC 2; TWF FIK ST PAY I WETCT TO SCHOOL

CẤ

P2

I will never forget the first day I went to school. On that day, my mother accompanied me to school.

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

Soon a teacher came and led us to some classrooms. There we were put into four separate classes. This was when some children began to cry as the parents were not allowed into the classrooms. I did not cry because I had been to kindergarten before.

NG

it was an enjoyable time fo r me as I got to know my new classmates. The teacher was very busy writing down our particulars, so we had plenty of time to ourselves.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

When the break came, my new friends and I managed to make friend with two girls. Soon we were laughing and playing together. Once in a while the teacher had to tell us to keep quiet as we were making too much noise.

R

ovd

T o S p e ttk E n g lis h W e il





guyễn H ồng A n h ỹ M-A. in TESOL

NH ƠN

ínally the bell rang for us to go home. Some of us were very relieved to e reunited with our parents. I too was glad to see my mother waiting for le at the school gate. 1 had made many friends. It had been a wonderful rst day at school.

.Q UY

O CABEIABY T IP

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

. to accompany [s ’kAmpani]: to go with Ex: I should ask my friend to accompany me to school Tôi phài nhờ bạn tôi ñi cùng tõi ñến ờuởng . separate ['seprat] (a ): disconnected Ex: We were put into four separate classes Chúng tôi ñược phản vào các ỉởp khác nhau . kindergarten ['kind a ,g a :tn ] (n ): a school for children . to be busy + v-ing (with something) Ex: She’s busy with her homework Cô ẩy bận công việc ờ nhà She's busy writing letters Cô ẩy ñang bận viểt thư . particular [petjkjulo(r)] (n): detail, event . to manage = to try . Once in a while (exp.) = sometimes Ex: Once in a while we go to a restaurant Thỉnh thoảng chúng tôi ñí ăn nhà hàng . be relieved [r i’lirv ]: be comfortable 0. to reunite [,ri:ju :'n a it]: to come together 1. to see S.O do/doing s.th:

HÓ

A

QUESTIONs-FO R PISCUSSIOX

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

When did you start your schooling? Did you go to 3 public high school or a private one? Did you have to wear a uniform in high school? How about elementary school? Have you ever been absent from class? If yes, how many times were you absent from school? Have you ever been tate for class? If so, why? When was the last time? Did the teacher get angry? i. Did your school have a band? If so, did you play in It? Do you play on any of the school’s sports teams? Did you have any dose friends at elementary school? Do you still keep in touch with them? What classes did you not like? Why didn't you like them? What did you like best about high school?

lo tp To Speak E nglish WeU


4




_____________________________

ĐẠ O

TOPIC 3; HfV FAUfnvy

TP

.Q UY

8. What school dkJ you graduate from? What high school? What junior high school? . 9. What were some of the rules you had to follow at your high school? Which rules did you think were unfair? Did you ever get caught breaking any school rules'? Were you allowed to eat food in the dassroom? 10- What was your favourite subject? Why do you like it? Which subjects were you good at? Which subjects were you poor at?

NH ƠN

Nguyễn H ông A n h , M -A . ìn TESO L

HƯ NG

There are five members in my family: my parents, my older bother, my younger sister and I.

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

My parents are living in one of the central provinces. My mother is 53 years old. She is a housewife. My fattier is 55 years old. He is a fisherman. My older brother gets married, living separately near my parents1 home. He has two children and worics far an industrial park with his wife. My younger sister is a schoolgirl. She is three years older than me. We are very united.

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

Now i‘m living in HCMC for my higher education. However, I always miss and think about my family because it is the best place for me in the world. There ! can feel safe, warm, and free. My home is a place where I keep ail things that I love and am with people who iove me m ost It is also the place where I spend the happiest moments in my life, in addition, [ believe that my home is a foundation for me to develop myself and a school that forms my personality.

TO ÁN

-L

In short, I always keep the sentence “no place Is like home" in my mind.

VOCABULARY TCP base to create

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

1. foundation [faun’deijn] (n): 2. to form =

H ow To Speak E n g lish W e ll


5




'ễn H ồn g A n h , M~A. m TESOL

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

ow many people are there in your family? Do you live with your imily? Who is the most important one in your family? /hy do peopie say, “Family is the foundation of society”? What do 5U think about Vietnamese family’s foundation? It the same or different between the femify structure in the past and ie at present? What do you think of the traditional family? is it better ;an the modern one? Why/why not? fhich one do you prefer between Jiving in a large family with many snerations and Hving in a small one? What are advantages and sadvantages of jiving in a large / small family? 5 a saying goes T h ere is no place like home*. Do you think so? toat should we do to preserve the structure of Vietnamese family? ow is a happy famijy? Do you want to live with your parents, others or sisters in the same house? Why (or why not)? 0 you agree that the more modem society is, the more easily the mily is broken? What makes the value of famHy in Vietnam iwngrade? you have one choice between money and family, which one would >u choose? Why? Tiy are more and more people being interested in earning money? hat do you think of people who change their wives or friends when ìỉng rich? 3ve you ever left your family for a long time? If yes, how did you el?

NH ƠN

QUESTIONS FO B DISCUSSION

ĨO Speak E n glish W eũ





TOPIC 4; MY CHPLPHOOP

.Q UY

It is said th a t childhood is the best period of one’s life. I also have 3 beautiful childhood.

NH ƠN

N guyễn H ồ n g Ả n h , M -A . in TESOL

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

Since I was bom, my mother has always taken a good care nf in everything. My father usually appeared at important events in my life. For example, he took me to the school on the first d a y, when I started my schooling, and he was always so cỉose to me to encourage me in my study. Thanks to his care, 1always got good results.

B

TR

ẦN

My grandparents also loved me so. much. Whenever they came back home from their business trips or from the market, they always had presents form e. My unforgettable memory is when I sat on the verandah with my grandma listening to her fairy tales. My favorite story was 'T am and Cam’*.

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

I alsohave a lot of memories during my schooling years. Once I cut class to go to the cinema with my classmates. But my teacher and my mother punished me seriously for th a t The teacher made me kneel for one hour at the com er of the classroom, and my mother gave me a sound spanking.

HÓ

VOCABULARY T IP

A

in short, I never forget my childhood.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

1. period fpiaried] (n): stage Ex: Our country has many periods of history ðấy nước ta có nhiều giai ñóạn ỉịchsữ 2. event [Pvent] (n): incident Ex: Graduating from university is a big event in my life. 3. to encourage pn’kQridb]: to stimulate Ex: My friends usually encourage me to lose weight 4. verandah [va reendaj (n): the open porch 5. fairy tale: fairy story 6. serious psienas] (a) = strict Ex: . My teacher has a serious look Thầy ỉôi có vè nghiêm khắc 7. to kneeỉ ịni:l]: to go down on knees 8. a sound spanking: the act of slapping

H o k T o Speak E n g lish W e ll





fễn H ồn g A n h , M A . in TESO L

NH ƠN

ẩ^ B ĨS nO ^ S FOR PISCtSSIO M

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

low many children are there in your family? What is your position in le family? /here were you bom? Where did you grow up? When did you go to dhoo}? How did you feel? /as your childhood happy or unhappy? Why? Do you still keep any sautiful memories? If yes, could you tell us some o f yours? /hat do you remember most about your childhood? Do you think lat childhood is the best period of your life? o you think that we had best time when we were in our childhood? ow did you spend your childhood? What did you like best when you ere a child? /ho was your best friend when you were a child? Can you describe m/her? Do you still keep relation with him/her? ften you were a little child, who did you love most? Which toy did )U like best? What kinds of entertainment did you use to have? faat kinds of games did you usually play? Who did you usually play ith? tia t did you hate eating? W hafs your most vivid memory of the )use or flat where you grew up? D you think that it’s very hard for us to get what have gone? Do you Ỉuãỉíy talk to your friends about your childhood? 3 you ever wish that you could live a childhood life again?

MY LIFE

A

CẤ

TOPIC 5; A PAY

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

ay usually begins at 6. I get up and do exercise for about an hour Then I take After that I get dressed and have fast with my family. I usually have a jreakfast. At 7.30 I leave for school.

! evening, I go to evening classes, i’m learning English at Youth jn Languagẻ School. When 1 get home, I have dinner and watch

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

n take a bus to school. ! catch the bus my house, and it takes me about 30 es to get to school. My first ciass starts )0 a.m. and finishes at 1*1 a.m. Sometimes I stay there fo r the oon class. However, I usually stay at home in the afternoons.

To Speak E nglish WeU.


8




ĨSguyễn H ồ n g A n h , M -A . ŨI TESO L

NH ƠN

TV for an hour. Then I start my homework. Sometimes I go out with my friends, i usually go to bed at 12.

.Q UY

On Sundays, I usually go to coffee shops for chatting with my friends. Sometimes we go fishing or singing karaoke. You know, every Sunday afternoon, I go to the English speaking Club to improve my speaking skill.

HƯ NG

QUESTIONS FO B PISCD SSIO I\

ĐẠ O

TP

When I have free time, I usually listen to music. Í like English songs very much because they help me improve my English. A day in my life is very ’ interesting.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

1. What lim e do you usually get up? Do you take any exercise after getting up? What form of exercise, if any, do you take? 2. Do you usually have breakfast at home or at work or on the way to work? Do you often have coffee? 3. What do you have for lunch? Do you bring your lunch to work or have lunch outside work or go home fo r it? ^ 4. What time do you leave your work? Do you have to work overtime? In night shifts? Do you like your job? 5. What time do you amve home from work? When do you usually have dinner? Do you stay home and watch TV, read books or magazines, do the needle work, listen to music, or have a talk with your partner? 6. How often do you go out after dinner? Do you go to evening classes? What courses of study are you taking? What plans do you have for such courses? 7. How do you spend your time on Sundays? What do you do ỉn your free time? What do you do at weekends? 8. Do you think that your daily life is OK, compared with others in your family? Do you think your daily routine is boring? Have you ever thought of doing something else for a change? 9. Are you stifl going to school? What time does your school begin? What do you often do before school? How do you prepare your lessons before school? How do you go to school? How long does it take you to get there? When does your school finish? Do you go straight home after school? 10. Are you pleased with a day in your life?

B ate To Speak E nglish W e ll


9




yễn H ồng A n h , MÂ., ù i TESO L

.Q UY

If I would have the opportunity to study a subject I do not know yet, I would choose to study the outer space.

NH ƠN

TOPIC 6 : THE SUBJECT I U K E

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

I think It is very interesting to work on a spaceship, gathering different kinds of information, probes and specimens. Also ! have chances to know what is beyond our solar system' as well as t is beyond our universe.

ẦN

ther reason for studying the space is that I might make new Dveries. Ithink it is a great feeling to give people new knowledge, 5rtunities and experience. Thanks to these discoveries, people know 2 about our universe.

00

B

TR

tort, I believe th a t in the future, people wit! be able to visit the space as they go to a museum now.

+3

10

PABULARY I I P

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

obe Iproub] (n): exploration ecimen [spestmen] (n): sample yond [bPịàndỊ (adv-pre): out of reach Ex: Fuji and other mountains beyond are covered in snow. Núi Phú St và các ngọn núi phía xa lòa ñểu phù ñầy tuyết

Í-

O UĨSTIO XS FO B DISCUSSION?

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Vhat do you like about your classroom? What do you don't tike about our dassroom? >0 you think that smart students always sit down in front? Do you ỉel comfortable about your seat? Do you like the location o f your esk in your classroom? Where is your seat the best for you? >0 you think the teacher should assign seats to students? What is ie idea! seating plan or arrangement in a classroom? Wiat are five things you wouid like to change In your classroom? Do ou enjoy changing classrooms for different classes? »there any air-conditioning in your classroom? !s your classroom a ice place to study?

To Speak E nglish W e ll





TP

.Q UY

Q. How many subjects do you have to study? Which subjects are you bad at? Which subjects are you good at? 7. Which subject do you like best? Why do you like it? Are you good at this subject? 8. Do you learn English as one subject in your school? Do you like it? Among four skills, which one do you tike best? 9. Which subjects do you think are not practical? Why do you think so?

NH ƠN

N guvễn H ồ n g A n h , M A ., in TESO L

ĐẠ O

TOPIC 7s WHAT I HATE DOtVG

As human beings, we all have four main feeling as happiness, anger, tikes and dislikes. Of course, we want to do what we like; however, s ometimes, we must do things that we do not like. Take me fo r example.

ẦN

HƯ NG

^

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

Ỉ hate getting up early very much. It is so relaxing to wake up without the help o f an alarm clock and to lie fifteen minutes more recalling your dreams. However, I have to get up at 6 o’clock every morning.Then I put on my T-shirt and shorts and go jogging. Sometimes I want to break my alarm clock, but Ican’t because I have to go to school on time.

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

Moreover, Ehate shopping. It is my opinion that shopping takes too much time which ! can spend doing other things I like. But every week, I have to do some shopping at a certain superm arket otherw ise, my refrigerator will be empty, and I cannot afford to have lunch and dinner at the restaurant every day.

-L

In short, in our life, we cannot avoid doing things we do not w ant

TO ÁN

VOCABULARY T IP

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

1. to recall iri'kn:Q = to reminisce 2. to break = to destroy 3. to afford ỊstG.ñ]: to have enough money Ex: 1can't afford to buy a new car.

Eozc To S peak E n glish WeU,





Sguyên H ông Anh., M A .. ìn TESO L

O tFST IO V S FO R BISCTSSIOM What annoys you most about living at home with your family? What • annoys you about the place where you live now? Ì. What annoys you about taking buses to work or to school? What annoys you about driving a motorbike? Ỉ. What annoying habits does your best friend have? What is the most annoying thing for you? ị. Do you get annoyed when other people display bad manners? Give some examples. >. Do you annoy pepple with some of your habits? What is something that your parents like to do but you don’t? >. What do you often like doing everyday? Why do you like doing it? Do you think your famity members like what you like? r. Do you like getting up early? Why or why not? What do you think if someone wakes you up early? I. What do you hate doing during a day? Why do you hate it? What will happen if you don’t do what you hate? Ỉ. Who usually forces you to do what you don’t like? Do you often ask someone to do what they don’t like? 10. What can you draw from today’s discussion?

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

I.

+3

T O P IC fcT m roK W ifiO F Y O B B llF E

A

CẤ

P2

I do not know what you think of your life. I myself think that my life is very beautiful and lucky. Why do Ỉ say so?

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

I find that at least two people in this world iove me so much that they would devote themselves to me. Moreover, many people around me love me because I often make them happy with my help and smiles.

ƯỠ

NG

n addition, I am optimistic. Whenever Ỉ make a mistake, I find that something good comes from jt. When many people say that the world las turned Its back on them, Ỉ myseff think that i have likely turned my >ack on the world. And when’ people think they have no chances of letting what they want, Ỉ believe that sooner or later I will get ft.

BỒ

ID

'0 live happily, 1 always remember the compliments I’ve received and arget about the rude remarks.

lin e To Speak E nglish W e il


12




Nguyễn. H ôn g A n h , M -Ả - UI TESOL

NH ƠN

Briefly, we are in differentsituations, so we may have different conceptions of life. Why don’t weshare them together to make our life better and better?

.Q UY

VOCABULARY TCP

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

1. to devote [di’vout] = to sacrifice Ex: I devote my time to ieam English Tôi dành hểt thời gian ñể học tiếng Anh 2,, optim istic [.□ptfmistik] (a): expecting the best Ex: Nam is not optimstic about the result 3. to turn back on s.o: not pay attention to 4. compliment (n): praise 5. rude [rurd] (a): impolite Ex: It’s rude to interrupt the teacher Ngắt ỉờĩ thầy cô là khiếm nhã 6. conception (n): opinion, idea

B

QUESTIONS FO B PISCUSSIOM

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

1. What do you think of your life: lucky or unlucky? Do you think that God doesn't give us everything we ask for? 2. Is it right to say that ifs those small daily happenings that make life so special? In which way ño you think so? 3. It is said that under everyone’s hard shell is someone who wants to be appreciated and toved. Do you agree With ft? 4. What do you think about an idea that ‘fo ignore the facts does not change the facte? 5. Who love you most in your life? What win happen to you If you lose that one some day? 6. Have you ever thought that the world turns its back on you? At that time do you think that you turn your back on the world? 7. Are you in love now? Are you of the opinion that love, not time, heals all wounds? 8. 1 believe that the easiest way for me to grow as a person is to surround myself with people who are smarter than I am. What do you think? 9. Do you agree with me that life is tough, but we are tougher, and no one is perfect until we fall in love with them? 10.ỉ*ve learned that everyone wants to live on the top of the mountain, but ail happiness occurs while I’m climbing it. Do you think so?

Hove To S peak E n g lish W e il


13




Nguyễn H ồn g A n h , M -A . in TESOL

.Q UY

Gradual ion is a very important event in a person’s life, and it is my pleasure to share with you my high school day graduation.

NH ƠN

T on ie 9s M UNFORGETTABLE MEMORY

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

My mother helped me prepare for the day. At first, we went shopping to buy a dress and a pair of shoes. However, we could not find a pair of shoes that would fit to my dress. Therefore, two days before the graduation day, \ had not 'got any shoes. However, my mother assured me that she could manage it and promised me that she would show up when the grad day came. Unfortunately, she couid not do that because she had an important business to do on that day.

10

00

B

TR

The event took place from 8 am till 11 am. Looking at my schoolmates, I felt a little sad because they were with their relatives. However, it happened for just a moment During the ceremony, I was very excited to wait for my turn to hold the degree.

CẤ

P2

+3

Weỉl! Ỉ forgot to tell you that my mother appeared at the end of the graduation. She hugged, kissed and congratulated me. She also gave me a present that I have kep as my most valuable thing in my life. After that, she took me to a small restaurant and treated me a special lunch.

-L

Í-

VOCABIJLABY T IP

HÓ

A

That day has gone, b u t! never forget It. It is the first step for me to enter my life.

1 .to fit=

to assure [s'/ua, ajD:] = Ex: Hard work usually assures success Chăm chĩ ứìường bào ñầm sự thành công 3. To show up = to appear Ex: Will you show up ai her wedding party? 4. grad = graduation 5. to take place = to happen Ex: Our meeting will take place next Monday. 6. ceremony [’serimani] (n) a formal act Ex: My friend wedding ceremony will take place in church. 7. to hug = to embrace

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

2.

to match to insure

H otc To S peak English, w &u





Nguyễn H ồng A n h , M A ., in TESOL

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

1. Do you have a good memory or a bad memory? Do you usually remember or forget things? Are there some things or times that you will never forget? 2. Would you like to Have a perfect memory? Why or why not? Are there some things or times that you wish you could forget? 3. Have you ever forgotten something important, like your keys or your phone? 4. Have you ever walked into a room and forgotten why you went there? Have you ever forgotten an important date, like a birthday or an anniversary? 5. W hafs your earliest memory? When was it? W hafs your most vivid (clear or sharp) memory? When was it? 6. “Memories make the man”. What do you think o f this saying? Give examples. 7. Those who forget the past will repeat it. What do you think this means? Give examples. 8. Many people find that visiting certain place brings back a childhood memory very strongly (such as the scene of an old fam ily holiday). Why do you think this ỈS? 9. if you could edit your memories, which ones would you erase and why? Which ones would you make dearer and more vivid? 10. What can you draw from today’s discussion?

NH ƠN

O D ĨSH O X S FOB PISCISSIO M

A

CẤ

TOPIC ĨO: MY HOBBIKS

-L

Í-

HÓ

Everyone has his own hobbies' such as re a d in g ,/ watching TV or ỉĩlm ạ /travelling/ listening to music/etc. Ỉ also have my own hobbies. Irt my free tim e /l have some things to enjoy.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

The hobby i like best/is playing guitar.ýkut i can just play/a few simple tunes. My uncle tells m e / that 1 have to practice a lo t/ and then it will be OK. Another hobby I alsp spend much time on /is/ keeping fish. I have a small beautiful aquariunVwhere } keep a variety of little fish. I Jove watching them swimming aDOUt very, much. J collect stamps, too. But I just take the stamps from envelopesj/that my relatives and friends send to me. Most of them are local stamps. One more hobby Pd iike to mention here/is singing Karaoke. How exciting it is when I can enjoy my own voiceyklthough it is not very good.

S o w To Speak E n g lish W e ll





ỊỊuyễn H ồng A n h , M-Ắ. ỉn TESO L

.Q UY

NH ƠN

here are other hobbies that I’m also interested ir/such as going fishing r chatting on the Inte rn etiff'w ith my friends in coffee shopsp r bars/at eekends. Sometimes/I also go shopping for some things I need. How re youf hobbies?

OCABBLABY T IP

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

. tune [tju:n] (n): melody Be: My friend always sings in tune. Bạn tôi luôn hát ñúng ñiệu . aqaarium [e'kweariam] (n): a place where fish is raised . locaf (a) = domestic

aWESTIOiyS FO B DISCUSSION

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

. Do you have a lot of free time? How do you spend ft? What are your hobbies? Which one do you like best? Do you like watching TV? Do you watch TV a lot? How often do you watch TV? When do you usually watch ft? What kinds of programs do you usually watch? What’s your favorite program? W hafs your favorite channel? ». Do you like watching films? What kinds of film s do you prefer? What is your favorite film? Can you tell me which film stars are your idols? Where ño usually see film s: at home or cinema? r. Do you listen to the radio a lot? How much time do you listen to ft every day? When do you listen to it? What kinds of programs do you often listen to? Do you ever listen to programs ỉn English? What’s your favorite radio station? Do you ever listen to the radio in bed? ► . Do you like listening to music? What kinds of music do you listen to? Who are your favorite singers and groups? Do you tike listening to Music Programs on HCM Radio station? Have you ever asked the station for songs you like? >. Do you play any sports? What sports do you like most? When do you usually play? How do you feet after playing? r. What do you usually dp at the weekends? W hat do you think of singing karaoke? Do you like it? Do you often go to Karaoke Bars? Which one do you like best? Why? How often do you go singing karaoke? Ĩ. Singing karaoke is good or bad to you? Does singing karaoke help you get rid of the burden or difficulty in your life? Do you think you. are more confident when singing karaoke? Is it the best way for you to improve your confidence?

Sotc To Speak E nglish W e ll


16




iVgwyCT H ồng A n h, M A . ÚI TESOL

NH ƠN

9. There are many kinds of entertainment now, which one do you like best? Can you explain it clearly, please?

.Q UY

TOPIC iliM A K U C F a iM D S

TP

W ien making new friends, there are usually three parts to the conversation you will have with your new friend.

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

The first is the greeting. In this part, you and your new friend will greet each other and tell each other your names.

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

The second part is the conversation. Sometimes the conversation is a small talk’ and some times the conversation is about important matters, such as business. A "small talk" means that the conversation is about matters that are not very important. When conversing with your new friend, it is customary to give information about ypur family, your work, or you will talk about any matter that is important to you and your new friend. The third part of the conversation is theleave-taking. In this part, you tell your new friend that you are happyto meet him and that you must end the conversation.

HÓ

VOCABULARY TIP

A

CẤ

I hope we will have more and more friends thanks to our ways of behaviour.

QUESTIOMS FO R PĨSCUSSIOM

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

1. greeting fgrirtiriJ (n): iời chào hòi ai Ex: Please send my greetings to your family. Xin vui tòng gùi íời chào cùa tôi ñến gia ñinh bạn nhé. 2. customary [’kũstamari] (a): usual Ex: Is it customary to tip waiters in your counừỵ? ờ nước bạn, người tà có thường cho hầu bàn tiền boa hay không?

BỒ

ID

1. Do you enjoy meeting new people? What are some good things to ask someone you just met? What are somỂ things you shouldn't ask peopie you just met? 2. is it OK to ask a person's age in your country?

H ow To S petỉk E nglish Weữ





Nguyễn H ồn g Anh.? Af-4. ÙI TESOL

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

3. Are you nervous when you are introduced to someone new? What are some ways to overcome being nervous about meeting new people? 4. *About how many new people do you meet a week? What kind of people do you Iflce to meet? 5. Where are some good places to meet people? How important are first impressions to you? 6. What do you do if you forget the name of someone you’ve just been inừoduced to? 7. How do you “w in p e o p le ’s hea rt” ? Have you ever won anyone’s heart? 8. What are the advantages of winning others’ affection? What happens if people around you hate you? 9. Why should we be a good listener and not talk much about ourselves? What do you think about those who are talkative? Are you talkative? 10. What can you draw from today’s discussion?

10

00

TOPIC Ĩ2s GOEVG CAM PDÌ6

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

Camping is a very popular activity to aft Vietnamese pupils and students. On special occasions such as the Teacher’s Day, the Anniversary of The Ho Chi Minh Communist Youth Union or the Independence Day, they usually go camping.

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

They often encamp in their schools or In some parks. Camping is a great way to spend time with classmates. However, sometimes at weekends or on holidays, I go camping with my family and dose friends. In most cases, t look for a campsite that has a lot of shade from the sun, is near a river or on the hill, and has a good spot to pitch a te n t

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

The most Interesting time is when the camp-fire is built. After dinner, we al! sit around the fire and telLstories, sing songs or play games together. Thanks to these activities, our relation is doser. Moreover, we can forget ail tiredness of our dally life. When you have enough free time, you should go camping to feel Its real interest.

H

a ir

T o

S peak E ỉtg ỉis h W eũ





N guyễn H ồ n g A n h ) Ítfw4. in TESOL

1. to encamp: 2. a campsite: 3. shade [feid] (n) 4. a spot (n) Ex: My home is in a remote spot Quê tôi ở một nơi hèo lảnh. 5. to pitch =

NH ƠN

VOCABULARY TIP

QUESTIONS FOR OlSCUSSIOtt

TP

ĐẠ O

to build, to set up

.Q UY

to set up camp a place to encamp an area of darkness a place

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

1. Do you like camping? If yes, how often do you do that? 2. What camping opportunities are available in and around your hometown? 3. What should we prepare fo r a camping trip? How long does it usually take you to prepare for it? 4. Do you have to make a campsite reservation? How do you make ft? 5. Suppose your are preparing to go camping a couple of days in a famous place like Mui Ne, how can you reserve a campsite at one of these locations or one of your own choice? 6. When, going camping, do you always avoid polluting the environment? What are some commonsense rules for keeping safe while camping? 7. Are there any restrictions on what you can do and bring into the park in our city? Which pack in our city do you like best? 8. What activities are most popular in a camping trip in Vietnam? Which activity do you like best? Why do you like It? 9. Who do you prefer to go camping with between your friends and your family members? W hich cam ping trip is unforgettable in y o u r life? 10. What can you draw from today’s discussion?

H o ic To S peak E n g lish W e il





Nguyễn ffgngAnA, M.A. in TESOL

TP

.Q UY

at

ĐẠ O

In .order to satisfy the need of shopping ỉn a big city, supermarkets have come into existence with their ever-increasing number, and shopping supermarkets is no longer a “m ode* to city dwellers, it is a must in a modem city like ẵ j HCMC. I also like shopping at a supermarket, Vfl and I usually go to the supermarket once or \ twice a week to buy things I need. 4

NH ƠN

TOPIC IS : SIIPKRHABKKTS

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

Since Ỉ do a lot of shopping, I usually need a shopping cart to carry everything. I first stop by the ready-food counter to pick up some food j like. Then, 1 look for some fruits and vegetables in the produce section, b u t! make sure they are fresh. My roommates like milk, so i swing by the dairy section and grab a few boxes of milk. Also, there are times when I do not have much time to cook, so I usually pick up some frozen food. If the store is out of stock of any of the items I need, then I drop by a different supermarket on my way home. I generally pay with cash at the checkout counter.

CẤ

P2

+3

10

Supermarkets are really convenient for us now. Once we come into any supermarket, we can find almost everything we want there. ỈỈ does not take us much time to go to different stores. Moreover, goods of nearly all kinds are displayed on open shelves, so we can choose whatever we want and take them to the checkout counter.

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

Thanks to supermarkets, our lives seem to be easier. I hope more and more supermarket are opened near our community so that we do not waste time on shopping.

TO ÁN

VOCABULARY TIP

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

1. ready-food counter quầy thức ằn làm sẫn 2. to swing: to move back and forth Ex: The car swung sharply round the comer 3. to grab: to take quickly Ex: The cat grabs the mouse 4. frozen food: thức ăn ñông lạnh 5. checkout counter: quầy tính tiền

H o ic To Speak E rtgìish W eũ





Sguyễn B ồ ng Ả n h, M -Ẳ . m TESO L

NH ƠN

QUESTIONS FOB DISCUSSION

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

1. Which shops do you often visit? How often you go shopping? Who do you often go with? Why? Do you find It interesting to go shopping? Is shopping your hobby? 2. How do you spend your money on shopping? Are you willing to spend a lot o f money on shopping? Do you have any budget for shopping? 3. Have you ever gone, shopping for fun? And what do you like doing there? If you buy faulty goods, what will you do with it? 4. What is the difference between “go shopping and “go to the m a rk e t? Who has a higher demand for shopping, man or woman? Is it true that only women are interested in shopping? 5. in your opinion, when does shopping activity become busiest? What aFe reasons for supermarkets to boom? 6. What do you think of the competition among manufacturers in our city now? What do you think about prices of commodities displayed and sold in supermarkets? 7. What are main commodities sold in the marts, domestic or imported products? What do you think of the liking of imported commodities? 8. What should the government do to help local manufacturers to compete with foreigners? 9. What do comment on the supermarkets in our city? Between traditional markets and supermarkets, which one do you prefer? Why?

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

TOPIC 14s THE CITY OR THE C O n m Y S ID E ? As we see, more and more people are coming to big crb'es to live or earn their living now. Although I am living and working in HCM City, [ prefer to live in the countryside.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

First of ail, most cities now are polluted. The smoke from factories, industrial waste and noise spoil the environment seriously. Moreover, many people drop litter everywhere. Then, traffic jams happen all the time causing me a lot of trouble. Another problem is that the sanitary system does not work very well; as a consequence, streets are flooded whenever jt rains heavily. Also, city people lose their touch with nature. Last but not least, human

H ots T o Speak E n glish W ell





Nguyễn H ằn g A n h , M A ., in TESOL

NH ƠN

relationship is not good, and social iife is sometimes complicated because of crimes, social evils, or unemployment.

TP

.Q UY

On the contrary, in the countryside, life is very peaceful, and people are too. Moreover, country people treat one another quite well. They are always very hospitable and w iling to help others. Moreover, thế countryman can live with nature and enjoy Its real beauty.

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

In short, although the standard of living in the countryside is not high and it lacks schools, hospitals, or entertainment activities, I stiii prefer to live in it.

VOCABULARY TIP

chất thài cõng nghiệp to leave rubbish

ẦN

1. industrial waste: 2. to drop litte r 3. sanitary system:

hệ thống thoát niPỞc

10

00

B

TR

4. as a consequence: f'konsikwans] as a result 5. to flood [Add] to overflow Ex: Mekong Delta ÌỐflooded every year. Chinese motorcycles flood the Vietnamese market. thiếu tiếp xúc, íỉên tạc material comfort having an open

CẤ

P2

+3

6. to lose s.o’s touch with s.ỉh / s.o else: 7. standard of living: 8. hospitable fhGspjtabO (a): mind

HÓ

A

QUESTIONS FOR PISC PSSIO ft

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

1. Where were you bom? Have you ever lived in 3 rural area? W hat are the advantages and disadvantages of living in the country? 2. Do you like countrymen? What are their characteristics? What do you think about students coming from provinces? 3. Have you ever taken part in the “Green Summer Volunteer Campaign” ” in remote country? What do think about it? 4. If you have a chance to work in the rural, are you willing to take it? If you want to get married, which one will you choose - a wife (a husband) coming from the countryside or from a big City? 5. Do you think rural men are more honest than urban ones? What do you think of Saigonese? What are their characteristics? 6. What are the advantages and disadvantages of living in a big city? Do you think living in the big city, man becomes a robot? Why/why not?

fio u To Speak English. W e ll Đóng góp PDF bởi GV. Nguyễn Thanh Tú




ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

7. Nowadays, why do not many students from provinces, after graduating, want to come back to their provinces to work? Do you think this matter makes the gap between the rural and the urban areas bigger and bigger? 8. To you, what is the main gap between the rural and the urban in our country? If you were President, what would you do to fin this gap? 9. Can you guess how rural areas in our country w ill be in ten years’ time? vvháí should the government do to speed up the process of urbanization?

NH ƠN

Nguyễn H ồng Ánh", M -A. ìn TESO L

HƯ NG

T O P IC 15? T H E IM P ftH T A ^ rE O F S ER K A K FA ST

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

The first meal of the day, breakfast, is actually the most Important one. However, this meal Is often ignored or neglected by many people in the mad rush to make it to the workplace. Since the time gap between the last food we eat like dinner or supper and the next one like breakfast is rather long, skipping breakfast can seriously affect our health.

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

According to experts, breakfast boosts our brain-power, keeps us s!im and lifts our mood, ft is not advisable to manage on a cup of tea and a couple of biscuits till lunchtime. Ensure that you and your family members have a proper breakfast, which will supply you the required energy to start your day wefl. There are different choices for breakfast items. W hile some swear by toast and egg variety, others go in for porridge, milk and cornflakes, noodles, pasta, bacon or other options. Because of being busy, many people have breakfast out, but I usually cook breakfast for myself.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

Cooking breakfast can be fun if we enjoy it, and making food for ourselves is even better. I usually cook eggs for my breakfast. First, 1 warm up the stove and then beat the eggs in a bowl. \ prefer scrambled eggs, but I can make just about any type. 1warm up the oil, and I pour the eggs in a frying pan. I use a spatula to mix and turn over the eggs. Once the eggs are done, I remove them from the pan and serve mysetf.. \ usually enjoy it with a loaf and some salad. By this way, 1 can save a little money because eating out is expensive now. In the future, I will learn to cook more types of breakfast so th a t! can change ft every day.

B ote To Speak E nglish W e il





Nguyễn H ồn g A n h . M-A. ỉn TESO L

NH ƠN

In short, breakfast is very important for us. Don’t skip it to have enough energy to begin your day well.

VOCABULARY TIP

.Q UY

TP

a container for cooking xèng trộn nấu ăn a portion of bread

ẦN

4. to boost = 5. to lift s.o’s mood= 6. to swear by = 7. scram bled (a): FskraembQ 8. to pour [pD:j: Ex: The river pours itself into the sea. Sông ñổ ra biển. 9. pan (n): 10. spatula Cspaetiula]: 11. a loaf pouf];

ĐẠ O

3. to skip =

to pay no attention to in a hurry to miss to increase to stimulate s.o o believe, be interested in thrown together to cause to flow

HƯ NG

1. to ignore - to neglect 2. mad rush =

B

TR


BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

1. Are you a good cook? What food do you cook the most often? 2. Are you a vegetarian? Are you concerned about your daily calorie intake when choosing something to eat? 3. At what times do you usually eat your meals (breakfast, lunch, and dinner)? ðo you eat beef? Do you eat bread every day? Do you eat fruit every day? 4. Did you eat breakfast today? Do you always eat breakfast with your family? 5. What kinds of food do you often make for breakfast? Are there any foods you eat for breakfast that are specific to your country or hometown? 6. If an international student from 3 different country ate breakfast at your house, what would you serve him or her? 7. Did you drink coffee this morning? Do you drink milk every day? Do you drink tea every day? Do you have coffee for breakfast? 8. Do you ever skip breakfast? tf so, how often and why? Do you have a favorite bar or cafe? If so, where is it? Why do you like it? 9. Do you have coffee for "breakfast? Do you iike food from other countries? If yes, which do you like the most? 10. Do you like to eat at fast food restaurants? How often do you eat at a fast-food restaurant? 11. Do you like to eat cakes? Do you like to eat junk food? Have you ever been a diet? If so, how long did you stayed on it?

H ow To Speak E n glish WeU


24




N guyễn H ồn g A n h , M -A. in TESO L

NH ƠN

TOPIC 16: FAST FOOD

.Q UY

In recent years, more and more fast food restaurants like Lotteria, Kentucky, or Fried Chicken are open in our city. These restaurants are very convenient for city people.

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

When ] need a bite to eat, I drop by a fast food restaurant and buy a quick meal. I usually order a pizza or hamburger, and some fries. On the hamburger, I ask them to put everything on It onions, lettuce, mustard, ketchup, pickles, and tomato, but Ỉ don’t like the mayonnaise, I also order a bottle of soft drink to wash everything down.

TR

ẦN

Sometimes at weekend, my fam ily and I go there to change our taste. Going out to eat together can be a pleasurable experience, particuiariy if the atmosphere is just right and the prices are within our budget

10

00

B

! do not eat fast food too often because it contains a lot of fat. However, fast food restaurants are good for those who are always busy with their business.

1. to drop by = 2. lettuce [letis]: (n): 3. mustard rmDsWd]: 4. ketchup fketjep]: 5. pickles fpikQ: 6. mayonnaise [meia'neiz] (n): 7. taste (n):

P2

+3

VOCABULARY np

TO ÁN

Ex:

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

to stop by rau diếp mủ tạc nước sốt cà chua ñồ chua, dưa chua xốt ma-don-ne the sense of food et aside i always have budget for my future study

QUESTIONS FOR DISCUSSION

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

1. How many meals do you have a day? What are they? Do you often eat something between main meals? 2. What kinds of food do you eat most often? Why? What is your opinion about an idea! meal? 3. What influences your appetite in eating? How much does food influence your health? Do you eat before the bedtime?

B ote To Speak E n glish W eũ





N guyễn H ồng A n h, MJL* in TESOL

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

4. What are the advantages and disadvantages of eating at a fast food restaurant? Consider convenience, cost, and nutrition in your answer. 5.. With so many fast food restaurants in business, it is difficult to know which provides the best value in terms of price and healthy food choices. 6. What kind of pizza do you fike and what toppings do you [ike on it? 7. Where would you like to eat (at home, in a restaurant, in a canteen, in a cafeteria, at a party)? What are reasons for people to eat out? 8. Which is cheaper, eating in or out? In which ways ts eating at home better for us? What are advantages and disadvantages of eating in and out? 9. How is a good meal? Do you think the atmosphere affect a lot to our appetite? Do you eat to live or live to eat? 10. What can you draw from today’s discussion?

ẦN

TOPIC 17s EyvmOKM EM TAL POIXUTIOM

10

00

B

TR

In recent years, the problem of environ mental pollution has become a serious problem in big cities in our country. So, what are reasons and possible measures for this problem? Nowadays, we are living in a City with high population density, so domestic waste is the first reason. Then many people’s social consciousness is not high. In several areas, they throw rubbish on the street or canals and rivers. It is easy for us to see rubbish of all kinds floating on the water. Moreover, uncultured people even “make water" in the public place.

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

5 |i|p F 7

TO ÁN

-L

Now, let’s come-to other reason. Our city is overloaded with vehicles that expel a Jot of smoke and dust. This contributes to the heat of the air, and causes pollution.

ƯỠ

NG

Besides that, in several places, trees have been cut down to have room for buildings, hotels, or supermarkets. This makes the atmosphere in our city muggy and stuffy. .

BỒ

ID

In addition, many plants and factories send out waste into the canals or poisonous gas into the air.

fio u To Speak E n glish W e ll Đóng góp PDF bởi GV. Nguyễn Thanh Tú




Last but not least, the drainage system in our city is very old and downgrade, so it’s always flooded whenever It rains. .

VOCABULARY T IP density (n)= domestic (a)= canal(n) = [ka’nael] to float = tó make water = to expel = [iks'pei] muggy (a) = drainage = fdreinidO]

ĐẠ O

TP

thickness home channel, a small river to drift to urinate to eject uncomfortable system of waste water

HƯ NG

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

.Q UY

Thus, how can we solve this problem? Let’s talk about it.

NH ƠN

Nguyễn H ồn g A nh, M j ì . UI TESOL

ẦN

QUESTIONS FOR PISCCSSIOM

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

1. Do you agree that air pollution is really alarming problem now? What are in your opinion, the causes leading to air pollution? 2. What do you think about the smoke from industrial factories, from motorcycles and automobiles in our city? What measures do you recommend to lim it such smoke? 3. Can you give the harmful effect that air pollution exerts on people’s health? Do you wear mask when going out? Why? 4. What do you think about the fact that many city dwellers litter anywhere they like? Could you suggest some measures to help stop this situation? 5. Could you find some bad actions of the people who make our city dirtier? What are some difficulties for us in keeping the city clean and green? 6. Are you disturbed by the noise around you when working or studying? What kind of noise is it? What are the original causes of that noise? 7. How do you feel when passing a bridge in our city? In your opinion, who has to suffer most from those black rivers and canals? 8. Have you ever heard of “The Week of Keeping the City Clean and Green?" Can you forecast the future situation of our d ty in the next few years, dearer or dirtier? 9. Why are we concerned about the environment not only in our country but also aii over the world? Can you name some environmental dangers that happened recently in our country and in the world? 10. What should people do to prevent environmental pollution? Do you think that a dirty city will make bad impression on foreign tourists?

S oto To S peak E nglish W ell





N guyễn H ồn g A n h , M«A. in TESO L

NH ƠN

TOPIC 18s VACATION PLAM

.Q UY

i love going traveling very much, so 1 usually go somewhere when I have a few days off.

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

Before going traveling, i always plan my trip! For starters” I usually take a look at travel guide books or go online and review possible gas destinations. T h e n ,! check the costs involved in traveling to that particular place. I also consider means of transportation such as going by plane, train, or by motorbike. Besides, i need to locate a hotel for my accommodation. Finally, I fry to budget money for meals and other sightseeing expenses.

ẦN

If i plan my vacation carefully, I usually have a good time.

TR

DIALOGUE

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

A: What do you think o f package holidays? B: Well, they're usually very cheap, but joining a crowd of noisy people and eating plastic food is not my idea o f a holiday. A: Are the resorts worth visiting? B: Some of them are, but in my experience it's better to arrange private accommodation rather than accepting the tour operator's choice of hotel. A: But surely, you can see what you’re getting in the holiday brochure. B: You may see a picture of the hotel and there may even be a popular beach, but if you want to go to a nicer locaRty, you can spend alt day getting there. A: Then how do you go about making your own arrangements? B: It's not as difficult as you think. First, you look at the advertisement in some newspapers or travel shop windows to get an idea of the best time to go. I usually go in early June or mid September to avoid schooi children. There's a good range of flights and prices aren't too high. A: How do you find private accommodation? B: That's very easy in our city. They advertise in journals. A: I suppose that if they own these homes, they must be in nice locations. B: That's the point. Also, they are usually well maintained and the owners will .leave you details of the best shops, restaurants and places to visit. They really want you to recommend their homes to

H otc To Speaiz English. WeB.





Nguyễn H ầ n g Ạ n h Ị M X in TESO L

NH ƠN

your friends. However, remember to ask them about transport, espedaliy if you don’t drive. Surety, most o f these resorts would have bus services. There are two problems here. Some of these homes are a long way from bus routes. Moreover, bus services can disappear altogether when the tourist season comes to an end. Many of these resorts are like ghost towns from Oqtober to May.

.Q UY

A: B:

______

TP

VOCABULARY TIP 1. fo r starters = 2. destination = 3. particular [ps'tikjula(r)} = 4. accommodation [e.kDms'deiJW] 5. sightseeing [ sait)si:»nJ

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

at first the place to come specific room and board visiting sights

ẦN


BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

1. Do you prefer to book holidays through travel agents or to make your own arrangements? {Describe your best and worst holidays? 2. Which fomn of accommodation would you prefer fo r your next holiday and how many people would you like to accompany you? 3. A friend wants to get to know your country and is planning a tour. What advice would you give about places to visit, travel, accommodation, eating out, shopping, sightseeing, things to bring and souvenirs to buy? 4. When is the holiday celebrated? Is it celebrated as a fam ily or a group? Does your family celebrate this holiday? Has your family always celebrated this holiday? if not, when did you start ceỉebrating it? 5. What are your favorite holiday activities? Would you like to go on a cruise? Why or why not? W ill you go bade to the same place again? 6. in your opinion, what are the five most essentia! items to pack on any holiday? 7. Who do you know that really needs a holiday, and why? Where should they go and what should they do? 8. Compare traveling alone to ừaveling with a companion. Compare package tours with do-it-yourself tours. 9. How many holidays do you have in your country? What special foods are associated with your favorite holiday? What is your favorite holiday memory? —

H int) To Speak E n glish Weữ


29




Nguyễn H ồn g A n h, M ji. in TESO L

NH ƠN

TOPIC 19r L F A B T O 6 M G U S H

.Q UY

i attend English classes at a language school in my city because I want to improve my communication skills.

TP

English has become the international language around the world, and I may be able to get better employment and make more friends if I

ĐẠ O

leam to speak fluently.

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

I take four classes a day that ail focus on different language skills including reading, writing, listening, speaking, and grammar, i don’t know why some people can learn a foreign language and master it very quickly, but Ỉ don't think I can do th a t To me, learning to speak English well requires a great amount of effort, patience, and practice. Too often, i just speak English in my classes, but I go back to using my native language after school ends.

+3

10

00

I think I should adjust my ways of learning English. For example, I should spend more time learning, reviewing, and practicing everything I am studying, otherwise, I w ill never leam and master ft

CẤ

P2

VOCABULARY TfP

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

1. to master [m îsta]: to know for sure Ex: I want master the English language 2. effort fefeQ: attempt Ex: They lifted the heavy rock without effort 3. native language: mother tongue 4. to a djust [a’dDGsfJ to alter Ex: She carefully adjusted her clothes before going out Nàng chình ñốn quần áo kỹ lưỡng trước khi ñ ra ngoài

NG

QUESTIONS FO B PĨSCTSSIOK

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

1. What do you expect from your English? Please telf me your main purposes and motivations’ 2. What do you think about teaching and learning English in our country now? What are advantages and disadvantages? 3. Have you got any difficulties when you are learning English? If yes, how do you overcome your difficulties?

H tnc To Speak E n glish W e ll





HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

4. Among four skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing, which one do you think is the most important and difficult? 5. Please share your own experience in learning English withme and tell me the best way to improve each skill? 6. How do you Improve your speaking skills? Do you think joining English Speaking Club is one the best ways to improve it? 7. What can you derive from your study? What is the importance of English language when it is used as an international language? 8. In addition to your professional qualifications, is it necessary that a certificate of English should be included? 9. How can thè English ability help your work and your study? 10. What can you draw from today’s discusston?

NH ƠN

Nguyễn H ồng Ả n h , M A . ÙI TESOL

ẦN

TOPIC 20s

B

TR

Nowadays, with the development of information technology, learning is not very difficult any more.

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

Online learning is very convenient and cheap because we just stay at home and use a com puter Many universities in the world have been offering classes online for a number of years, and many students seem to like them. One reason js because they do not have to travel to school at a set timetable to listen to the professor.

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

I've also decided to get an online university degree through distance education instead of attending a traditional school, in such a program, Ỉ do not have to attend classes in a regular classroom. Instead, Ỉ go online and interact with other students and the teacher through text or voice chat O f course, I still have to do assignments, write papers, and take tests, but everything is done online at my own convenience. If I can do everything well enough, Í Will get a degree.

ƯỠ

NG

In short, it is easy for us to get some kinds of degree online now. I hope more and more educational organizations have such programs online.

VOCABULARY TIP to give

schedule to communicate homework

BỒ

ID

1. to offer =

2. set timetable (n) = 3. to interact [Jntar'aekt] = 4. assignment (n) = [s'sainmant]

H ow To S peak E n g lish W e ll





Nguyễn H ồn g A n h , M A . ừ i TESO L


10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

1. Do you think it is very easy for us to study or get more knowledge at • present? If yes, how can we do that? 2. What do you think about online learning? Is it interesting to ieam with a computer? 3. Do you know any university in the world that has been offering classes online? How is its tuition fee? 4. Which one do you prefer between learning online and leaning at traditional classes? 5. What kinds of programs are there on the Internet as you know? Are they diverse? What kinds of degrees can you get if you study online? 6. What do you think about communicative skills if we take this kind of learning? 7. How can we get information about these programs? And how can we believe them? 8. Accordingly, what should we do before sending money to any school that has this kind of learning? 9. Do you think traditional classes will disappear in the future because they will be replaced by this new kind of learning? 10. What can you draw from today’s discussion?

+3

TOPIC 21; JOB PROMOTION

CẤ

P2

I have great news, to report. E just got a promotion and a raise!

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

I've been working for my company for the past six months, and everything has gone very well. First, I helped my department increase sales quickly during that time, i am working for the Marketing Department, so I have advertised and promoted my company’s products at trade shows, in the newspaper, and on TV. As a result, customers have really enjoyed our products. Now, more and more customers are learning about my company by word of mouth.

0

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

In addition to increased sales, I've established a aood^working relationship With my colleagues. We recognize each person's strengths and respect other's lỆirÃõris. 1 think my co-workers feel 1 can lead the department in the right direction.

Bote To Speak E n g lish Weữ


V-/

1

32




N guyễn M ồng Ả n h , M~A. in TESOL

—

'

•

ỹ&ũỢl

NH ƠN

, ^Thanks to my contribution to the development of the company, I got the , ft^Yprbm otion and raise. Ỉ also promise myself to do my best for my company and my customers in the future.

.Q UY

VOCABULARY TIP to get higher/better position to get higher salary to advertise a product rumor co-worker donation

ĐẠ O

TP

1. to get promotion = 2. to get a raise = 3. to promote a product 4. by word of mouth: 5. colleague. [kd’ii:g] = 6. contribution [.kcintrrbjujn] (n):

HƯ NG


BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

1. How many days a week do you work? What time do you start and finish your work? Describe your first job. Can you describe a typical day at your current job? 2. Do you ever work overtime? If so, how often? Do you have to work on Sundays? !f so, do you get paid more for overtime work? 3. Do you like your job? Why or why not? Do you like your boss? Why or why not? 4. Have you ever been promoted? How many times have you been promoted? When was the last time you were promoted? Did you get a large pay raise at that time? 5. What factors and persona! qualities do you think companies consider when giving an employee a promotion? 6. How have working conditions changed in recent years? Do you think that working conditions have improved? If so, in what ways? 7. How long have you been woricing at your present job? How long do you plan to continue working where you are? 8. At what age do people usually begin to work in your country? At what age do people usually retire in your country? 9. At what age would you like to retire? What do you think you wil( do after you retire? 10- What do you think is the best job? What influenced your choice of job? (Why did you choose your job?)





Nguyễn H ong A nh, M -Ả. ử i TESOL

...

if you are looking for a new job, here are some tips you should think about when sitting in a job interview.

.Q UY

'

NH ƠN

TOPIC 22; JOB r o n a r v r a w

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

First, you should be sure tc dress appropriately for the situation, if possible, you should leam about the company’s rules o f dressing. Next, you should get as much information about the company as possible. This wifi help you know If you have the needed skills or experience to work for that company. Finding out something about the company will also help you ask wise questions about their business to show them you are interested in their company. Finally, you should be prepared to tell them why you woufd be their best choice for the position. You shouldn’t boast about your accomplishments, but you can tell them in a confident and direct way why you can help their company more than other applicants.

10

00

Finding a job you like is not easy now, so you should be well-prepared.

P2

1. appropriately [a’proupriftii] (adv):

+3

VOCABULARY TIP 2. to boast [bousf] -

to over-talk

success

A

CẤ

3. accomplishment [a'kGmpli/mant] (n):

suitable, reasonable

HÓ

prESW O X S FOR PISCCSSIOM

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

1. Are you a student or are you working now? Have you ever sat in a job interview? 2. If you are going to sit in a job interview, what will you prepare for it? Do you pay attention to your dress? tf yes, how can you do that? 3. How can you get information about the company you want to work for? 4. Tell me about yourself. What do people say about you? Do you consider yourself successful? 5. Can you explain how you would be an asset to an organization? Why should a company hire you? 6. What is your greatest strength? What is your weakest strength? 7. Can you tell me about your dream job? Why do you think you would do well at the job you want?

H ow To SpBak E nglish TFefl





COMMUTED TO WORK

ĐẠ O

TOPIC

TP

.Q UY

8. What kind of person would ycu like to work with?What kind of person would you refuse to work with? 9. What kind of salary do you need? What is more important to you: the money or the work? 10. What should you do to improve your knowledge when you go to work?

NH ƠN

Nguyễn. H ồng Anh, itfwi. in TESOL

HƯ NG

My friends usually go to school fay motorbike, but I like doing ft by bus.

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

I choose to travel to school by bus because it is economical, safe and unpolluted. It only costs me 3,000 VND to go to school. Moreover, I fee! very safe on the bus because i cafr - avoid traffic accidents that usually happen bh lh e street. Also, on the bus, I do not have to inhale polluted air from many kinds of vehicles.

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

Ỉ usually leave fo r work about 6:30 a.m., and 1walk to a bus stop not too far from my house. Ỉ catch a bus that comes by around 6:45. The bus isn’t very crowded when I get on, bơt it fHis up by the end of the fine. Then, I get o ff the bus and catch another one going into the downtown. The second bus takes about 30 minutes, and it’s usually standing-room only. There is a bus stop about two blocks from my office. The entire trip takes me about an hour.

-L

Í-

Ỉ buy a monthly bus pass, and I save a Jot of money by using public transportation instead of riding my own motorbike.

TO ÁN

VOCABULARY HP to breathe in to stuff center of the city standing place

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

1. to inhale [ĩnheíỉ] = 2. to fill up: 3. downtown = 4. standing-room:

H otc To S peak E nglish W e ll





4. ừ i TESO L

N guyễn H ồn g A nh ,

NH ƠN


CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

1.* How ño you get to school? How long does it take? How much is the bus fare or the train fare? Do you often use public transportation? 2. What kind of transportation do you use most often? What’s the most readily available form of public transportation where you live? 3. What do you think ỈS the most dangerous form of transportation? Why? What do you think is the safest form o f transportation? Why? 4. What do you usually do when riding a train or bus? Do you read? Do you sleep? 5. Can you ride a motorcycle? Do you have a bicycle? If so, when did you get it? How much did it cost? How often do you ride it? What color is it? 6. Do you have a driver’s license? If so, when did you get it? What do you have to do to get a driver’s license in your country? What do you need to ño in your country to get a driver’s license? A t what age does the average person obtain a driver’s license? 7. Have you ever been in a traffic accident? Have you ever been stopped for speeding? Have you ever gotten a parking ticket? 8. What are the most annoying bad driving habits of other drivers in your country (/or this counfry /or compared to this country)? 9. Have you ever missed your last train or bus home? If so, how did you get home that night? 10. is parking a problem in your country (shopping malls, etc)? Is there any environmentally-friendly transportation in your area?

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

TOPIC 24s M ABBfACT OR f A B im FIR ST? Traditionally, to a woman, her own fam ily is too important that she can give up her career. However, many young ladies are afraid of getting married soon because of their career now.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

A t present, women have the same opportunity as men, and they can decide their life themselves. To them, the family is not everything any more, but the career is. That is the reason why more and more women get married late. Now women want to get higher and higher education. Then, they indulge in their job to earn a iot ofmoney. When they have a little free time, they spend it learning foreign languages or surfing the internet to get information. As a result, they have no time for love.

H ow To Speak E n glish W eũ


36




Nguyễn H ồ n g A n h . M A . in TESO L

.Q UY

NH ƠN

However, when they are successful In their career, have a lot of money and position in society, they realize that choosing a life-partner is not easy at ail because they cannot accept those who are not equal to them. Being different from those who get married early and are pleased with their families, these women always set goals to go ahead and are willing to be alone.

ĐẠ O

TP

As modem women, which one should you get first between marriage and career?

to stop

ẦN

to be very interested in to have goals to go on

TR

1. to give up = Ex: You shouid give up smoking. 2. to indulge [in'ddldo] (in): Ex: Don Ĩ indulge in drinking. 3. to set goals: 4. to go ahead =

HƯ NG

VOCABULARY TIP

10

00

B

Q U E S T IO N S F O B m s c u s s io r c

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

1. What do you think of women nowadays? Why do many women want to get married late nowadays? 2. What do you think of successful women? Do you think that women who are successful in their career find it hard to succeed in their own families? 3. Do you agree that love is an ever-lasting topic? Do you think love is everything? Do you think the young should have stable careers before thinking of love? 4. What is an attractive man/ woman, in your opinion? Which one attracts you m ost politeness, friendliness, good looks, strength, tenderness, beauty, intelligence, sense o f humor, or good personality? 5. Can we live without love? Who can live without love? Is it worth dying for love? Have you ever said to your partner, “/ can't live if living without yoư'? 6. At what age do men/women in our country usually start to love and marry? What do you think when many young couples cohabit nowadays? 7. What factors can ensure your marriage (religion, characteristics, faith. love, romanticism mutual respect, compatibility...)

ỈỈOTC T o s p e a k E nglish W ell


37




N guyễn H ồ n g A n h, M j 1. ừ i TESO L

.Q UY

NH ƠN

8. How can you foster your love? For instant, telling 7 love you* mental/financial support, being everyday, giving attention , understood, satisfying your partner's needs, etc. 9. * What do you expect from your future partner? Do your desires change when you grow older?

TP

TOPIC 25s LISTEftTVG TO MUSIC

S

t

ĩ

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

No one can deny the fact that music plays an important role in our life. It comes to our soul with ever-lasting songs and unforgettable melodies, tỉ also brings us better thoughts and wonderful feelings, giving U5 both innocent and profound emotion in a romantic and beautiful world, encouraging us in life, and enriching our

ẦN

spiritual life.

00

B

TR

I really enjoy listening to music because it helps me relax and takes, my mind away from other cares of the day.

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

Personally, I really like jazz music because of its soft rhythms and beat. Other times, I enjoy listening to country and western music. Some of the lyrics to these songs are inspirational and moving. Occasionally, I listen to slow rock or classical music, but I can't stand heavy metal or rap music. When f’m on the road, I listen to music on my MP3 player or on my cell phone. I've also downloaded hundreds of songs to my computer, so It’s easy to search and ptay my favorite music. Whenever I get home, the first thing 1 do is turning on my stereo system Dr computer and enjoying the music. I hope all of you also like listening to music.

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

However, we have to admit that music nowadays is very chaotic. Singers and songs are easily forgotten because it is very easy to become singers, and songs are not as profound as ones in the past How do you fee! when you listen to some sentences in some songs such as 7 don’t expect the love to come; I never regret the love to leave" "please don't remember me when being with the other" or 7 only keep quiet listening to your cry." How silly they are!

BỒ

ID

I do not know when there is the second Trinh Cong Son who can compose deeply meaningful songs for life.

Bote To Speak E n glish WeU





Nguyễn H ồng A n h , M -A . in TESO L

to refuse of deep meaning word influence on the mind and

.Q UY

1. to deny = [di'nai] 2. profound (a) = 3. lyric flirik]: 4. inspirational [,inspa’reijanl] (a)

SOUÍ-

TP

Bx:

ĐẠ O

He usually has inspirational pieces of writing. Ông ấy thường có những bai viết truyền 'cảm. 5. moving (a): touching Ex: / usually cry when seeing a moving sight.

NH ƠN

VOCABULARY TIP

HƯ NG

QCCSTIOWfS FO B DISCUSSION

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

1. How much are you fond of music? What kind of musịc do you prefer? What are your favorite songs and singers? 2. What do you comment on Vietnamese music in the past and at present? Are there any prospective improvements and developments? 3. Can you name some popular kinds of music now? What do you think of the flow of music coming from other countries? 4. What do you know about the recent music events in our country? What do you think of these events? 5. How do you appraise a piece of music? What criteria do you base on to make your comment on it? 6. Do you usually learn something from a song you listen to? What do you learn: thought, feeling, experience, or others? 7. Is rt right to say that music nourishes our mind? If yes, how does it do that? 8. What do you think if music disappears in our life one day? Can we live without music? .. 9. it seems that many young people don’t like our traditional music like folk music, Cheo, Cat Luong.... What do you think of this opinion? What should be done to make the young like it?

B o w To Speak E n g lish W eil





Nguyễn H ông A n h, Mw4. in TESO L

NH ƠN

TOPIC 26: PL A T O G CAMES

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

As far as we are concerned computer games have been popular for years, and many people in our country, especially in big cities, seem to be very interested in them. However, jt can bé seen that playing these games causes several kinds of communication, health, and personal problems to both youngsters and society.

ẦN

HƯ NG

Firstly, playing games too much makes young people passive. Youngsters who spend a great deal of tim e in front of a monitor are not studying, doing exercise, playing sports, socializing or learning about life. In addition, they are not in contact with the world outside, so the skills they need in order to interact with others and to succeed in the real world are not being nurtured.

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

Moreover, many studies have shown th a t many young people now have more diseases than previous generations did. Because of not doingexercise, they become obese and get heart diseases easily. Furthermore, sitting in front of the monitor very often harms their eyes, so many have to wear short-sighted glasses. Following from this, theyare more likely to be overweight, less healthy, and more prone to som e1 diseases.

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

Last but not least, violent games cause social evils. Usually, games show fighting scenes where the most brutal are most applauded. When playing these games too much, game-players will become violent in their real life. For example, they usually solve their life conflicts by exchanging blows. Moreover, to have money to play games, some teenagers become stealers, and even robbers. Also, some girts accept “one-night stand” to have money to play games, which is call “net-saving*.

NG

In short, ft is easy to imagine the effects of such games on young minds. If we wish children to grow up to become good members of society, these games should be more tightly controlled.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

VOCABULARY TIP

1. to interact = 2. to be nurtured = 3. obese [ou'bi'is] (a) = 4„ prone (a) to = H o ic To Speak E nglish W e ll


to communicate to be cared very fat tendentious




5. brutal (a) = savage and cruel 6. conflict [ksifflikt] (n) = different ideas Ex: Your report is in conflict with the public opinion Bản bảo cáo của anh ừài ngược vón dư luận công chúng

.Q UY


NH ƠN

Nguyễn H ồn g Ả n h , JtfX ìn TESOL

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

1. How often ño you play video or computer games? What computer games have you played? Which are your favorites? Which do you think are not so interesting? 2. What are the pros and cons of playing these types of games? 3. Do you know of anyone who has become addicted to playing them? 4. Do you have a computer? If yes, do you have a computer at work or at home? Do you have a laptop or a desktop computer? Do you use your computer when you do homework for school? 5. Why dó many people, the young and the old alike, like playing computer games? 6. What happens if youngsters spend a great deal of time in front of a monitor? Is rt possible fo r them to get their success in their life if they are not in contact with the world outside? 7. Moreover, what kinds of diseases will we get if we do not do exercise? What do you think if we sit in front of the monitor very often? 8. Do you think computer games are often quite violent and dangerously sexist? What do you think about the language used in computer games? 9. How can we control our interest in computer games? What do you think about the effect of games online on the young? 10. What can you draw from today’s discussion?

H ow To Speak English. W eil


41




TOPIC 27: SURFCVG THK n ỉT T O E T I really like surfing the Internet every day.

NH ƠN

N guyễn H ồn g A n h , M~Ẳ- in TESO L

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

Whenever I have free time, Ị go online. I usually check my emails first and then write a few messages to my fam ily and friends. I sometimes scan the iocal news headlines at my favorite news Website and read up on the latest local and international news. Then I search some information related to my major or research. Sometimes i also chat with my friends or play some mini games I like.

TR

ẦN

However, I realize that there are problems with using the internet including scams and viruses, SO-I'm very carefuf not to give out my personal information. Furthermore, I do not download or open files I do not recognize.

10

00

B

Using the Internet can be fun and convenient way of finding out new information and entertaining ourselves, but we just need to be careful.

P2

+3

VOCABULARY TIP

to be online the titie bad purpose/ intention

HÓ

A

CẤ

1. to surf the Internet = 2. headline (n) = 3. scam (n) -

Í-


BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

1. Do you often use the Internet? When did you first use the Internet? About how many hours a day do you ưse the internet? Who uses the Internet the most in your family? 2. Do you think our lives have been improved by the internet? Do men and women use the internet for different purposes? 3. Do you use the Internet for fun or education? What are some of the ways the Internet can be used for education? What are some of the ways the Internet can be used for entertainment? 4. What are the sites you most commonly access? What is the best thing about the Internet? What problems does the Internet create? What problems does it solve? 5. Do you have more many e-mail addresses? Why do you need more than one e-maii address? Have you ever chatted on the internet? B o w To Speak E n glish W e ll





N guyễn B ồ n g Ả n h , M A ., ừ i TESO L

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

Give me a reason why you think that the email is a good way for people to communicate. 6. Is ft dangerous to meet people on the Internet? Would you like to go on a date with someone you meet on the Internet? 7. Do you think that It is important for schools to have Internet access? Why? Can you believe aJI the information that is published (available) on the Internet? 8. Do you think that it is a good or bad habit for young people to play computer games? Marry people use the Internet for fun and entertainment at work. Do you think that this is right? 9. Would you consider going out with someone that you met on the Internet? 10. Many Universities are now offering onfine courses. Give me some reasons why this is a good thing. Marty students use the Internet to help them do their assignments and they just cut and paste information from the Internet How do we stop this?

00

B

TOPIC 3 8 : CHATTEVe O M U M E

+3

10

Voice and text chats are quickly becoming popular ways of communicating with others online.

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

Nowadays, the Internet rs no longer strange to nearly all people. On the Internet, we cannot only get information but also entertain ourselves. It’s the Internet that gives us the most efficient means to communicate. Among them, chatting on the fntemet has been more and more popular. It has attracted a large number of people, especially young ones.

NG

TO ÁN

In fa ct chatting on the Internet is an easy way to relax, make friends and entertain ourselves. This form of communication allows us to share ideas about ourselves and the world in almost real time, and we can establish friendships with people around the world. Therefore, it can be fun to chat online.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

However, care and consideration should be given when we find friends on the Internet because we really don't know who the person is at the other end. Thus, we should not give out our personal information. Also, we should be careful about meeting online acquaintances in person. If we do so, we wìỉ! be sure it is in a public place and go W ith a friend or

H ow To Speak E n glish W eũ





N guyễn H ồn g A n h . Afj4. in. TESO L

NH ƠN

family member. Finally, we should contact local authorities if we feel we are in danger.

.Q UY

Again, chatting with others can be a fun and educational activity if we are careful.

VOCABULARY TIP

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

1. consideration [kan.sida’reijn] (n): careful thinking Ex: The proposals are still under consideration. Các ñề xuất ẩỵ vẫn còn ñang ñược xem xét 2. acquaintance [a'kweintaris] a person you know Ex: He has a wide circle of acquaintances. Anh ta quen biết rộng rãi ' 3. local authorities; local government

ẦN

OTOSWOKS FOR DISCUSSION

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

1. Do you have computers? Have they been subscribed to the Internet? Do you know how to access tho Internet? Do you spend much time on it? 2. Have you ever sent a message to your friends or lover by e-mail? 3. Have you ever heard of love online? What do you think about it? Do you think it is a kind of entertainment? 4. Can you fall in love with a person that you only know through the internet? What are reasons for choosing a particular partner on the Internet? 5. What should you do to keep your love online alive? Do you think love on the Internet is romantic? Will it lead to a happy life? 6. What difficulties are there for Vietnamese to use computer and access the Internet? 7. Could you tell me the advantages and disadvantages of making friends on the Internet? 8. What problems do people chatting online have met? What should we do to prevent these problems? 9. What are the benefits of using voice or video chat for language learners? What safety measures should you use when communicating online this chat services? 10. What can you draw from today's discussion?

H o lt To Speak E n g lish W eũ


44




Nguyễn H ồng A n h ,

ỉn TESO L

NH ƠN

TOPIC 2 9 : L O Y 0 6 AMB DATDỈG

.Q UY

Ways of dating vary from cuỉture to culture^ but before ,peopie get married^ they usually date/or go out together^for a period of tim e/to see if they are compatible.

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

In the old days/ some people liked going out on gro up date^/w ith a number of frien d^/so they feel less pÉÉSÌKÌI and stress/of trying to impress the other person. However^they ẹnịoy doing It themselves now. Evejrfsom e young people go on that is, going ỔUỈ with a person that you've never met/6r just met online.

TR

ẦN

Jn many c a s e v jn o s t peopie try to date with those/who have similar interests and vẩraès. if they have things in common, they are more likely * to enjoy each other's company. ■GÍ Lty-'fax/ij

+3

10

00

B

However, we should be careful when dating/because people sometimes don't show their truth/on the first or second date. Furthermore, although finding dates online has become very popular, It's difficult to get to know someoneẠhrough emails or online.

CẤ

P2

Ỉ think/meeting people in person along with a few friends/ior the first d ate / is probably a safe wayyio get to know others.

A

VOCABULARY TIP

Í-

HÓ

i . tợ vary .= to differ 2. compatible [kam'pastebQ (a): suitable Ex: They are never bosom friends because they are'never compatible.

-L

H, ch.ng bao gi/ là b1n th2n c3a nhau, v h, ch.ng bao gi/ /7pp nhau.

the force the same friendship

OTOSTIOftS FOR PISCUSSIOM

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

3. pressure (n): 0Ẩ- iẹ Ex: / like to work under pressure 4. ỉn common: , 5. company (n):
BỒ

ID

1. Do you have a boyfriend/girlfriend? Where did you meet him/her? What does he/she look like? 2. At what age do most people in your country get married? At what age do you want to get married? At what aae did you get married? H ow To Speak E nglish W e ll


^ WWW.FACEBOOK.COM/BOIDUONGHOAHOCQUYNHON



N guyên H ồ ng A n h , M -Ả . in TESOL

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

3. Do women usually work after getting married in your country? 4. Do you know what rt means to you "go Dutch" when dating? Is It usual for people in your country to 'go Dutch' if you go ►out together? 5. Do older girls/boys have a problem dating younger girfs/boys? Do younger girts/boys have a problem dating older giris/boys? 6. Do you believe in love at first sight? Do you think some people know that they will fall in love with someone the first time they meet? 1. Do you know anyone Vitro has had an arranged marriage? o you know someone who has gotten a ÉỀỗềoê? Do you think arranged marriages are a good idea? Why or why not? What is your opinion of arranged marriages? 8. Do you know the difference between love and like? Can you still love your partner and not like him/her? What characteristics do you look for in a girtfnend or boyfriend? 9. How often woukJ you like to go out on dates? How old were you when you went on your first date? Where did you go? What did you do? Who did you go with? 10. Do you think a boy should pay for everything on a date?

10

00

TOPIC 30? GETTDỈG M AKHIFtt

P2

+3

Getting married is one of the most important decisions in a person’s life, so \ will prepare for it carefully.

TO ÁN

House.

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

There Is so much planning to do for the wedding. When my partner and I get engaged, we will go to a jewelry shop to pick out rings, and wedding rings are exchanged at the wedding ceremony. We w ill also choose where the ceremony and wedding reception take.place. We are not religious, so we win not hold it in a church. Maybe I will organize ft ỉn the Youth’s Cultural

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

Í do not like to hoid my wedding big, so Ỉ just invite some dose friends and colleagues of mine together with both-side families. We w ill wear traditional Vietnamese dresses and turbans. After the wedding, we will have a reception where our fam iliesand friends talk, sing, dance, and eat. O f course, marriage customs might be different from person to person, and country to country, and I will follow our customs.

H ow To Speak E nglish Weữ





N guyễn H ồng A nh} M A ., ừ i TESOL

to promises to get married co-worker traditional hat

.Q UY

1. to get engaged: 2. colleague [kb’lirg] (n): 3. turban fte'bsnj (nj:

NH ƠN

VOCABULARY TIP

TP

p ư E S n e K S FOB PISC IISSIIW

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

1. How many stages are there in our traditional wedding? What are the customs and ways of the wedding? Do you want to follow these ways if you get married? How will you celebrate your wedding party? 2. What are important decisions in one’s life? (s a marriage decision the most important one? What does a manta! life mean to you? 3. What do couples expect from their marriage life? What influences you to decide on your marriage? 4. Should parents decide their children’s marriage? What are the influences of the parents to your choice of your partner? 5. Are you for or against the idea that the young have to make their own decision on their marriage? How a bout the parents? Should they leave it for young couples to their own marriage? 6. What roles do love play in one’s marriage? Is it true that love after marriage is not the same as it used to be? What are responsibilities of a husband and a wife for protecting fam ily happiness after marrying? 7. Why are there more and more couples getting divorced, especially the young? What should you do to keep your love alike after getting married? 8. What do you think about Vietnamese girls who get married to foreigners? Do you know the reason why they get married to each other? What are the difficulties between such couples? What should they do to bridge the gap between them? 9. Do you think that their marriages wiii last long and they are happy? What do you comment the situation that many newspapers are talking about marriages between Vietnamese gỉrỉs and Taiwanese?

B o w To Speak E n glish W e il






NH ƠN

TOPIC S is HONEYMOON

.Q UY

After wedding, people usually plan their honeymoon trips. I w ill also do the same.

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

There are so many options for a specific honeymoon trip. First of all, my fiancee and I may pay a visit to Dalat, and it may be romantic to travel to different places by horse-cart for a couple of days. I also think going on a honeymoon cruise to H a Long Bay will be: a fun way to spend our vacation together. Personally, {'d rather spend a few weeks backpacking through our country and visiting famous landscapes by motorbike.

TR

ẦN

No matter what we do, we have to carefully budget our money to cqver travel and meal expenses because money is very important once we are married.

00

B

VOCABULARY TIP

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

1. option (n)= choice 2. fiancee [fTD:nsei]; husband or wife-to-be 3. hofse-cart (n): xe ngựa 4. cruise [kru:z] (n): a journey on a ship 5. to backpack to travel on a hike 6. budget PbDdGit]: money 7. to cover: to have enough money Ex: This must be enough to cover your expenses

HÓ

Số tì5n này .t /à ñủ ñể tr2 các kho2n chi tiêu cua anh

-L

Í-

ẹU BSTIO X S FO B DISCUSSION

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

1. Are you married? What do you thing of getting married? 2. When you get married, where will you hoỉd your wedding party? 3. How many guests will you invite to your wedding party? Who w ill you invite? 4» Will you have honeymoon after wedding? Why do people have honeymoon? 5. What is your image of the ideal honeymoon? Where would go and what would you do there? 6- Why do you choose that place? Could you teli me something about that place?

H ow To Speak E n glish W e ll





ỉ^ỉguvễn H ổ ĩig Ả n h , M~A. in TESO L

ĐẠ O

TOPIC 32: KAISBVG CHỊI.PREM

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

7. Do you want to go on a honeymoon yourself or do you book a tour through a travel agent? 8. Which form of accommodation do you want to have for your holiday? Why do you prefer ft? 9. If you have $1,000 dollars to spend on your honeymoon, how w ill you spend it? 10. What can you draw from today’s discussion?

HƯ NG

Having children is one thing; raising them for .the next eighteen years or more is something completely different.

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

I have decided to have two children after ge married, but I am worried about raising them because there are many things to do. When children are very small, I need to take care of their daily needs. For example, J need to feed them, dress them, change their diapers, clean up their messes, and put them to bed. As children get a little older, I stiff have to give them daily attention by reading to them, telling them stories, playing games with them, and consoling them when they get troubles. As they become teenagers, they w ill need my interactions and advices.

HÓ

A

CẤ

in addition, f will also teach them fam ily values from a very young age. This will help them develop patterns of behavior they will need fo r the rest of their lives.

-L

Í-

In fact, raising children is much harder than it looks, but with patience and hope, I think we can make our children mature.

TO ÁN

VOCABULARY TIP

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

1. to raise = to bring up 2. diaper pdaispa} (n): cloth for babies 3. mess (n) chaos Ex: The whoie mom was in a mess Tất cà gian phòng ờ trong một tình trạng bừa bộn bần thỉu 4. to console [karVsou!] (for/on) to comfort, Ex: I shaỉi come anơ console him for his being unsuccessful in the exam. Tôi sẽ ñ:n an 3i ông ;y v5 Vi=c ông ;v thí r?t.

5. interaction [Jntar'aekjnJ (n):

H o ư To Speak E n glish W e ii


communication

49




Nguyễn H ồng Ả n h , M A ., in TESO L

ways of behaving grown-up

NH ƠN

6. patterns of behaviour 8. mature [ma'tjua] (a):

.Q UY


BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

1. What do think of children nowadays? Do you think that children from poor families are often more studious than the ones from rich families? z Should we use corporal punishment in educating children? Do you think this way is old-fashioned? 3. What are disadvantages of the corporal punishment? Have you ever been spanked by your parents? if yes, what happened to you? How did you feel at that time? 4. Whenever you make mistakes, what do you usually do? Do you make an apology, or just find out any excuses fo r what you have done? 5. What do you think of loving guidance in educating the children? Do you think it is an effective method of training them? 6. What do you think about the saying, “Spare the rod} s p o il the child"? What problems would loving guidance cause? 7. Do you think that parents are too permissive with their children nowadays? 8. What do you think the children need from their parents? Should parents be intimate friends of their children when talking to the children? Do you think it’s easy fo r us to do this? 9. Why are there many young criminals who come from rich families nowadays? What is the main reason? Who has to be responsible for this? 10. In short, which ways do you think is the best to train the children? When you have children, how Will you educate them? if your children make you very angry, what will you do?

Bote To Speak E nglish WeU





TOPIC 3 3 ĩ WITH OR WITHOUT A COMPAXIOIN?

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

To many pếó'plè,' travellíng is one of the most exciting things to do. Some people like traveling alone, but Ỉ do not want to spend this wonderful time on my own because o f some reasons as follows.

NH ƠN

Nguyễn H ồng A n h , M A . m TESOL

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

First, when travelling with a companion, 1 feel ,.safe and comfortable. Whenever I want to buy a strange thing, i can refer to my companion’s advice or idea. Moreover, I am not afraid of getting lost because my companion is always beside me for help. Second, 1 will not bé lonely and bored if 1 travel with a companion. When the journey turns out to be a boring one, I can always do something else with my companion. For example, i can play cards or talk about many things with my partner, in addition, sharing a tour with others is very economical. A tour for two or more people is always cheaper than one for just a person. For example, I can share the same motorbike or room with my companion.

CẤ

P2

+3

In short, going traveling with a companion is very beneficial. So, invite me to go with you If you want to go traveling somewhere, and you will find out what I have mentioned above is completely true.

HÓ

Í-

-L

partner to consult to become reasonable helpful


NG

3. 4. 5.

companion = to refer Ex: You should refer to a ơocumemt to turn out = economical (a): beneficial [.beni'fijai] (a):

TO ÁN

1. 2.

A

VOCABULARY TIP

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

1. Are you interested in traveling? Where have you been to In Vietnam? Can you describe one of them? 2. What is the importance of travelling? What can we leam from rt? Do you think that travel is a means of education? 3. According to you, when is it the best time to go travelling? Which season ño people travel a lot? Do you know why?

Hove To Speak E nglish W eil





Nguyễn H ồn g A n h , itfui. in TESOL

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

4. Do you usually travel on your weekends? And where are interesting places for weekends? What do you comment on the saying, “The m ore we travel, the m ore we learn”? 5. ‘ When someone wants to travel, what should he prepare? What should we know before we start a trip to a new place? 6. Do you like going travelling a tone or with a companion? If you go with a companion, who do you like to go with most? Why? 7. What will you do if you get lost in the middle of somewhere? If the journey turns out to be a boring one, what should you do? 8. Have you ever shared a tour with others? Do you think a tour for two or more people is always cheaper than one for individuals? 9. Do you like to gò traveling with a tourist company or to organize a tour yourself? Do you have any experience in organizing tours? 10. What can you draw from today’s discussion?

ẦN

TOPIC 34; STUPEJVTS AND PART-TIM E JO BS

00

B

TR

Many university students do part-time jobs nowadays because it has some benefits for students.

CẤ

P2

+3

10

Doing part-time jobs helps students earn money. It is not very much, but it is useful for their daily expenses such as buying clothes and reference books, paying for transportation or meals. Some students even can eam enough money to pay for their school fee. Cuj Co.jp

Í-

HÓ

A

Moreover, doing a part-time job provides students with some experiences. It causes them to be fam iliar with the world outside their classes, so they have chances to interact with others to improve their communication skills and self-confidence.

TO ÁN

-L

Also, part-time jobs will create chances for them to live an independent life instead of depending on their families. Thanks to par-time jobs, they can be more responsible for their future.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

In short, doing part-time job is very good for students in some aspects. However, they should arrange their time property.

Hovo To Speak English. W e ll


52




Nguyễn H ồ ng A n h , M A L in TESOL

NH ƠN

VOCABULARY TIP

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

1. reference books =■ a book containing useful facts 2. to provide = to supply 3. fam iliar (with) [fe’milja] (a): common Ex: I am not very familiar with place-names in this region Tôi không rành các ñịa danh ở vùng này lắm 4. to interact [,int3f*askt] to communicate 5. to create = to form 6. aspect fasspekt] (n) = view, field 7. properly (adv) suitably

HƯ NG

QUESTIONS FO R DISCUSSION

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

1. Are you a student or are you working now? if you are a student, have you finished your schooling for summer holiday? 2. Do you have to do part-time job to earn money? What kinds of job have you done? 3. Could you tel! me If it is easy to do part time jobs? What kinds of part time jobs are popular now? Is it difficult to find one now? 4. Do you think tutoring is an ideal job for students? Have you ever been a tutor? is ÌỈ easy or difficult to do this job? 5. ỉn your opinion, what can we get from part time jobs? Do we lose anything? If yes, could you tell me what we lose? 6. if you have no problem with your finance, and you have a chance to do a good part-time job. W ill you take it? Why or why not? 7. What do you think of promotion jobs? Are they useful for you? Why do many students choose this job as a part-time job? 8. Is it right to say that doing part-time job concerns students most now? What should the concerned organizations do to help and guide students who want tò do them? 9. To have a job now, what should a person prepare? Between knowledge in life and knowledge at school, which one Is more important for your job? 10. What can you draw from today’s discussion?

H ow To Speak Engỉisk. W eũ


53




Nguyễn H ồng A n h , M -Á . in TESO L

NH ƠN

TOPIC 35: PHYSICAL KXEBCISK

.Q UY

Nobody likes to be ill, so ft Is important that we should keep our body healthy.

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

There are many types of exercises that we may choose. We may play badminton, football, netball or whatever games that we prefer. We may also jog, walk, swim or cfimb a mountain. For the really-fit young people, there are rock-climbing, gymnastics and other physically demanding activities.

ẦN

We exercise to keep the body healthy. However, there are some who overdo things and end up injuring themselves. It is fine to jog for a few kilometres, it is madness to jog until we are exhausted.

B

TR

In short, exercise is important. No exercise may result in a weak body, but too much exercise may result in injury.

10

00

VOCABULARY TIP

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

1. to jog: to run slowly 2. gymnastics [,dZjim’naestiks] (n) exercise 3. to overdo: to do s.th too much Ex: He overdid his apology. Anh ta quá cường ñiệu lời biện giải hoá ra hỏng. 4. to injure: to damage 5. exhausted (a) [ig'zG:stkí]: very tired 6. to result (in) [ri’z n it]: to lead to the result Ex: His carelessness resulted in failure.

-L


BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

1. Are you a sporty man? What kind of sports do you play? How long have you played it? 2. Which are your favorite sports: outdoor/ indoor/ team/individual? Do you spend a lot of money on your favorite sports? What are the advantages and disadvantages that you can get from sports? When do you often play your sports? 3. What do you think about the saying, “Health m akes w ealth"? How often do you go for regular medical check-ups? 4. Do you have a lot of stress? How can you overcome your situation? Do you have any allergies?

H otc To Sff&ak E n glish W eũ





TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

5. Do you advise people to spend their time on sports rather than drinking, gambling, or hanging out? In which way can you do this? 6. Is it easy for you to get used to a habit of following a certain sports? When is it the best time of the day for you to do exercise? How can businessmen do exercise? What kinds of sports are suitable to them? 7. What do you think of sleeping? How many hours do you sleep a day? What happen to you ff you lade sleep? 8. Is environment ỉn our city good enough? How does it affect our health? Can you suggest some ways to improve our city’s environment? 9. Do you usually pay attention to your eating and drinking? Do you prefer eating out to eating at home? Have you ever been poisoned by food? 10. Do you want to live to one hundred? Can you suggest some more ways to live as long as possible? What can you draw from today's discussion?

NH ƠN

Nguyễn H ồng Ả n h . M A . ƠI TESO L

00

B

TOPIC 3 6 ADV ANTAGES OF CELL PHOMES

CẤ

P2

+3

10

Nowadays, cell phones are very popular. Nearly each of us has it. We like talking on cell phones, sending SMS, playing games etc, which are very good ways to communicate.

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

The most important advantage of cell phones Is that we can use them almost everywhere without cables or electricity. The next advantage of using a celt phone is that we can reach people easily. By using mobile phones, we can communicate with everyone, whenever we want and wherever we are.

NG

Furthermore, we can access the Internet by using a cell phone. Recently, the most common way of communication in the world has been the SMS. Ceil phones include this system; in this way, we can communicate with someone for cheaper than a normal call.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

Last but not least, we can carry a cell phone easily. Furthermore, cell phones are not only used for communication, but they can also be used for taking pictures, listening to music, playing games, and so on. So, cell phones are not dispensable.

H otc To Speak E n g lish W e il





ỉguyễn H ẩn g A n h , jtfw4. át TESO L

ĐẠ O

QUESTIONS FO R PISCUSSMO^

TP

.Q UY

. cable fkeibi] (n): wire to.access fasksesj: to surf >. common [kZmsn] (a) same ■x: You and I have a common interest: We both collect stamps. Bạn ta và tôi cỏ cùng sở thích: Cà hai ñều sưu tầm tem. L dispensable [dis’pensabl]: not necessary

NH ƠN

VOCABULARY TIP

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

1. Do you have a cell phone? How many people in your family have a cel) phone? Who is the youngest person you know who has a ceil phone? 2. How long have you had a ceil phone? Which ceil phone company do you use? How long have you used that company? 3. Who do you call most often? About how many text messages do you send in a day? How much do you spend a month on your cell phone? Who pays for your cell phone? 4. What ño you think of mobile phones? What kind of features does your ceil phone have? Why have you decided not to have a cell phone? 5. Could you live without your mobile phone? What are some of the advantages and disadvantages of mobile phones? 6. At what age do kids now get cell phones? When did you first get a cell phone? Have your parents ever been angry with you because of your phone use? 7. Do you know how to use all the functions on your phone? Does 'ft ever bother you when people use their cel! phones? Are you allowed to have your mobile telephone switched on in class? 8. How many cel) phones have you desừoyed? What was the most expensive phone call you ever made? 9. Is it illegal to speak on your cell phone while you are driving in your country? Do you think it should be illegal to Speak on your ceil phone while driving? Is it in bad taste to leave your cell phone on when you are at a restaurant? 10. Has your cell phone ever broken down? What did you do when your cell phone last malfunctioned? Have you ever lost your phone? Has your phone ever been stolen?

B o w To Speak E nglish W ell


56




Nguyễn H ồng A n h , M A , ù t TESOL

NH ƠN

TOPIC 37: UromEHSlTY LIFK

TP ĐẠ O HƯ NG

First of all, studying at university is different from studying at high school. Students have study themselves, and also have tơ spend a Í of time doing research. This helps them improve their ability to reason.

.Q UY

University life is one of the most interesting and unforgettable periods in one student’s life. It is also the most important stage because it prepares for our later careers.

TR

ẦN

Then, students can get some working experiences for their future jobs or get some money for their study. Thanks to doing part-time jobs, they know how to behave themselves and know how to spend money properly.

+3

10

00

B

Moreover, the university environment trains students how to live independently. Many university students come from provinces, so they usually live in dormitories or rent houses for accommodation. Living in dormitories, they have to do everything themselves.

P2

In short, university life is very interesting and unforgettable.

CẤ

VOCABULARY TIP

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

1. stage (n)= period 2. to reason ['ri.znj: to explain Ex: Our teacher reasoned that if we started at dawn, we would be there by noon. 3. dormitory pdũrmitộỊ: a place where students live Q U E S TIO N S F O R D is c u s s io n ?

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

1. Are you ã student or are you working now? Do you attend anyprivate courses to improve the knowledge of some subjects? 2. Do most high school students in our country go to college or university? 3. Are there many universities or colleges in your city? Can you tell us some universities you know?

lỉcnc Tứ Speetk English. W e il


57




Nguyễn B ồ n g A n h , M-A. VI TESOL

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

4. Most of these universities are in good conditions, aren’t they? What do you think of equipment and teaching aids in these schools? 5. What do you remember most when you are/were a student? 6 .. Are/were you in love at university? What do you think of students’ love? 7. Why do students study so many subjects at their university? Do you think these subjects are practical in real life? 8. Do/did you do any part-time job to earn your living? What do/did you do? Were/ Are you a tutor? What do you think of this job? 9. What do you think of living in dormitories or houses-for-rent? What are its advantages and disadvantages? Have you ever lived there? Which dorm is considered the most modem one ir> Our city? 10. What can you draw from today’s discussion?

ẦN

TOPIC 3ft: TRAFFIC PROBLEMS

00

B

TR

When our country develops, city people and traffic authorities have to face many traffic problems.

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

Nearly all streets and roads in our City are .narrow, in bad condition, and continually dug. In addition, the traffic system does not work well, and there are not enough traffic police. Moreover, many people ño not strictly observe traffic laws when using the roads. For example, they cross the street at wrong places or ride their motors in the wrong direction. In addition, many street vendors Illegally occupy the pavement to display their goods for sale, so pedestrians have to use the road-bed. Another cause of traffic problems is that the number of trucks in our c'rty is very big. As a result, they usually interfere with traffic flow. Last, the construction of houses and buildings is not property planned, so they occupy the surface of the roads.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

To solve the traffic problem in our City, we should do many things. At first, the government should increase the number of the police force, and they should be stricter to ’violators. Moreover, all sừeets should be widened, and traffic lines should be more logical. Last, heavy penalties should be imposed on violators, and people should be educated with traffic regulations at the same time. In short, I hope traffic problems in our city will be solved soon so that we feel very comfortable when using the road.

Hott) To Speak English W b U.





Nguyễn H ồ n g A n h, M A., in TESƠL

direction (n):

way

B 00

.Q UY TP

who violates the law reasonable punishment to force rule, law

CẤ

P2

>

TR

ẦN

against the law walker human resource serious

+3

7- illegal (a) 8i pedestrian (n) 9. force (n): 10. strict (a): Ex: Our teacher is very strict. 11* violator fvaiaieitei (n): 12. logical (a): 13. penalty ìpeniỉt] (n): 14. to impose [im'pouzj: 15. regulation =

10

6.

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

1. authority [□:,0G.riti] (n): government Ex: Who's in authority now? Ai là người cằm quyển bảy giờ? 2. narrow fnaerou] (a): small Ex: The road was too narrow for cars to pass. Con ñường quá hẹp, hên xe hơi không qua ñược. 3. continually [kentinjusii]: repeatedly 4. to dig - dug - dug: to hollow out Ex: Why don 'tyou dig a holepens ? Sao không ñào một cái ỉể ờ ñây? 5. to observe [a'bza:v]: to follow Ex: .;-i: Ail people have to observe the laws. Mọi người phải tuân theo pháp ỉuật.

NH ƠN

VOCABULARY TIP

A

OLESTiONS FO R PISCUSSMOM

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

1. What do you think about the traffic Situation in our city and other big cities in our country? 2. What is the relationship between urbanization and the traffic? What are main causes of traffic jams and traffic problem in our city? 3. It is said that the traffic congestion is unavoidable In the process of urbanization. Are you fo r or against this saying? 4. What are popular means of transportation in our country? Which one is the most efficient? 5. Have you ever been a victim of a traffic jam? ft yes, how did you fee! at that time? 6. What are solutions to ừaffic problem? Is the extension of roads the only way to solve the traffic congestion? Why and why not? 7. Do you think that heavy fines on violations of traffic rules are good for re-establishing the traffic order and safety?

note To S ữ e a k E nglish W eii





Nguyễn H ồ n g A nh, Mj4. á t TESOL

NH ƠN

8. What are solutions of the government to traffic problems? Can you suggest some solutions? What do you think of “The month of safety and order traffic'''? Do you think it is effective? 9. •What conclusions have you drawn from today’s discussion?

.Q UY

TOPIC 39s TELEVISION

ĐẠ O

TP

Television has many advantages. With a TV, 1 can learn many things, I can go traveling around the world, and I can contact the whole world.

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

First of all, television is very educational. Stations such as The Learning Channel, Animal Planet, Discovery and History all provide educational programs. For example, if 1 watch Animal Planet, I can know many kinds of animals around the worid. This program helps me a lot with my biology subject at my school.

+3

10

00

B

Second, the traveling program on television opens my mind. Watching the traveling program on TV helps me improve my knowledge. In addition, Ỉ can visit people and places around the world. As I see all these things, I learn that this world has a lot of things for us to explore.

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

Last but not least, the news program on TV is an endless source of news and information. By cable television, ! can watch many international news programs such as CNN, BBC or sta r World. Thanks to these programs, I am informed about the most important events in the world very quickly.

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

I hope more and more people know how to explore the benefits of television so that it could serve us as a wonderful toot.

VOCABULARY TIP advantage [ad'vGmtidC] (n) to contact biology [bai'Disdni] (n) = to explore = event (n) =

benefit to communicate natural science to discover incident

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

H ow To Speak English WeJl


60




Nguyễn H ồ ìig A n h , M A ., ừt TESOL

NH ƠN

OtljESTIOKS FO B M SCU SSIOfl

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

1. Are you going to watch TV tonight? If so, what will you watch? What did you watch on TV yesterday? 2. What is one of your favorite TV shows? Why do you like It? When is it on? Does you father like it, too? 3. Do you prefer listening to the radio or watching TV? Do you think It is good for children to watch TV? Do you think that there is too much violence on TV? 4. Do you think that TV is a good thing? Do you think TV is educational? 5. If you could design a new television show to boost ratings, what kind of show would it be? 6. How often do you watch TV? What are the advantages of watching TV? What are the disadvantages of watching TV? 7. What do you usually watch on TV? What kind of TV programs do you usually watch? What kind of TV shows do you not like? Why? 8. What TV commercials do you like? Which ones do you hate? What TV commercials do you like? Why? What's your favonte commercial? What is the purpose of advertising a product? Do you think there are subliminal messages? 9. When you drive or walk, do you get distracted by advertisements on buses or billboards? When yòu go food shopping, do you buy foods you've seen in TV commercials? Do you think it's right to see naked women in TV commercials selling beauty products? 10. When do you usually watch TV? Do you think that TV makes people lazy? Do you think too much time is spent watching TV?

HÓ

A

TOPIC 40; KEAPENG

-L

Í-

I realty enjoy reading in my free time, but my mood often determines what I read.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

i enjoy comic books; it is usually light reading, and the stories are not very iong, but some comics really reflect daily life in my culture.' I also like to skim the newspaper every day to find out whafs happening in the world. This keeps me up to date on current local and international events. Because ! do not have much time to read, I generally skip over the editorial section of the newspaper and read the business and sports sections. Every once ỉn a while, I take the time to read a good novel if time permits.

H otc To Speak E nglish W ell





Overall, reading helps me not only stay in touch with the world, but it also gives me a chance to relax.

state

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

Ex: She is always in a merry mood. Cô ấy luôn ở tâm trạng vui vè. 2. to determine [ñitemin]: to decide Ex: Hard work determine good results. Làm việc tích cực quyết ñính kết quả tỗt ñẹp, 3. comic book: picture book 4. to reflect [rfflekt] to reproduce Ex: Their actions reflect their fooughts 5. to skim: to read quickly 6. editorial section: bài xã luận

TP

1. moodỊmu:d](n):

.Q UY

VOCABULARY TIP

NH ƠN

Nguyễn Hồng A nh, M A . ủ i TESOL

sometimes

ẦN

7. once in a while =

B

TR

QUESTIONS FD R DISCUSSION

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

1. Do you like reading? How many books do you read per year? About how many books do you have in your house? 2. What sort of books do you enjoy reading? Do you prefer fiction or non-fiction? Did you read books when you were a child? 3. What is your favorite book? Who is your favorite writer? Do you prefer reading books or short stories? 4. Have you read a translation of any English books in your language? Have you ever read a book and then seen a film of that book? 5. Do you like love stories? Do you like historical stories? Who are the most famous writers in your country? Who is your favorite character from literature? 6. ðo you have a library card? Are you a member of any public library? 7. Do you give books to your friends as a present? if so, what was the last book you gave? Why did you choose that book? 8. Some people say that "books are best friends". Is that true for you? 9. Do you like authors from other countries as we!i? If so, who? 10. Tell us a little about a book you have read recently? Did you enjoy it? How long did it take to. read? Briefly, what was the story about?

Bote To Speak English W eil





TOPIC 4 1: GOE\G SHOPPING

.Q UY

Every weekend, I go shopping with a friend, and it is.the hobby t love most.

NH ƠN

Nguyễn S ồ ng A n h , i O . ừ i TESOL

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

I usually take a little cash, because i have an ATM card. However, I dont spending too much- money on what f really don't need. I mainly visit supermarkets and clothing stores to check out the latest fashions, if Í find something on sale at a reasonable price, I sometimes buy it. Therefore, I often go window-shopping.

B

TR

ẦN

1really enjoy walking along the store and gazing into the windows to see what the store is selling. A t other times, I like looking at the displays in stores or sừoiling through shopping centers. Sometimes, something like a shirt or jeans catches my eye, but I'm not a compulsive shopper, so I never buy the first thing I see" Many times, I come home without buying a thing.

10

00

Going shopping is really an interesting to do.

+3

VOCABULARY TIP

CẤ

to gaze =

A

4.

P2

1. to checkouts 2. reasonable (a): 3. go window-shopping:

to see goods to stare

to go for a walk to pay attention to to be forced

-L

Í-

HÓ

5. to stroll [stroufj: 6. to catch s.o’s eyes: 7. compulsive [kam’pcisiv] (a):

to see logical

TO ÁN


BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

1. How often you go shopping? Who do you often go with? Why? Do you find it interesting to go shopping? is shopping your hobby? 2. Which shops do you often visit? How do you spend your money on shopping? Have you ever gone shopping for fun? And what do you like doing there? 3. If you buy faulty goods, what will you do with it? Are you willing to spend a lot of money on shopping? Do you have any budget for shopping?

S o w To Speak English WeU.





Nguyễn H ồ n g Ả n h , M-i 4. in TESOL

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

4. Who has a higher demand for shopping, man or woman? Is it true that only women are interested In shopping? 5. In your opinion, when does shopping activity become busiest? What • are reasons for marts to boom? 6. What do you think of the competition among manufacturers tn our City now? What do you think about the prices of commodities displayed and sold in supermarkets? 7. What are main commodities displayed and sold in the marts, domestic or imported products? What do you think of the liking of imported commodities? 8. What should the government do to help local manufacturers to compete with foreigners? What policies should Government issue to protect domestic goods or prevent false goods as well as the pirate? 9. What do comment on the supermarkets ỉn our city? Between traditional markets and supermarkets, which one do you prefer? Why?

TR

TOPIC 42s FLACKS I I IKK TO V ISIT

00

B

I would like to visit as many places as i can.

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

First of all, ! would like to visit the moon. It would be quite good an experience to walk on the moon. It is said that there is no air or water there, and our weight is six times less, so I would like to see how high I can jump and how fast rca n run on the moon.

-L

Í-

HÓ

There are also many wonders of the earth I like to visit all, if possible. After hearing about the marvels of The Pyramids of Egypt, The Great Wall of China, The Taj Mahal, The Leaning Tower of Pisa, The Colosseum of Rome, and others, it would be great to be there.

NG

TO ÁN

However, above all, I would like to visit the Disneyland, which all kids would like to. There are so many things to see and do. it would be a great fun.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

Right now I cannot visit any of these places. The first reason is the lack of money. The second is that [ am too busy to go on a long trip, and I do not know anyone rich enough to take me there.

How To Speak E nglish W ell


64




Nguyễn H ồng A nh, M A . ừ i TESOL

VOCABULARY TIP 1. wonder (n): 2. marvel [Ynũivỉ] (n) 3. lack (of) (n): 4. who knows:

ĐẠ O


TP

.Q UY

something miraculous astonishment shortage (of) ai biết ñâu

NH ƠN

So they remain places Hike to visit. Who knows, I might get to visit some or alỉ of them in future, or not at all. On(y time will tell.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

1. Why do people like going traveling? Do you like it? Do you think that travel is a means of education? 2. Where have you been to in Vietnam? Can you describe some interesting places? Which one do you like best? Why? 3. In which season do you prefer to go traveling? When is it the best time to go traveling? Can you explain the reason? 4. Do you usually travel to somewhere on your weekends? in your opinion, where are interesting places for weekends? 5- How do you spend your holidays? When someone wants to travel, what should he prepare? What should we know before we start a trip to a new place? 6. What do you comment on the saying, “The more we travel, the more we learn!”? 7. Do you like going traveling with or Without a tour guide? Do you think Vietnamese tour guides have good knowledge of foreign languages? 8. What will happen to us if we go traveling without a tour guide? Do you think a guided tour is very informative to us? 9. Which places on earth do you like to visit most? Why do you like them? When can you do that?

H oic To Speak E nglish W eil





Nguyễn H ồng A n h , M A ., in TE SQ L

NH ƠN

T O P IC 43r W ITH O R W 1TH O U H F B T O P S ?

.Q UY

Spending time with friends is very Important in our life.

ĐẠ O

TP

Since Í am a sociable and open person, J feel happy and relaxed when Í do things with my close friends. We can take part in al! kinds of after-school activities such as playing volleyball, swimming or hanging o u t Some good ideas often appear in my mind when I am with such friends.

ẦN

HƯ NG

When ! come with friends, I can always exchange views with them about study, society or Jove. When i confront serious problems and I am unsure of which course of the action to pursue, my friends show me good ways at that time.

00

B

TR

Being Withfriends can be fun and aid one in overcoming the frying periods in life.Being happy in life means doing things we enjoy and having someone to share the feeling with.

P2

+3

10

In short, being with friends most of time is an enjoyable aspect o f life for me as it ts a source of inspiration, satisfaction and ongoing education.

CẤ

VOCABULARY HP 1. sociable fsoufabl] (a)

I'm not in a soãable mood. Tôi ñang không muốn tiếp xúc với ai. 2. hanging out =

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

Ex:

easy to be with

v». W U I b C U l u i e d U U U M .

c t l M V l Ii>

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

6. to aid = to help 7. inspiration [,inspa'reijn] (n): up-lifting feeling Ex: ; sat down to write my essay, but found Ỉ was completely without inspiration. Tôi ngồi xuống ñịnh viết bài tiểu luận, nhưng tôi cảm thấy /ổ không có hứng tí nào. 8. satisfaction [,sa5tis'faekjr>] (n): please Ex: She iooks back on her career with great satisfaction.

H ow To Speak English Weữ





Nguyễn H ồn g An h, M A., in TESOL

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

1. Do you have any close friends? How long have you known each other? Do you always get along well with them? 2. Can you teil me something about your close friend, her/his good sides and bad sides? What can you team from your friends? 3. How can you choose a real friend? What are main factors that help you to keep your friendship ever lasting? 4. Why do we need friends? As saying goes “ A friend in need is a friend in d ee d ’. How do you comment on this saying? 5. When you have problem, who do you often share with? Do you usually confide your ừoubles to your friends? 6. Is a person nowadays willing to sacrifice his benefits for his friends? it’s said that now people- friends usually take advantage of others rather than help each other, especially in doing business. Is it right? 7. What do you think of the proverb, “Every Jack has his Jfir? What would you appreciate most in friendship? 8. What do you think about the friendship in the modem Age? Does the friendship like "Lưu Bình, Dương Lễ" or some others like that still exist in our society? 9. What do you think about the individualism in the western; society? Does ft influence the young in our country now? Is It good or bad? What are Its advantages and disadvantages? to. Can there be a sincere friendship between a man and a woman without any feelings of love? Can a man and a woman be ứsou! mates11without a desire to each other?

NH ƠN

OCESTIOMS FO B DISCUSSION

Bote To Speak English. W e ll





Nguyễn H ồng Ánh ., M-Ầ. in TESO L

NH ƠN

TOPIC 44: GOING T B A V C T IM fi

.Q UY

I like going traveling so much. How enjoyable it is when I am in a quiet or private piace of beautiful landscapes together with my partner or family members.

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

Travel improves my mind and enriches my knowledge. When ! go traveling, I can meet people ^ o f different races and pass through areas of different climates. As I see all these .tilings, I learn that this world has a lot of things for me to explore.

ẦN

Thanks to travel, I leam that people in the world do not follow the same religions or do the same kind of work, yet their feelings, hopes and desires are the same. All try to work for their living.

00

B

TR

At last, travel helps me see with my own eyes and remember things that are not written about in any book. Such knowledge broadens my mind as well as makes me better and more reasonable person.

10

Thus, the value of travel is not difficult to realize.

P2

+3

VOCABULARY TIP

to broaden to enrich a group of common persons race (n): to discover to explore: belief religion (n): wants desire [di’zais] (n): Ex: My brother expressed a desire to go abroad tận mãt chứng kiến 6. to see s.th with s.o’s eyes: logical 7. reasonable (a):

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

QUESTIONS FO B PISCUSSIO ft

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

1. Why do people think of travelling? Do you know when people began fra veiling? What is the Importance of travelling? What can we learn from it? Do you think that travel is a means of education? 2. Are you interested in travelling? Is it your hobby? Where have you been to in Vietnam? Can you describe one of them? ;

H oic To Speak English W eil


68




Nguyễn H ằng A n h, M*A. ừi TESOL

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

3. According to you, when 4S it the best time to go travelling? Can you explain why? Which season do people travel a lot? Do you know why? 4. Do you usually travel on your weekends? And where are interesting places for weekends? 5. Do you think that watching TV is one of the cheapest ways of travelling? When someone wants to travel, what should he prepare? What should we know before we start a trip to a new piace? 6. What do you think about tourist industry of Vietnam these days? Could you please state some advantages and disadvantages of Vietnamese tourism? 7. Do you like working in a tourist company? What conditions should a tour-guide have to do his job well? How far do you understand the idea: Tourism is a non-smoking industry? 8. if a foreigner asks you where they should pay a visit in HCMC, where would you like to take them to? And what do you know about these places? 9. Are you for or against the idea that “ The m ore tourism develops, the more social problem s increase”? 10. Is it easy for Vietnamese to travel abroad? Can you tell us some requirements you need for travelling abroad? Do you think that the poor never think of travelling? If you don’t have much money, how do you manage to travel?

CẤ

TOPIC 45s FASHION AIVP LIFE

Í-

HÓ

A

Fashion has Its own importance. From time to time, fashion has changed a lot, but it has shown its existence in all ages.

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Fashion is for every body, and every body do the fashion, it may be different for all age groups because It is a way to express oneself. Usually, we can judge a person s nature to some extent til rough the way _ he/she dresses. Fashion, if done in a good manner, alsoincreases our beauty. In fact, these days beauty depends on fashion,and it is one way to measure how beautiful someone is.

BỒ

ID

Fashion is said these a joke that because it

done in many ways. First there are fashionable clothes. It is days that fashion in clothes changes overnight, and it is also jf one has bought a clothing today, he/she must wear it today possibly go out of fashion tomorrow. Fashion is also seen in

Hcnc To Speak English w & u


69




Nguyễn H ồn g A n h , M j 1. ùt TESOL

NH ƠN

hair. Some people like long hair, and others like their head without hair. Fashion also exists In cosmetics or shoes. Fashion is even seen in your way of talking or loving.

TP

.Q UY

Actually, fashion has become a part of our life. Nobody can remain untouched Without fashion. We the poor or the rich must have some kinds of fashion to show our existence in the society.

1.

existence (p) =

2.

to jud ge [*d3Ad.3j =

báng, survival to comment on

ẦN

HƯ NG

Exr Do notjudge people by appearance nature (n) = manner = to measure = cosmetic = Ex: Lipstick and hair conditioner are cosmetics

character behavior to evaluate make-up

TR

2. 3. 4. 5.

ĐẠ O

VOCABULARY TIP

00

B

QUESTIONS FOR M SCUSSION

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

1. What kind of clothes do you often wear? Do you like your way of dressing? Why? 2. Do you think that jeans now are popular everywhere? Do you know the reason why jeans are popular? 3. As a saying goes, “ You can’t ju d g e a book b y its cover?*'. Please discuss this statement, especially in relation to fashion and personal good look4. Do you follow fashion? Can you tel! the reasons? Do you think that people need to follow fashion? Why? 5. What Is fashion in your opinion? What do think about shopping for clothes among the young ỉn our city? What is the biggest problem when buying clothes? 6. Do you think that new fashions are created solely for the commercial exploitation of women? 7. Many people say that changing fashions are nothing more than the waste of time and money. What do you think? 8. Does fashion contribute'a great deal to the development o f society? What are they? 9. Do you think that your being well-dressed can help you be more selfconfident? 10. Do you think your way of dressing shows your personality? in your opinion, what is the most suitable fashion for students?

H ow To Speak English W eil





11.

What do you think about people who always follow fashion? Do you think it is a waste of time and money? Why or why not?

.Q UY

TOPIC 46? MOISEY AMP ITS EFFECTS

NH ƠN

Nguyễn B ồ n g A n h , M j i ' in TESOL

ĐẠ O

TP

Nobody can deny the tact that money plays an important part in our lives. We need It to travel, to go to school, or to pay for healthcare and other services.

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

As money is so.important, many people run after it They can work hard and are willing to forget their families because of money. Being busy earning money, a lot of parents have no time to take care of their children or their life-partners; as a result, their children become corrupted or spouses get divorced.

P2

+3

10

00

B

In addition, people try to get money by any means, even they sell their honor. For example, some high-ranking officers commit corruption or bribery; many girts become prostitutes or get married to foreigners without iove; and many crimes such as burglaries, robberies, smuggling or deceits happen everyday.

HÓ

A

CẤ

In short, money has really big effects on our life. However, we should remember that money can buy a house but not a home, a bed but not sleep, medicine but not health, a watch but not time, sex but not love and food but not appetite.

Í-

VOCABULARY TIP

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

1. to play a part “ to play a role 2. corrupted (a) = spoilt 3. by any means = by any cost 4. honor [Tins] (n): honesty, fairness Ex: It's a great honour to be invited' people of high positions 5. high-ranking office r dissolution 6. to commit corruption or bribery: a woman in sex for money 8. burglary (n): stealing at night trading s.th illegally 3. smuggling: dupery 10. deceit (n): a desire for food or drink 11. appetite [’aspltaiti (n):

S o w To Speak English W ell





Nguyễn H ồn g A n h , M A ., in TESOL

NH ƠN

QUESTIONS FO B PĩSCUSSIOI*

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

1. What do you think of some marriages and dose relationships that are based on money? What do you think about a saying, “Money makes the mare go? 2. Can we buy everything with money? According to you, how important Is money in your life? 3. Is it right to say, “Money is a means to get promotion”? Can money bring you happiness? Why? 4. Do you sometimes borrow money from your friends? And do you pay it bade? 5. What would be your behavior when a beggar asks you for money? Do you think, “Money is the ro o t o f a il evils”? 6. It is said that, “Money is power*. Is it right? Do you think money control nearly all fields in our life now? 7. What do you do to earn your living? W hafs your income? is it enough for you? Are you ỉn debt? How deeply? 8. What are your fixed expenses (rent, telephone bills, school fee)? Do you think you spend too much? 9. After paying all the expenses in your daily activities, how much can you save? What are you long - term goals to lise your savings? 10. Why do many people now want to have a lot of money? Is success measured in terms of the money you earn? 11. Do you think that the more money you get, the more respect you have?

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

TOPIC 47s STTIPYIMG ABROAD I'm thinking about attending a university in a foreign country.

At first, ị Will enrol in an English program Singapore to improve my English. After learning English for six months, !’m going to look for a program that will prepare me to enter a university. Furthermore, I'd [ike to join a program that organizes activities for students, so I can get to know people better from around the world.

I want to choose Business Administration as my major. Í prefer small classes betweentwenty and twenty five students which gives me opportunities to get more individualized attention from thè teacher. The

ffo tc To Speak E nglish W eil





Nguyễn H ồ n g A n h , M A ., ừt TESOL

NH ƠN

cost of tuition is important, but my first priority is getting a good education.

.Q UY

ỉn conclusion, while studying abroad offers me great opportunities for a better future, ft also has challenges that Í have to try my best to overcome to make my dream come true.

TP

VOCABULARY Tip

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

1. to attend fe'tend] to go to Ex: They had a quiet wedding - only a few friends attended it 2. to enrol: pn’roilÍ]: to register Ex: / want to enrol in an in-service class. 3. Business Adm inistration: business management 4. individual [Jndi'vidjual] (a): person ' Ex: Each individual person is responsible for his own study. Mỗi cá nhân chịu trách nhiệm về việc học riêng của mình 5. lỉition [tju:‘ijn] = school fee 8, priority [prai'Drati] (n) precedence Ex: Priority is given to developing heavy inơusừỵ ưu tiên phát triền công nghiẹp nặng 7. challenge rtíaelindũ] (n): difficulty Ex: She iikes her job to be a challenge 8. to overcome: to defeat, to conquer

CẤ


BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

1. What are purposes of education? Do you think that education is the best investment in our children’s future? 2. What do you think of our educational system at present? Do you think that children now have to learn a lot? Learning a lot is good or not? 3. What do you think of Western educational systems? What are the differences? Which one do you think is better? 4. ðo you like studying abroad? If yes, why do you like It? Which country do you want to study in? 5. is rt cheap or expensive to study overseas? How much does it cost for a school year? What kinds of fee does a student have to pay when studying abroad? 6. is it easy for you to adapt to a new environment? !f the weather changes, does it effect your health? What do you think about different cultures and customs?

H otc To Speak jbngtish WeU





Nguyen H ồ ng A nh, M«Ắ. ừt TESOL

ĐẠ O

TOPIC 4 fc A JOB I WAftT TO DO

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

7. What difficulties does an international student have to face every day? Do you think alỉ students can overcome those difficulties? 8. What are advantages to study abroad? What opportunities do •students have when they are in developed countries? 9. Do you think overseas studying offers students chances to discover new cultures, ways of thinking, history, customs and lifestyle? Do these differences make them different when coming back to their homeland?

Since I was young, 1 have been interested in studying international relations. My interest in pursuing this field stems from several factors which have affected me.

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ề

10

00

B

First, I have been exposed to international affairs throughout my life. With my father and my brother in the Foreign Service, I have grown up under the shadow of international affairs. 1 am fascinated by the way they talk about international relations.

P2

+3

\ỆÌ P I i f !

HÓ

A

CẤ

Second, ! am very interested in history, economics, and diplomacy. I believe that Ị can effectively satisfy my curiosity in these fields through the study of international relations.

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

The last factor affected my interest in international relations is patriotism. Through the Foreign Service, ! would not only have the opportunity to serve my country, but also have the chance to help bridge gaps between my country and others. Besides, I couỉd make the world know more about Vietnam.

ƯỠ

NG

in short, with my situation and condition both in life and in study, i believe that I will beTaIP successful diplomat in the future. VOCABULARY

BỒ

ID

1. to pursue = to follow 2. to stem = to come from Ex: Discontent stemming from low pay and poor working conditions Sự bắt mãríbảỉ nguồn từ tiên công thấp và cốc ñiều kiện làm việc tồi tệ

Bote To Speak English Weũ


74




Nguyễn H ồ n g A n h , M~A. ừi TESOL

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

3. be exposed to = to bé close to 4. affair (n) = business 5. be fascinated be attracted 6. curiosity (n) [,kjuari'3S iti] (n) desire to know about s.th Ex: Hẹ gave in to curiosity and opened the letter addressed to his sister Nó không lữểm ñược tính tò mò và ñã mở bức thư của chị nó 7. to bridge the gap to fill thè gap

ĐẠ O

QUESTIONS FOR P1SCUSSIOM

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

1. Which of the following jobs would interest you: secretary, engineer, cook, hairdresser, computer assistant, nursery teacher, manager; flight attendant, tour guide, receptionist, hotel keeper, bank manager, interpreter, translator;■taxi-drive, or nurse? Why do you choose it? 2. How do you prepare for your future job? Can we get a job Without any preparation? 3. Which job did you tike when you were a kid? Which job do you like but you cannot do? 4. What is career orientation? What occupations do young people prefer nowadays? 5. Do you think social requirements affect one’s decision on his career orientation? How do they affect? 6. In the process of modernization and industrialization in our country, what jobs do you think are necessary? What jobs are dominant nowadays? 7. What factors do you often take into consideration when making decision to choose a job for yourselves? 8. What do you think about the situation o f economy in our country at present? Do you think it can affect social requirements and your career orientation? 9. Otherwise, do you think our choices of career will influence on the development of our country?

Boit> To Speak English Weũ





N gu yễn H ồng Ản h, M A . ìn TESO L

NH ƠN

TOPIC 49: REASONS TO I K Ầ M ENGLISH

TP

.Q UY

There is no doubt that more and more people iearn English nowadays, and they lean it because of different reasons. However, to me, I leam it to prepare for my job, to improve my knowledge, and to entertain myself.

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

First of ail, English is very necessary for my future job. As we know, many jobs now require applicants to prepare their personal files such as the c v or the job application, in English. If my English Is good enough, my file will make impression on the employer. Moreover, in the job interview, 1 w ill have to speak English. Therefore, ft will be easier for me to pass it if I can speak English fluently. !n addition, with good English, I may have more chances to work for a foreign company or I can be sent abroad for further training.

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

Then, I can improve my knowledge so much if I am good at English. It can’t be denied that English is the most international language irr the w orld Therefore, many professional or reference books of different subjects such as science, technology, tourism, economy, geology, politics and education have been written in Engfish. How can i read and understand them if I do not know English? Moreover, the Internet is considered an Information superhighway, and many websites are written in English. Therefore, 1 can take advantage of these websitesto get information and improve my English is good enough.

In short. English is one of the best means that can help us approach modem science, advanced technology, and the development of the world. In other words, a lot of good opportunities are available for us

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

Last but not least, English will be able to help me entertain myself a lot. If I have a good command of English, 1 can completely enjoy an Englishspoken movie without the help of the subtitle which !S sometimes incorrect Moreover, I can listen to many famous or ever-lasting English songs sang by the most famous singers around the world. In addition, 1 can go travelling to any country without difficulties in communication. Besides, there are many other ways of entertainment that I can get rf Ỉ am good at English.






Nguyễn H ồn g A n h , M A . in TESỠL

NH ƠN

once we have acquired fairly good English. So, try to improve English to Integrate into the world.

VOCABULARY TCP

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

1. doubt (n) = uncertainty Ex; There is not a shadow of doubt Không một chút mảy may nghi ngờ 2. applicant (n) = candidate 3. to make impression tc get s.o’s attention 4. geology (n) = the study of the earth 5* superhighway (n) = very fast route 6. to approach = to come up to Ex: As you approach the city; the first building you see is the church 7. to acquire = to get *

TR

ẦN

QUESTIONS FOR PISCUSSIOM

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

1. What do you expect from your English? Please tell me your main purposes and motivations. 2. What do you think about teaching and learning English in our country now? What are advantages and disadvantages? 3. Have you got any difficulties when you are learning English? If yes, how do you overcome your difficulties? 4. Among four skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing, which one do you think is the most important and difficult? 5. Please share your own experience in learning English with me and tell me the best way to improve each skill? 6. How do you improve your speaking skills? ðo you think joining English Speaking Club is one the best ways to improve ft? 7. What can you derive from your study? What is the importance of English language when it is used as an international language? 8. in addition to your professional qualifications, is it necessary that a certificate of English should be included? 9. How can the English ability help your work and your study?

ỉio tc T o S p e a k Eĩtgìish W e ll


77




Nguyễn H ồng A n h ,

ừi TESOh

NH ƠN

TOPIC 50: XO ENTER YOIIK LIFE

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

We have to accept that modem life has brought young people a lot of benefits and favorable conditions. Nowadays, it is very easy for the young to approach modem science and advanced technology as weil as to get up-todate many kinds of information to enrich their knowledge. However, in order to have right orientations and right decisions for their future, they have to prepare themselves many things.

B

TR

ẦN

First of all, they must equip themselves with sufficient knowledge which plays a vital role in every success. Knowledge is the key to open any door of life. Owing to knowledge, a man has ability to reason as well as distinguish good things or bad things. For example, thanks to knowledge, Japan has become one of the most powerful countries in the world although it does not have many natural resources.

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

Besides knowledge, they should have moral principles. A person of good personality and moral gets success and respect easily. Morals of a person can be seen owing to his way of living. He knows how to live for everybody around him. For example, he is willing to help others when they are in need. Also, he should not be very setfish-just to think of himself - or hs should not play tricks on others.

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

Last but not least, confidence and communication skills are also very necessary for them to step into life. The confidence helps them overcome many difficult circumstances or have timely decisions. Then communication skills help them get along well with others easily. Thanks to these skills, they may have wide relations that can support them to get our success.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

In short-, truly speaking, as young people, they have a lot of opportunities to prepare for their future. Moreover, they play very important roles in the development and prosperity of the nation, it is them who are future masters of the country. Therefore, they should have a good preparation for their career when they are still at college or university.

H ow To Speak Ertgiish WeŨ





Nguyễn H ồn g An h, M«A. ÙI TESOL

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

favorable (a) good, convenient to approach = come up to orientation (n) = direction sufficient (a) = enough to reason = to explain to distinguish = teU apart The twins are so alike that no one can distinguish one from the other. principle
HƯ NG

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Ex: 7. 8. 9. Ex: 10.

NH ƠN

VOCABULARY TOP

ẦN

QUESTIONS FO B PISCUSSIOM

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

1. Are you a student or are you working now? If you are a student, what is your preparation for your future? 2. What do you think of knowledge in modem time? Do you think students get enough knowledge when studying at colleges or universities? 3. Is it right to say that many people are just interested in money nowadays? Do you agree that money is everything in our time now? 4. Between earning money and getting knowledge, which one is more important to you? Do you think that money now is more required than knowledge? 5. Why do many people think that investing in education is the best way to get money later? fs it a good preparation for a person to step into his life? Why? 6. is it good to have so much knowledge? What can you do if you have wide knowledge? 7. What ambitions do students usually have nowadays? What are differences between the young of today and those of yesterday? 8. What roles do the young play in the development of the nation? What does our nation expect from the student? 9. What are the strong and weak points of the student? Are they w iling to think, to act, and to have responsibilities? 10. What do you think of spoilt teenagers, juvenile addicts and delinquents ịn oúr city at present? How can we help those people? What can you learn from this topic?

H o w To Speak E nglish W e il





Nguyễn H ồn g An h, M A . ừi TESO L

NH ƠN

TOPIC 51: SPEMB1N6 OR SAYW C MONEY?

.Q UY

If I am asked whether I spend money or save it when I can earn it myself, I will answer that ] will keep it for some time in the M ure. I do that because ! will have a lot of expenses in my future.

HƯ NG

will be " future.

ĐẠ O

TP

As we know, learning nowadays is nót cheap at a ll Moreover, my parents cannot always support me during my life. To improve my knowledge; Ỉ have to learn more and more. So, the money I save now very important for me to spend on education in the

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

In addition, in the future, Ị want to have comfortable life such as a nice house, fashionable clothes, arid a luxurious car. When ] get married, ! want to have nice things too. This takes money. The best time to save money is now, before I have a family. Then, with my savings, my children may have good living conditions and chances to study at highstandard schools. JcCti kvw i Last, I cannot foresee what will happen to me and my fam ily in the future. For example, 1 could have an unexpected illness; my brothers or sisters might need my help, and I have to give them some money. Therefore, I need to save money now for these sudden things. Moreover, when I become old, I do not want to depend on my children economically.

-L

Í-

HÓ

In short, it is not easy to earn money now, so ! do not want to spend my money carelessly. 1 have to be well-prepared for my future. Are you of my opinion? Let’s share our ideas in today’s discussion.

expense (n) = to foresee unexpected (a) =

expenditure to predict, to forecast sudden

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

1. z 3.

TO ÁN

VOCABULARY T IP

H ow To Speak English W ell


80




Nguyễn S ồ n g Anhy M-4. in TESOL

NH ƠN

Q U E S T IO N S F O R m s c u s s io n ?

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

1. Are you a student or are you working now? Do you earn a lot of money yourseif? 2. About how much do you usually spend each day? Are you good at saving money? 3. Are you saving money to buy something? If so, what are you planning to buy? How much will it cost? How much longer w ill you need to save before you can buy it? 4. Where do you save your money: at home, in a pig-bank or in a bank? Do banks pay a higher percent of interest here or in your country? 5. Do yơu ever give money to charity? How often .do you give to chanty? How much do you give? S. Do you have a credit card? if so, do you have more than one? Do you have more than one bank account? Do you often put money in the bank? 7. Do you sometimes buy things that you don't need? if so, give some examples. 8. Do you sometimes give money to charities? Have you ever gjven money to a beagar? Have you ever given money to a homeless person? 9. How important is money to you? If you had no money, do you think you could be happy? 10. Do you Slink saving money for the future is a must? If yes, why do you think so?

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

TOPIC 53s A GUIDE TOUR When the standard of living is improved, people pay more attention to entertainment. One of the most popular ways is going traveling. Some people like to hold a tour themselves, others like going traveling with a tour guide. To me, Ỉ prefer a guided tour very much because of the following reasons:

ID

ƯỠ

When we are members of a guided tour, we can understand ail things we see during our tour. For example, if you travel to a foreign country for

BỒ

your vacation, you may have trouble With the language that can prevent

you from enjoying your trip. However, if you go with a tour guide, he wili help you with his knowledge of fluent foreign language.

H ots To Speak English Jfr'eU





Nguyễn H ồn g Ả n h , M -A . ừí TESOL

.Q UY

NH ƠN

Then, a guided tour is very Informative to us. During the tour, the guide provides us with a lot of information about places we visit, especially when we go to museums or historical vestiges. There, the guide w ill help us be able to enjoy and understand the history of what being displayed or seen.

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

in addition, we will be able to cover all the sightseeing places if we are in a guided tour. When we do sightseeing independently, we may miss a lot of chances to visit the most beautiful or interesting places. W ithout a guide, we need to plan our time accordingly. This causes lots of tension because we are new to the place. As a result, our trip might not be a memorable one.

ẦN

So, I would say that while planning a vacation, one should definitely consider taking a guided to u r Do you agree with me?

to pay attention to = to care for to hold = to organize vestiges (n) = remains Ex: Vestige of an ancient civilization

00

B

1.

TR

VOCABULARY Y IP 2.

+3

10

3.

CẤ A

HÓ

to display = accordingly = tension (n) = memorable (a) = definitely (adv) =

P2

Di tích CÙB mEt nFn văn minh c5

4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

to show reasonably stress unforgettable, certainly

-L

Í-


BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

1. Why do people like going traveling? Do you like it? Do you think that travel is a means of education? 2. Where have you been to in Vietnam? Can you describe some interesting places? Which one do you like best? Why? 3. In which season do you prefer to go traveling? When is it the best time to go traveling? Can. you explain why? 4. Do you usually travel to somewhere on your weekends? in your opinion, where are interesting places for weekends? 5. How do you spend your holidays? When someone wants to travel, what should he prepare? What should we know before we start a trip to a new place?

H oic To Speak English W eũ





Nguyễn H ồ n g A n h , M~A. ừi TESOL

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

6. What are the purposes of travel? What do you comment on the saying, “The more we travel, the m ore we learn!”? 7. How do you think about tourism In Vietnam these days? Could you please slate some advantages and disadvantages of ft? 8. Do you fike goina traveling with or without a tour guide? Do you think Vietnamese tour guides have good knowledge of foreign languages? 9. What will happen to us if we go traveling without a tour guide? Do you think a guided iour is very informative to us? 10. What can you draw from today’s discussion?

HƯ NG

TOPIC 53s HOW TO ĨKAII 4 H APPY LIFE

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

ft is hard to say what makes a happy fife, for pur definition of happiness is not acceptable to all. This man’s idea o f a happy life will be entirely different from another’s, and what the third regards as a happy Irfe may be acceptable neither to the first nor to the second.

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

Before trying to decide what makes a happy life, we have to be quite definite about what kind of happiness we want to achieve. For example, there is the kind of happiness aimed at by those who free themselves from all the world’s complications. Such people believe that the desire for wealth and material pleasures in life is the root of all troubles and depressions. They say that this desire always makes people unhappy.

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

In addition, to be happy, In my opinion, we should not be very ambitious or greedy. Some people always want to get everything in their life, so they keep searching ways to ño that. Because of changing all the time, they get nothing at the end. Thus, we are happy when we know how tQ appreciate and consciously to enjoy what we really possess. Also, we always keep in our mind that ” The grass is always greener on the other side of the hilf” always makes us unhappy.

ID

ƯỠ

To lead a happy life, we should always set goals in life to keep us on trade. I think all of you agree with me that planning ahead is always good to achieve our goals. Thanks to our plans, we know what to do first, when and how to do it Moreover, to reach our goals, we should also be

BỒ

risky and never stop our effort to get them.

S o w To Speak Eneỉish W eil





Nguyễn H ồ n g A n h , M -A. ỉn TESOL

.Q UY

NH ƠN

ỉn addition to our goals in life, to have a happy life, our health must be good. Do you feel happy when you are usually tired or sick? Nobody says yes. So we should do morning exercises regularly, be careful with ouf eating and drinking habits, take holidays sometimes, not overwork or worry a lot.

ĐẠ O

TP

Last but not least, developing a good sense of humor is a very good way to make us happy. As we know, happy people usuaiiy overcome their troubles easily. When something wrong happens to them, they do not wait for too long to see its good side because it is said that, táA merry heart helps you overcome many difficult cases” .

HƯ NG

And how is your conception of a happy life? Let’s share your opinion in today’s discussion

ẦN

VOCABULARY T IP

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

1. definition [.defi'niin] (n)= explanation 2. entirely (adv)= completely 3. to regard as = to consider 4. definite (a)= dear 5. to achieve = to get, to gain... 6. complication (n)= intricateness 7. desire (a)= want, need 8. depress! ion (n) = hopelessness Ex: Don’t drive me to desperation ðừng dồn tôi vào cảnh tuyệt vọng/thế cùng 9. greedy (a)= insatiable 10. to possess = to own 11. to keep s.o on track = to go on the right way


BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

1. What is happiness? What does happiness mean to you? What should we do to make ourselves happy? 2. Can money bring us happiness? Are rich people always happy? Do you think money is everything? 3. In your opinion, does happiness come to us by accident? It is said that happiness is like a shy bird. The more we hunt it, the farther it flies away. Do you think so? 4. Do you agree that a happy man is the only man who;knows how to live with what he is possessing?

B o w To Speak English. W e ll


84




Nguyễn H ồng A n h 5 M A., in TESOL

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

5. Is material comfort the only factor leading to happiness? If you have a lot of money, do you fee! happy? 6. Who is happier between a rich man without knowledae and a poor man with wide knowledge? 7. Which is more important, health or money? What should we do to have good health? Do you think the young usually appreciate their health? Why (why not)? 8. How is a happy family? How would you do to build up a happy family? What is the role of the husband and the wife in a happy family? 9. What do you think of the saying, “Happiness is a struggle”? Do you usually struggle in your life? What do you usually struggle against?

ẦN

TOPIC 54; COHABITATION

+3

10

00

B

TR

When people have more personal freedoms, they seem to forget traditional morals one o f which is not living together until they get married. Through press, we know that more and more young people cohabit nowadays, especially among students and industrial workers. Why do they do that?

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

The first reason is free relationship. Usually, cohabitants are those who come to this city from provinces, so they are free to make their own choices. When asked, they say that they are not bound by their parents’ constraints, and they are mature enough to make their own decisions.

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

The second reason is that they can share living expenses. Because they come from provinces, they have to rent houses or rooms for their accommodation, which is not cheap in this city. However, the expense can be reduced if rt is shared. Moreover, it is very convenient for a cohabiting couple in many ways. When the male goes to school or Is on his shift, the female stays at home to cook their meals, to clean the house or to wash their clothes, and vice-versa.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

The last popular reason is called testing. Some cohabitants think that they should test their marital life before really getting married. They say they live with each other to see if they are compatible or not But statistically, most cohabiting couples usually say goodbye to each other when they graduate from universities. 1 myseff do not think that compatibility has to be learned by cohabitation. H ow To Speak English W e ll





Nguyễn H ồ n g A n h , M -A. in TESOL

.Q UY

NH ƠN

Does anyone know what have happened to many cohabitants? Many girls have to get abortion or stop their schooling, and very few couples get married after that. This is really ironic.

ĐẠ O

TP

In short, before we give ourselves away, we should,think twice and be responsible for what we have done. Have a great day and stay out of ừouble!

VOCABULARY T IP

cohabitation as Irving like a husband & wife limited bound (pp) limitation, restriction constraint (n) = grown up mature (a) = accommodation (n) = housing Ex: He wanted accommodation for a young married couple to work to be on shift = oppositely vice-versa = well-matched compatible (a) = numerical statistically (adv) = to kill un-bom baby to get abortion (n) = mocking ironic (a) = to think carefully to think twice =

ẦN

HƯ NG

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.

CẤ


BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

1. What do you think about the ways of living nowadays? What are the ways of living in the past? Can you make a comparison between the way of living In the past and at present? Which one do you think better? Why? 2. What do you comment on the Western way of living? Do you think it’s good to imitate? 3. What do you think of the young now? Do you think they love too early? Why? What do you think about the way they love now? 4. Why do many young people cohabit now? Who usually cohabit? What are advantages of cohabitation? Do you think it is the best way to test your partner before .you decide to get married to him/her? 5. Why are there many cases of getting abortion among the young now? What is your opinion on it? Does it result from cohabitation? 6. Should we focus on preventing unwanted pregnancies? Would rt be better to educate people at the earty age to use their common sense in love and sex?

HoIT To Speak English W e il Đóng góp PDF bởi GV. Nguyễn Thanh Tú




Nguyen B ồ n g A n h , M A ., in TESOL

NH ƠN

7. Why do we, Vietnamese people, feel embarrassed and uneasy whenever taking about this subject? Do you think this is the reason leading to more and more abortions?

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

8- Is it right to terminate the pregnancy and to kill the baby? Why is It right or why is it wrong? Should every woman have the right to decide whether she wants to stay pregnant or not? 9. Who is to blame if a woman gets pregnant before marriage? Is it her fault and stupidity? Should she carry at! the consequences as well? What do you think of the man in this situation?

HƯ NG

TOPIC 55; SUMMER VACATION

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

When flame-fiowers begin blooming, It is the time for students to stop schooling and welcome “summer - vacation” which is very important to them. After 9 Er months of working hard, they need time tò relax ' before continuing their studies at a higher level. So, how can they have a useful and meaningful summer vacation?

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

As we know, students have been taught a lot from books, but in reality, many of them have never seen a live cow or buffalo or they cannot imagine what a rice field is realty like. They also leam a lot about the country and people, historical vestiges, ancient temples, mausoleums or beautiful places, but they have never seen these with their own eyes. Thus, trips on summer days to the countryside, to a mountainous region, to the historical sites or famous places in the country w ill be very useful to them.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

Another thing is worth mentioning here. On summer vacations in recent years, thousands of high school and college students have partidpated in “ Green Summer Volunteer Campaign\ They go to rural areas or mountainous regions to teach illiterate people how to read and write as well as to hold many summer activities for loca! students. At the same tim e/they also help local people repair houses, build lanes and bridges in remote hamlets or villages. Those summer activities are very useful and meaningful to them. Moreover, they also accumulate a lot of knowledge for their lessons in school from real life. Also, many college students take advantage of summer vacations to do part-time jobs. Thanks to these jobs, they can earn some money for their

H o w To Speak En glish W eil





Nguyễn H ồ n g A n h v j t f j . ừi TESOL

NH ƠN

next school year, in addition, when doing part-time jobs, they can accumulate some experiences in working environment, and can improve their communication skills.

.Q UY

in short, depending on his situation, the student can choose suitable ways to spend their summer holidays usefully and meaningfully.

flamboyant remains

ancient (a) = rural (a) = illiterate (a) = tơ accumulate = to take advantage of =

ẦN

very old countryside uneducated to collect, to gather, to make the best of s.th

TR

3. 4. 5. 6. 7..

HƯ NG

Di tích cùa mEt nFn văn minh c

ĐẠ O

1. flame-flower (n) 2. vestiges (n) = Ex: Vestige of an ancient civilization

TP

VOCABULARY T IP

00

B

QUESTIONS FOR P1SCTJSS1QX

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

1. Have you finished all exams in your school? Have you made up your mind how to spend your summer vacation yet? 2. Where do you want to go? Why do you choose that place? Have you ever been there? 3. Before going travelling, what should we prepare? What should we take along With us? 4. Where were you bom? Can you describe some beautiful or historical places in your own hometown? Is it a good place for summer vacation? 5. Do you think that attending summer courses is a good way to spend summer vacation? What do you think of the summer courses in our city in these days? 6. Many students take advantage of summer vacation to do some part time jobs so as to earn more money for their study. Do you think this is a good chance for them? What kinds of work are popular during summer vacation? 7. What ỈS your opinion o n '“Green Summer Campaign” ? Have you ever taken part in this campaign? [f yes, can you tell me your experiences? 8. Are you going to participate in social activities in this summer? What activities do you intend to do?

H orc To Speak English. W e ll


88




Nguyễn H ồ n g A n h,

in TESOL

.Q UY

NH ƠN

9. Does our city have enough entertainment activities for students on summer vacation? What kinds of entertainment activities do you suggest to be made more? 10. How can we have a useful and meaningful summer vacation? What can you draw from your discussion?

TP

TOPIC 56: DANGERS AT HOME

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

Our home is always our favorite place to spend time in. However, many accidents occur at home. There are dangerous things in the house, and we should be aware of them. Thus, we can avoid unnecessary pains or injuries.

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

First, electricity runs many of our home appliances. It is a very useful thing. ỈỈ is also a very dangerous thing if used carelessly, for it can kill. Electrical sockets and power points are to be handled with utmost pare. Young children should never be allowed to go near them. Unless we are very sure of what we are doing, repairs should only be done by a competent electrician. It is only too easy to get electrocuted. Old or faulty appliances should be discarded, if used, they are likely to start a fire somewhere or kill someone who touches it.

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

In addition, the kitchen has many dangerous things. Sharp knives can draw blood, mishandled gas-cylinders can explode, hot water can scald and stoves can cause nasty bums. Also, flies and rats can contaminate food. Thus, the kitchen Is not a place to be careless in /if we are careful and know how to handle things there, then the chance of an accident occurring is lessened.

TO ÁN

-L

The biggest danger in a bathroom is when the floor is slippery with water or soap. Ỉ have heard of many incidents of people, especially old folks, falling in the bathroom. Sometimes the fali ĨS fatal. Often ft ỉeaves the victim bedridden, utm ost care ĨS needed here.

ID

ƯỠ

NG

Finally the medicine cabinet should be inaccessible to young children. Dangerous drugs and pills can look like sweets to these young ones. If taken, the consequences can be disastrous.

BỒ

Other dangers do exist. It is up to us to watch out for them. -

H ow To Speak. English WeU





Nguyễn H ồ n g A n h , M-Ả. ừi TESỜL

ĐẠ O

to get shock unused xi-lanh to injure horrible to pollute, to destroy flat on your back very smooth an old man deadly unreachable terrible

HƯ NG

11. to contaminate

00

B

TR

ẦN

12. bedridden (a) = 13. slippery (a) = 14. folk (n) = 15. fatal (a) = 16. inaccessible (a) = 17. disastrous (a)

.Q UY

to happen the plug to solve greatest capable

TP

1. to occurs 2. ‘ socket (n) = 3. to handle 4. utmost (a) = 5. competent fknmprtentj (a) = Ex: She is not competent to drive, a car Cô ta không thạo việc /á/ xe hơi. 6. to get electrocuted = 7. discarded (a) = 8. cylinder {n) = 9. to scald = 10. nasty (a) =

NH ƠN

VOCABULARY T IP

+3

10


BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

1. What is the most dangerous thing in your home? How can it be made less dangerous? 2. What is the most dangerous thing in your home for a child? How can it be made less dangerous? What Is the most dangerous tiling in your home for an elderiy person? How can it be made less dangerous? , 3. What dangers can be found in the kitchen that can cause accidents? What can be done to prevent kitchen accidents? What can a parent do to childproof a kitchen? 4. What dangers can be found in bathrooms that can cause accidents? What can be done to prevent bathroom accidents? What can a parent do to childproof a bathroom? 5. What dangers can be found outside the home in the yard that can cause accidents? What can be done to prevent yard accidents? What can a parent do to childproof the yard? 6. What other dangers can be found ỉn a home in bedrooms, laundry rooms, garages, and living areas? What can be done throughout the house to prevent accidents? 7. What can a parent dồ to childproof the different rooms of the'home?

H ow To Speak English W e il





Nguyễn H ồ n g A n h , M Ji. ÙI TESOL

development of society, we have stepped into an old-rhan Many countries and governments are much concerned ^ about this situation, especially how old men can live a happy life. Under this circumstance, many old-man B clubs bamboo up wrth a view to providing old men with a better place to settle down. In my opinion, Ỉ [ H think the old-man club or the rest-home is a good practice to solve old-man problems.

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

With the world.

ĐẠ O

T O P IC 57; OUP-M AM C LU B S

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

8. Where are these items found in a house, w hy could they be dangerous, to whom .could they be dangerous, and what could someone do to lessen the danger they present? hot pah/pot hot curling iron knife window iron medicines gasoline pool , bad dog insecticides natural gas balcony toilets staircase electronic equipment

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

Firstly, many young people are quite busy now. They wholly devote themselves to their work and life, so they cannot spare enough tim e to stay with their parents. Moreover, old-man clubs can offer bounteous food and entertainment facilities to the old people and render them a happy life there. In the old-man clubs, the old can also make some new companions and establish good relation with them.

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

Secondly, With the acceleration of people's living tempo, many young people are facing heavy pressures from the society, their work and families.' If they live together with their parents, they will shoulder the responsibility to care for them and their pressures will become heavier and heavier. Therefore, the oid-man club relieves their burden and helps them concentrate on their work fully. Finally, tile dub can aỉso gịve careful medical to the old people, if old men live with their family, they are not ensured to be sent to hospital immediately when they get ill. Oppositely, in these dubs, they can get good medical care and recover soon. However, everything has double folds. Sometimes, old people feel very lonely because they often think of their daughters, sons and grandchildren. They prefer fam ily atmosphere.

BỒ

To sum Lip, i think the appearance of oid-man clubs is a good thing for old people. It provides the old with a better environment. But old-man

iio z c l o S p e a k English. W ell





Nguyễn H ồn g A n h , M A ., in TESOL

NH ƠN

clubs are not a paradise definitely, which is a compromise to family intimation.

.Q UY

VOCABULARY TCP

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

1. to bamboo u p to mushroom 2. practice (n) = way, habit Ex: Paying bills promptly is good financial practice Nhanh chóng thanh toán hoá ñon là một thói quen tốt về'tài chính 3. bounteous (a) = plentiful 4. to render = to offer, to give 5. acceleration (n) = fast pace; speeding up 6. tempo (n) = pace, rhythm 7. to shoulder = to bear; to take on 8. burden (n)= load; weight Ex: The husband and the children are a burden to me Chồng con là gánh nặng cho tôi. 9. compromise (n) cooperation

TR

10. intimation (n) =

suggestion

10

00

B

QUESTIONS FOB Discussion?

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

1. Do you think young people are generally more selfish than their parents and grandparents? Does age make you more aware of and caring for others? 2. Should people of between 55 and 60 be forced to retire from their jobs in order to make way for younger workers? If people are stiỉ! able to (and want to) work, should they have to retire when the reach a certain age? Explain your opinion. 3. Are there many things that the old can teach the young or are they hopelessly out of touch by the time they reach a certain age? What things were you taught by your older fam ily members? How have they been useful to you in your fife? 4. Should the elderly be expected to pay for residential care out of their own savings or should appropriate accommodation and nursing be provided by the tax payer? Explain your opinion. 5. Many countries are facing the problem of an "aging population”, i.e. there will soon be more old people than young people. What problems wii! this cause? What can be done to prepare fo r them? 6. Are you afraid of getting old? What is your idea! old agẹ to live to? Do you prefer to live in the retirement home or live with young people?

Bote To Speak E nglish W ell





Nguyễn H ồng A n h, M A., in TESOL

HƯ NG

TOPIC 58; m iM R K R S

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

7. Why are there more and more nursing houses or old-man clubs in our country these days? Are there enough old-man clubs to provide old men a better place to settle down? 8. What can old-man clubs offer lonely old people? What can the old do there? 9. Do you think these clubs help young people not face heavy pressures from the society, their work and families any more? 10. What do you think about the idea that oid-man clubs are not a paradise definitely, which is a compromise to fam ily Intimation?

B

TR

ẦN

Every year, thousands of young volunteers take part in the volunteer summer campaign. These young people are not afraid of the hard sunshine, strong winds, and difficult living conditions in remote rural, mountainous or offshore areas to reduce social problems or

10

00

uneasy life of their fellows.

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

The summer campaign is very useful and meaningful. Volunteers all over the country are everywhere to care for needy children, ensure traffic safety, or heip students with college-entrance examinations. As we can see, thousands of high school and college students go to rural areas or mountainous regions to teach illiterate people and to hold many summer activities for local students. At the same time, they also help local people rebuild houses, lanes or bridges.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Whenever the exam season comes, many examinees and their parents pour into examination sites, resulting in a traffic overload. In an effort to ease traffic congestion, volunteers are mobilized to help traffic police ensure traffic order and safety during these phases of exams. They also help candidates find their way to the nearest bus stations, or to ừack down accommodation. They are successful in asking some families to offer examinees free accommodation. !n addition, they help examinees complete administrative procedures and overcome the difficulties they -face when coming into a new environment Moreover, year around in our city, volunteers spread out to many comers of the city to direct vehicles into the right lanes so as to prevent congestions or remind drivers to obey traffic laws. They are also willing

H ow To Speak E nglish W ell





Nguyên H ô n g A n h, M -A. in TESOL

NH ƠN

to donate their blood to hospitals in need to rescue many souls. How great they are!

.Q UY

The movement of volunteers today is realty contributing to the socioeconomic development, reducing social problems, and encouraging poor and difficult people to attempt more in order to overcome their fate. Hopefully, there are more and more volunteers.

ĐẠ O

TP

VftfiB P L A H Y T IP

very far countryside 2. rural (a) = in the middle of the sea 3. off-shore = man 4. fellow (n) = uneducated 5. illiterate (a) = to rush to 6. to pour into = traffic jam 7. traffic congestion = to activate 8. to mobilize = They are mobilizing their supporters to vote at the election Ex: Họ ñang vận ñộng nhũng người ủng hộ ñi bò phiếu ừong cuộc bầu cừ. 9. phase (n)= time 10. procedure (n) process 11. to donate = to give 12 . to attempt = to try

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

1. remote (a) =

CẤ


BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

1. What do you comment on the youth of today and the young of yesterday? 2. What are some qualities of the young that you particularly admire? 3. Can you tell us any young people who succeed in their professions? Do you know why they are successful? 4. According to you, what is a perfect man? Should he be 3 rich, intelligent and handsome man? 5. What do you think about volunteers? Do you want to be a volunteer? Have you ever jointed the so-called “the green summer volunteer campaign“ 6. What can the volunteers do for people and the nation? Do you think their contribution Is helpful?* 7. What do you think of young people with depraved ways of living? Have you ever seen or heard of any consequences of a depraved fife among young people?

SoĩC To Speak English W e ll





Nguyễn B ồ n g A n h , M A . ừi TESOL

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

8. What are bad ways of ỉiving and thinking of the young now? How can we persuade young people with bad ways o f Jiving to improve themselves? 9. Can you suggest some ways that the young can pave for speeding up the development of our .country In an aspects, especially in economy and culture? 10. Do you think the young are the masters of the country? What should the young do to lead the country?

HƯ NG

TOPIC 59s GEfl]ERAT IP * GAPS

TR

ẦN

seems that the children and their parents have some conflicts in their tlfe nowadays. These conflicts happen in many families and in many countries in the world. So, what is.the root of the matter?

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

First, parents usually impose their ideas on their children. They just want their children to obey them absolutely. They may forget that the young now want to íỉve independently and have their own way of living. Parents always require ĩheir children to study hard to get the best result, but they rareiy pay attention to the way their children study. Moreover, parents scold them if they make mistakes, but never do parents tell them what to do. It is a big mistake that parents rarely listen to their children’s ideas.

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

Second, parents do not take care of their children well. They often leave home for work early in the morning and come back home late in the evening when their children are going to bed When children have some things to ask them for advice, they seem not to have time for their children. I think parents make mistakes when they think that giving their children a lot of money is to love and to take care of them

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

Finally, children do not understand that their parents have to spendmost of their time earning money to support them, -especially in this competitive society. This makes the parents exhausted after a hard working day, and of course, they do not have much feme for their children. Moreover, they are worried about sodety’s temptations, so they always pay attention to every aspect related to their children. This makes the children uneasy Of unhappy.

ỈĨOĨC To Speak E nglish Weil.





Nguyễn H ồn g A n h , M A .. ÙI TESOL

.Q UY

NH ƠN

in short, we can say that conflicts happen because each member in family does not want to listen to others. They just think of themselves, want to satisfy their desire, and want to impose their ideas on others. To avoid conflicts in family, 1 think that the old and the young need more time to be together.

difference cause oblige completely to lise abusive language attraction wish

ĐẠ O

conflict = root (n) = to impose = absolutely (adv) = to scold: temptation: desire (n) =

HƯ NG

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

TP

VOCABULARY T IP

TR

ẦN

QUESTIONS FOR P1SC1ISSIOX

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

1. Have you ever asked for advice from Family Advisory Centers? What do you expect from them? 2. Do you have contradiction with your parents? in what way? Do you think your parents understand you? 3. Have you ever shared your feeling and your private problems With your parents? Who do you usually share with, your mother or your father? 4. Are you really to discuss with your parents about sex? If you take your notice of a different sex person, will you tell your parents or your close friends, why? 5. Do you think that your parents do not understand you? Do you feel your parents forbiddances make you lose your freedom? 6. What are the main factors leading to parents and children’s conflicts? 7. Nowadays, in our society, especially in big cities, people have less time for their families. Therefore, their families come into being broken. What do you think about that? 8* What are typical conflicts between the parents and the children now? How can we keep on well with our parents? 9. You are watching a pop concert program on television when your parents ask you to turn it off just because they don’t (ike it at all. If you are in this situation what will you do? 10. What should you* do with a child who has very bad behavior? Should parents give medicine to their children to calm them dovỵn?

H o w To Speak English W e ll





Nguyễn. H ồn g A n h, M j t. in TESOL

TP

TOPIC 60: STOMEKTS ITOWAPAYS

.Q UY

NH ƠN

11. What is the right behavior to use in a restaurant? At school? At a party? Would you teach your child to "hit back" at school if somebody hits them? 12. Can bad behavior lead to crimes? How should we punish children who commit crimes? Should parents be held responsible for their children's behavior?

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

We have to accept that modem world has brought students a lot of benefits and favorable conditions. Nowadays, Vietnamese students have a lot of chances to approach modern science and advanced technology. Also, It is easier for them to get up-to-date many kinds of information to enrich their knowledge and integrate into the worid-

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

At first, students nowadays have favorable conditions to study and improve their knowledge. There is no doubt that technology plays an important role in education. With the help of computers and the Internet, students can get necessary information to support their lessons at college or university easily. Moreover, they can exchange their ideas or experiences with students around the world through e-mails or forums online.

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

In addition, with the development of the country, students have many opportunities to accumulate working experiences. Besides studying at university, students now can find suitable part-time jobs first to earn some money to expend on their student-life and then to apply what they have learned into the practice. Thanks to these part-time jobs, they can get some life and professional experiences to prepare for their future career. Moreover, they can get job-concerned skills due to joining workshops held by many companies and educational organizations.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

Last but not least, students nowadays know how to live for community. Every year, thousands of students from many colleges or universities take part in social activities. They are not afraid of the hard sunshine, strong winds, and difficult living conditions in remote rural, mountainous or offshore areas io reduce social problems or uneasy life of their fellows. They are everywhere to care for needy children, ensure traffic safety, or donate their blood to needed patients. Whenever our country

H ow To Speak English WeU.


97




Nguyễn H ồ n g A n h, M~A- in TESOL

NH ƠN

holds some important events such as APEC Meeting or SEAGAMES, they are enthusiastic volunteers who make deep impressions on foreign guests.

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

In short, it is nọt very exaggerated to say that students nowadays are really future masters of the nation, espeáálỉy at present when Vietnam is on Its way to development and integration and when Vietnam becomes the 150th WTO member. Hopefully, students always realize their Importance.

to meet; to join together to gather; to colled eager, passionate overstated; blown up

to integrate: to accumulate: enthusiastic (a) exaggerated (a)

ẦN

1. 2. 3. 4.

HƯ NG

VOCABULARY T IP

B

TR

Q U E S T IO N S F O R m s c u s s io t t

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

1. What do you comment On students of today and the students of yesterday? What are some qualities of the students that you particularly admire? 2. Can you tell us any young people who succeed in their professions? Do you know why they are successful? 3. According to you, what is a perfect man? Should he be a rich, intelligent and handsome man? 4. What do you think about volunteers? Do you want to be a volunteer? Have you ever jointed the so-called “the green summer volunteer campaign"? 5. What can the volunteers do fo r people and the nation? Do you think their contribution js helpful? 6. What do you think of young people with depraved ways of living? Have you ever seen or heard of any consequences of a depraved life among young people? 7. What are bad ways of living and thinking of the young now? How can we persuade young people with bad ways of living to improve themselves? 8. Can you suggest some ways that the young can pave for speeding up the development of our country in all aspects, especially »n economy and culture?






Nguyễn H ổ n g A n h , M A , in. TESOL

.Q UY

NH ƠN

9. Do you think the young are the masters of the country? What should the young do to lead the country? What can Vietnamese students get _ 10. When Vietnam joins the WTO, what should they do to integrate into the world?

TP

TOPIC 6jU MASTERS OK WORKFRS?

ĐẠ O

___ Conceivably, choosing a career is very difficult for the ị iU W l^ the threshold of life. It is one of the most crucial decisions, for it may .influence their whole future. However, in our country, almost people prefer becoming masters to becoming workers.

HƯ NG

youth at

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

Normally, most of high school graduates want to take higher education, so they plan to enter a certain college. However, attending a college is not easy because only a selective number can do th a t Actually, is going to college the only way to prepare for the course of life? Let’s look inside this matter.

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

Getting higher education is aiways what people desperately wish for after leaving high school. At college, students are mainly offered professional knowledge which plays an important role in the development of a person and a nation. It really opens a new and wide horizon to the young in this good learning environment. From what they have been armed here, they will be able to improve their own lives and dedicate to the good of the country.

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

However, there are not enough colleges or universities for ail. Thus, a great number of young people are not fortunate and qualified enough to enter colleges, is it the end? Definitely not. At that time, they can attend any vocational ừaining centers or any foreign language classes. Afso, they can take short-term courses of computer srience, secretarial work, commercial skills, and so on. Obviously, they can get advancement in life ff they are always thirsty for knowledge.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

It is said that there are no degrading jobs, but degraded people. Any honest occupation is considered good. To choose a suitable career, one ought to pay attention to not only his inclination but also his own ability and the need of soãety. Once he has chosen it, he should stick to it to the end. Obviousfy, at this moment, our country is ỉn great need of not

B ote To Speak E nglish W eil





Nguyễn H ồn g A n h , M A . ừi TESOL

NH ƠN

only experts and scientists but skflled-workers as well. They are the key figures that contribute to the power and prosperity of the country.

.Q UY

Consequently, becoming masters is not always the only way to get success.

TP

V O C A B U L A R Y T IP

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

1. Conceivably (adv): believably 2. threshold (n) entrance; doorstep Ex: Stand on the threshold of my life, i don’t know what to to. 3. crucial (a) very important 4. desperately (adv) greatly; very much 5. horizon (n) perspective 6. to dedicate to offer, to donate Ex: Unde Ho dedicated his life to the cause of national liberation 7. definitely (adv) absolutely 8. advancement (n) development; progress 9. degrading (a) demeaning; corrupting

10

00

Q U E S TIO N S F O R D IS C U S S IO N

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

1. What rs one of the hardest decisions young people must make after finishing their high school? 2. How do/did you choose your career? Are you satisfied with it? Why or why not? Is the transition from school to work or to college a turning point of one’s life? 3. When one fails in the entrance- college exam, should he just end up in sorrows, Sitting around doing nothing? What do you think about this? 4. What are the important factors a person should know before making up his mind to choose a career? 5. Is the first choice of one’s career necessarily the last one? Why or why not? What do you think about the saying, "Jack o f ali trades and m aster o f none”? 6. Should a person, after so many years of failure in the harsh race to college, keep on sitting in this competition? Have you ever been in this situation? What do you think of it? 7. What is your idea of college education in Vietnam at present? Do you have any suggestions to imDrove it? 8. Have you ever taken part in the college-entrance exam f How did you find it?

H o w To S p e a k English. WeXL


100




Nguyễn H ồ n g A n h , M-&.- in TESOL

NH ƠN

9. Going to college is not the only way to get success. Do you agree or disagree? What can you draw from this discussion?

There are many thirds that can prevent humans from - attaining what they need and want in their life. Probably, r biggest obstacle tte t comes disguised in many "costumes

ĐẠ O

TP

,

.Q UY

TOPIC 62; YOUR BICfiEST FEAKS EV U F E

ẦN

HƯ NG

At first people fear failing. This has traditionally been one offhe things people say they are most afraid of when asked why they did not do something or try something Then, it is the fear of success. As with fearing failure, many people are just as afraid of succeeding. To them, success could mean more responsibility, more attenfon, perhaps more liability, and a continued to perform at a high level.

TR

pressure

+3

10

00

B

Second, people ha/e the fear of em otional pain. Life is full of lessons, and within those lessons, people make mistakes or errors and experience some kind of let down.

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

in addition, most people are afraid of making mistakes in the put>-~ usually because they may feel ashamed, or they assume people view them as foote. This feeling makes them fear and dare not communicate with the pub/ic.

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

Moreover, the fear of being alone ỈS also very popular. For many, the fear of being aione keeps them in relationships (personal and business) even though they are abused and miserable, others fear speaking their true feelings or fear their friends, colleagues, or ioved ones will turn away from them or abandon them.

ƯỠ

NG

Last, many people are afraid of insects and animals, others fear their family members’ death or even their death. Unemployment is another fear. ,

BỒ

ID

In short, we have reasons for our fears. Do you agree with me that our life will be happier if we have fewer fears?

Htnc To s p e a k English. W eil


101




Nguyễn H ồn g A nh, M A . ừ iT E S O L ___________________________ _____

TP

.Q UY

to get; to gain; to achieve difficulty hidden; masked habits; behaviors legal responsibility to misuse to leave; to give up co-worker

to attain: obstacle (n): disguised (a) customs (n): liability (n) to abuse: to abandon: colleague (n)

ĐẠ O

1. 2. • 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

NH ƠN

V O C A B U L A R Y T IP

HƯ NG

Q U E S T IO N S F O R D IS C U S S IO N

Are you afraid of the dark? Are you afraid of ghosts? Were you afraid of the dark as a child? Are there any parts of the city where you are afraid to visit after dark? Where? Why? 2. Are there certain weather conditions that scare people? What are they? Why do people become scared? 3. Are you afraid of flying? Are you afraid of heights? How do you react when you see something frightening? 4. Are you afraid of giving a speech in public? Is there any person you are afraid of? What ỈS your biggest fear? Have you overcome any of • ~youMears? 5. Are you afraid of scary movies? Do you like horror movies? Do you think young children should be allowed to watch horror movies? 6. Are you afraid of being ill? What disease are you most afraid of? Why? Are you afraid o f getting old? Why? Are you afraid to die? Why? 7. Were you afraid of your first day of school? How do you feel now? When you were a child, what things were you afraid of? What was the most frightening experience you’ve had? 8. Do you fear certain insects/animals? Why? What animal scares you the most? What are some things .which many people are afraid of? Why are they afraid of them? 9. What is your biggest fear in life? Are you afraid that it might come true? What kinds of things make you nervous? 10. Do you ever have nightmares (bad dreams)? W hat are they about? How often do you have nightmares? 11. Have you ever seen any TV shows where people face their fears for money? Would you ever face one of yoiir fears for money? Do you find this kind of show interesting to watch?

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

1.

Htnc To Speak Engĩ ish W eil





TOPIC 63s OPTIMISM

.Q UY

! do not know what you think of your life. I rriyseif think that my life is very beautiful, and I am always optimistic. Why do I have such a life? Let me share some experience with you.

NH ƠN

Nguyễn H ồ n g A n h , M -A . ìn TESOL

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

\ find that at least two people in this world love me so much that they would die fo r me, ' and the only reason anyone would ever hate me is because they want to be just like me. I have also learned that a smife from me can bring happiness to any one, even if they do not like me because a smile Is an inexpensive way to improve my looks.

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

Whenever f make a mistake, I find that something good comes from It because I believe that when bitterness comes, happiness will hide elsewhere. When many people say that the world has turned its back on them, I myseff think that I have likely turned my back upon the worid. And when people think they have no chance of getting what they want, ị believe and talk to myself that sooner or later i will get it because opportunities are never lost; someone w ill take the ones I miss.

A

CẤ

P2

To live happily, I always remember the compliments I have received and forget about the rude remarks. Do you agree with me that one should keep his words both soft and tender because tomorrow he may have to eat them?

-L

Í-

HÓ

Briefly, we are in different situations, so we may have different conceptions of life. Why don’t we share them together to make our life better and better?

NG

bitterness {n): compliment (n) conception (n) =

unpleasantness praise idea; notion

Q U E S T IO N S F O R m s c t s s io *

ID

ƯỠ

1. 2. 3.

TO ÁN

VOCABILA RY T IP

BỒ

1.

What do you think of your life: lucky or unlucky? Do you think that God doesn't give you everything you ask for?

S o w To S p e a k E n glish W ell





Nguyễn H ồn g A n h , M-A. ìn TESOL

ỉs it right to say that ft's those small daily happenings that make life so spectacular? In which way do you think so? 3. It is said that under everyone's hard shell is someone who wants to * be appreciated and loved. Do you agree with it? 4. What do you think about an idea that ‘to ignore the facts does not change the facts’? 5. Who love you most in your life? What will happen to you If you lose that one some day? 6. Have you ever thought that the wortd turns its back on you? At that time do you think that you turn your back on the world? 7. Are you in love now? Are you of the opinion that love, not time, heals ai! wounds? 8. I believe that the easiest way for me to grow as a person is to surround myself With people who are smarter than I am. What do you think? 9. Do you agree with me that life is tough, but we are tougher, and no one is perfect until we fall in lave with them? 10. I*ve learned that everyone wants to live on the top of the mountain, but at! happiness occurs while I’m climbing it. Do you think so?

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

2.

10

00

TOPIC 64s BUSINESS Q « FAMILY?

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

^

said that the only thing people seem to be interested in nowadays is earning more and more money. Many people are willing to leave or even neglect their family, relatives as well as friends because of money. Are you one of them? To me, if I have to choose between doing business to earn money and spending time with my family, ! would choose my family.

+3

It is /

Another reason to choose my fam ily is that it gives me security. Our business may fail and money might be run out, but the family w ill always remain. We know that no matter what happens, we will ậ!ways have a

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Doing business can bring us a lot of money, but it cannot surely make us happy. Our home, on the other hand, can be the best place for us in the world. There we can feel safe, warm, and free. Our home is a place where we keep all things that we love and are with people who love us m ost It is also the pỉace where we spend the happiest moments in our life.

H ow To Speak English W ell


104




Nguyễn S ồ n g A n h, M JL. in TESOL

NH ƠN

place to live. And if we cannot earn enough money fo r our living, our fam ily members are always beside us.

.Q UY

Last but not least, I believe that home is a foundation for us to develop ourselves, a school that forms our personalities and a hearth for the rest of our life when we become old.

ĐẠ O

TP

All things considered show me that choosing the fam ily is my best choice. Do you think rt is unpractical? V O C A B U L A R Y T IP to neglect foundation (n): hearth (n):

ÍO ignore; to abandon base home

HƯ NG

12. 3.

Why. do people say that, “Family is the foundation of society”? What do you think about Vietnamese family’s foundation? is it the same or different between the famify structure in the past and one at present? What do you think of the traditional family? Is it better than the modem one? Why/why not? Which one do you prefer between living in a large fam ily with many generations and living in a small one? What are advantages and disadvantages of living in a large / small family? As a saying goes T here is no place like home”. Do you think so? What should we do to preserve the structure of Vietnamese fam ily? How is a happy family? Do you want to live with your parents, brothers or sisters in the same house? Why (or why not)? Do you agree that the more modem society is, the more easily the fam ily is broken? What makes the value of family in Vietnam downgrade? if you have one choice between money and family, which one would you choose? Why? Why are more and more people being interested in earning money? What do you think of people who change their wives or friends when being rich? Have you ever left your family for a long time? If yes, how did you feel?

7.

ƯỠ

P2

NG

8.

TO ÁN

-L

6.

Í-

5.

HÓ

A

4.

CẤ

3.

+3

10

2.

00

B

1.

TR

ẦN

Q U E ST IO N S F O B D IS C U S S IO N

BỒ

ID

9.

H ow To Speak English Weũ


105




Sguyễn H ồn g A n h , Mu 4. in TKSOb

TOPIC 65: CHðLMOOP A > p ITS EfTECTS /1 I I

NH ƠN

Sl

lí is undeniable that childhood has its conspicuous on our life. During childhood years, we can learn the basic things in our life such as forming personality, getting knowledge, and learning about relationships.

.Q UY

ấjl_

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

First of all, childhood years play an important role in shaping our personality. I am sure that the environment in which we grow is crucial for us to form our personality. For example, if a child grows in a fam ily in which his parents are well educated and behave towards others kindly, he will also do the same as his parents do such as he is decent and helpful to others. When he ỈS grown-up, he may win people's hearts and get his success easily.

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

Then, childhood is the period that we can gain basic knowledge with a rapid pace, it ỈS easy for us to store almost everything happening around because everything to us is brand new. The knowledge we get at that time is not very advanced, but it provides us with basic methods to solve problems in our daily life in the future. If our methods are efficient, we can get our success easily. For example, Bill Gates had learned the method of computer programming from his father when he was a child. When he is grow-up, he becomes a very successful programmer and businessman.

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

Finally, the consciousness of relationships is formed when we are children. At home, we can team about the relationship among our fam ily members; at school, we can learn about the rest of the world. Basing on the treatment we get from others, we know how to behave towards them in return. Thanks to the way people around behave towards us, we can realize whether we are worthless or we deserve love and respect.

NG

In short, we can develop ourselves throughout many stages of fife; however, childhood is the important foundation of our later life.

ƯỠ

VOCABULARY T IP

BỒ

ID

1. 2.

undeniable [,ũndì'nai3bi] (a) unquestionable conspicuous [kan'spikfues] (a) (for): dear Ex: She wasn't exactly conspicuous for her beauty.

H ow To Speak E nglish WeU


106




P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

về sắc mà nói, cô ấy thật chằng ñáng chu to form: to shajx to play a role to play a crucial (a) very importai decent fdiisnt] (a) polite to w in s.o’s heart = to win s.o’s affectiv rapid (a) quick Ex: Our company had a rapid decline in safes. 9. pace (n) speed 10. advanced (a) of high level 11. to provide s.o with s.th Ex: The company has provided me with a car. 12. consciousness (n) awareness 13. to deserve ỈO be worthy of - hopscotch: nhảy lò cò - being, pirates: chơi cướp bỉểrì . - the game o f bdndman's buff: b ịt mắt bắt dê. - the game o f hide-and-seek: trốn i/m - a game o f marble: bắn bì - shoot at birds with a sling: bắn ná leap-frog: chơi nhảy cóc - keeping shop: chơi ñồ hàng - play at catch: chơi ñuổi bắt - piay dice: ñổ x í ngầu 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

NH ƠN

Nguyễn S ồ n g A n h , M-A- in TESOL

the game o f tug-of-war: kéo CO

CẤ

-

HÓ

A

QUESTIONS FO R PISCĨISS1Q*

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

1. How many children are there in your family? What IS your position in the family? 2. Where were you bom? Where did you grow up? When did you go to school? Did you study English at high school? When did you graduate from high school? How did you feel when you were at the graduation ceremony? 3. Oid you go to university? When were you there? What did you major in? Why did you choose that major? 4. Was your childhood happy or unhappy? Why? What do you remember most about your childhood? Do you think that childhood is the best period of your life? 5. How did you spend your childhood? What did you iike best when you were a child?

H o w To Speak English. W eil


107




'guỵễn H ồ n g A n h , Afjj. ừi TESOL

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

6. Who was your best friend when you were a child? Can you describe him/her? Do you still keep relation with him/her? 7. When you were a little child, who did you iove most? Which toy did ■ you like best? What kinds of entertainment did you use to have? What kinds of games did you usually play? Who did you usually play with? 8. What did you hate eating? What’s your most vivid memory of the house or flat where you grew up? 9. Do you think that it’s very hard for us to get what have gone? Do you usually talk to your friends about your childhood? 10. Do you ever wish that you could live a childhood life again?

VIETNAMESE FAMILIES NOWADAYS

HƯ NG

TOPIC

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

so defy bases on the family. In any societies, there are nuclear families- twogeneration families, and extended families in which grandparents, parents, and children live together. In the old days, there are only extended families in which women have no right to decide family affairs, and children always obey their parents. However, there are a lot of changes in Vietnamese families nowadays.

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

:irst of all, It is the change in the size of a family. In 3 typical Vietnamese amily, there are three or four generations living together, but now young >eople tend to nudear families in which they do not want to be controlled. Even some young couples do not want to see their parents rery often because they think that their parents may interfere with their narital affairs. Moreover, if they have fewer children, their children will save a better life, and they will get more success in their career or have ligher position in society. Therefore, every fam ily often has one or two children now. n addition, women have more rights in the family. Nowadays, they can out to work, and they can delay having children. They are no longer ed by men and can decide everything in the fam ily together with their lusfaands. in some families, women are even bread-winners who can ulfil their duties both in the family and in society.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

JO

Elow To Speak English WeU. Đóng góp PDF bởi GV. Nguyễn Thanh Tú

108




.Q UY

Moreover, children also have 'more freedom. They seem not always to obey their parents. They can do what they like. For example, they can decide their marriage and career, which rarely happened in the old days. When their parents complain about their ways of living or thinking, they usually say that their parents are old-fashioned.

NH ƠN

N gurễn H ồ n g A n h , M A . in TESOL ________________________________

ĐẠ O

TP

In summary, Vietnamese families now are quite different from those in the past. Do you think these changes are good? What are the advantages and disadvantages o f ỉhese changes? To have satisfactory . answers you are warmfy invited to the discussion today.

affair (n) = Ex: its my affair ðâyỉậ việc (riêng) của tôi to interfere = to delay = bread-winner to fu lfil = to obey = oid-fashioned (a) =

B

TR

ẦN

to get in the way to postpone wage (salary) earner to compete to follow out-of-date, traditional

10

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

business

00

1.

HƯ NG

VOCABULARY T IP

+3

QUESTIONS FOR D ISCISSIO N

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

1. How many people are there in your family? Are they living in the same house? 2. What is a nuclear family? What Is the difference between a nuclear family and an extended one? 3. How is your fife different from your parent’s and your grandparents’ lives? What do your parents think of family? 4. Do you get along well with your family? Do you get along wel! with your brothers and sisters? Do you get along wet! with your parentsin-laws? 5. Do you live with your parents? Do you live with any of your grandparents? Do you often argue w iit your mother or father? What about? 6. As one Chinese saying goes “Settle y o u r accommodation before you establish y o u r business” . What is your idea about it? 7. Is it true that “a ro llin g stone gathers no moss"? Do you think changes are good? What do think of changes in Vietnamese families? What are causes of fast family changes?

H ow To Speak Engiish W eil


}09




guyễn H ồ n g A n h , 3fJi. ù t TESOL

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

8. Do you think family' is the foundation, motivation and encouragement for you to get success in life? ðo you have to cope with difficulties in your own family? Ổ. Right now, do you live in the nuclear fam ily or in an extended one? What do you think your family frfe will be like in the future? 10. What kind of fam ily w ill your children and grandchildren live in? How is a happy family? What should we do to build up a happy family? 11. Who is the bread-winner in your family? Who Is the problem shooter? And who is usually the problem maker? Are you one of the troublemakers?

TOPIC 67; GETTING MARRIED TO FOREIGNERS

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

Since Vietnam opened its door to welcome foreigners, many inter-marriages have come into being - in most cases between Vietnamese women and foreign men. in your opinion, do you think they can live happily with each other? Do they have any problems in their marital life? And how can they overcome their differences?

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

Firstof all, different language leads to difficulties in communication.Then, different customs and ways cause a lot of conflicts in their daily life. For example, they have different eating habits, ways of dressing, social behavior, and even way of educating their children. )n addition, different religions or beliefs generate differences in spiritual life; different viewpoints on life- Jead to conflicting ideas and aims; different tastes in art, music, movies etc. also cause different ways of entertaining.

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

However, they can overcome those problems if they are realỉy and deeply in love. Their true love helps them overcome their differences. To adapt themselves to a new community, one spouse should leam about his/her partner’s languages and cultures. They have to help each other to be aware of their cultural and custom differences, then work mutually in order to bridge the gap in their cultures. Many intermarried couples who have passed .this test can live happily with each other.

BỒ

ID

!n fact, many Vietnamese ladies get married to foreigners not because of true love, but of a dream o f a comfortable life in a foreign country. Thus, how can they live- happily with each other? Moreover, Vietnamese ladies are treated very badly, and sometimes are deceived by their foreign

H o w To Speak English W ell


no




.Q UY

husbands or husbands' families. When they follow their husbands to their *promising land” , they are forced to work as servants, even prostitutes. They have to serve their disable or too old husbands. More dangerously, some Vietnamese ladies were killed or killed themselves. Thus, f think that these girfs may suffer a miserable life instead o f a good life as they thought.

NH ƠN

Nguyễn H ồ n g A n h , M -Á . in TESỮL

ĐẠ O

TP

So, what do you think ơf this matter? Should Vietnamese girts get married to foreigners?

HƯ NG

VOCABULAKY T IP

getting married to a foreigner existence different idea/opinion to create flavor to get used to wife or husband together to cheat, to trick a street-girt; a call-girl

1. inter-marriage (n}=

B

TR

ẦN

2. to come into being = 3. conflict (n) = 4. to generate = 5. taste (n) = 6. to adapt (to) = 7. spouse (n) = 8. m utually (adv) =

00

9. to deceive -

+3

10

10. prostitute (rt)=

P2


BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

1. Do you think that foreigners are arrogant? If yes, why are they arrogant? What is Vietnamese’s attitude towards foreign professionals and tourists? 2. Are foreigners welcomed to Vietnam? What do you think is the biggest difference between Western and Vietnamese thinking? 3. Should parents decide their children’s marriages? What are the influences of the parents on your choice of your partner? 4. What do you think about Vietnamese giris who marry foreigners? Do you know why they ño that? 5. What are difficulties such couples meet? What should they do to bridge the gap between them? 6. Do you think that their marriages will last long? What do you comment on what many newspapers are talking about intermarriages? 7. What should they do when Vietnamese.women want to come bade to their Fatherland? Do you know what usually happen to them?

ĨỈOIC To Speak Engtish W eii


11}




\g u y ễ n H ồ n g A n h, M A . ủi TESOL

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

ỉ. What difficulties may mixed-married people face in the beginning of their marriage? What are the most crucial differences in foreigners’ thinking of marital life compared to Vietnamese's? Ỉ . . What is the difference between Vietnamese women and western women? What are differences between Vietnamese men and Western men? 10. Who do you think more faithfut/loyal, Vietnamese men/women or Western men/women? Do you think that we should be more openminded to western thinking? 11. Should Vietnamese people follow the others’ cultures? Why or why not? What can you ieam from today’s discussion?

HƯ NG

TOPIC 68; PERSISTENCE AITO SUCCESS

ẦN

Everyone wants to get success rn his life, and there are many ways for him to ño that. To me, one of the keys to success is persistence.

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

Once we have determined what we want to accomplish exactly, we must take quick action persistently and think of it like building a muscle. For example, if we have never done weightlifting before, the first time we may not 5e able to lift up 25 kg. However, if we consistently go bade to the gym, ve will find ourselves getting stronger and closer to our goal with each risit.

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

Dne more thing we should notice on the way towards our goal is the oadblock. That is, we will encounter obstacles that prevent our >rogress. At that time, we should not be worried because no one could lave success without obstacles. What we should do is to work through hem step by step. If we find few or no obstacles on our way, we are not eally challenging ourselves. And when we read! our goal, we will not ixperience the feeling of ‘sweet success’.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

.ast but not least, we should not be afraid of failures. If we study any successful person, we may leạm that majority of them have had more aiiures than successes. To them, the more they fail, the more iXperiences they get. For example, Thomas Edison had been turned town many times before he got success in creating the filarnent. Today, iue to his persistence, millions of people have been lightened.

lo ic T o S p e a k E nglish W ell


112.




Nguyễn H ồn g A n h. M -A . in TESOL

.Q UY

NH ƠN

in short, we should keep in our mind that we constantly have to adjust and re-evaluate our situations as well as the way we are using to reach our goals. We are persistent, but we should remember that there is no sense in being persistent ạt something that we are doing incorrectly. Whenever we have done something, we should get experience from it to find a better way for the next time.

TP

Now, it is the time for us to begin our journey, but remember that we have to be persistent.

patience to decide to do, to complete constantly obstacle to face to overcome to dare, to face breakdown a fiber (dây tóc) to alter, to change

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

persistence (n) = to determine = to accomplish = consistently (adv) roadblock (n) = to encounter = to work through = to challenge = failure (n) = filament (n) = to adjust -

10

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.

ĐẠ O

VOCABULARY T IP

P2

+3

QUESTIONS FO B P1SCIỈSSIOM

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

1. Are you successful in your life? Do you want to get success in your life? What are ways for you to do that? 2. What do you think about persistence? Is It one of the keys to being successful in anything we do? 3. Are you a patient person? Do you want to do things quickly or sfowly? What do you think of the proverb, “m ore haste, less sp&edr? 4. On the journey towards your goal, do you usually encounter roadblocks? What do you do at that time? What do you think about life without obstacles? 5. Have you ever had the feeling of 'sweet success’? To get it, what should we do? 6. Have you got more 'failures' than 'successes' or vice-versa? Why have successful people usually had more failures than successes? 7. Do you think people that don't get back up and try again never reach success? What do you think of Edison?

H o w To Speak English Weũ


113




Nguyễn H ồng Anh, MA., in TESOL

TP

ĐẠ O

TOPIC 69s THE BEST MEANS OF TRANSPORTATION

.Q UY

NH ƠN

8. Is ít necessary for us to adjust and reevaluate our situations and the way we are taking to reach our goal? 9. It is believed that if we are too persistent, we will lose our chances? * What do you think? Have you ever been in that situation?

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

The worfd always moves and develops, and means of transportation also have changed by time. So far, there have been many transportation vehicles such as motorbikes, automobiles, or airplanes. Since these transportation vehicles were invented, they have all made people’s lives change a lo t in tilts writing, I would ỉike to talk about the way airplanes have changed people’s lives.

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

Firstly, airplanes change the way people move. Before airplanes were invented, people could go by land or by sea and dreamed to fly like birds in the sky. The dream came true when the first airplane was produced. Since then, people have been able to fly in the sky and see everything from height. No one can deny the fact that airplanes are the fastest means of communication nowadays. For example, a businessman can work in Hanoi and come back to HCMC every day.

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

Secondly, the airplane makes people more comfortable in their lives. On a plane, the passenger is served very well. They can sit in comfortable armchairs like ones in their home. Moreover, there are always newspapers, magazines or TV programs for them to get information or entertain themselves. "Even, they can access the Internet for their business.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

Finally, with the help of airplanes, the relationship between people is closer and closer. It is easier to meet relatives or friends because traveling by airplane is very fast ạnd convenient. On special days like Christmas or New Year, it is very easy for every member in a family to unite together thanks to the supersonic speed of the airplane. Truly, the world seems to be smaller because the airplane can reach every comer of the world. The distance is no longer a big problem.

B o w To Speak English W eỉì





Nguyễn S ồ n g A n h , M~A. m TESOL

.Q UY

NH ƠN

In conclusion, airplanes rẹạlly change people’s lives and ways of doing business. However, ft is still expensive to many people to go by plane. Hopefully, its fare would be reduced so that more and more people can use it as the most popular means of transportation.

V O C A B iX A B T 1TP

Biscussiore

ĐẠ O

QUESTIONS FO R

TP

to contact very fast fee

to access = supersonic (a) = fare (a) =

HƯ NG

1. 2. 3.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

1. How old were you when you went on your first flight? Where did you go? What was the longest flight you have ever taken? 2. Do you like to travel by airplane? What seat do you prefer window, center or aisle? 3. What are three things you're supposed to do before the flight takes off? What are some movies you remember seeing on the plane? Can you sleep during the flight? 4. What do you like to do during the flight? Does the plane provide anything to do to pass the time? Have you ever met anyone or established any relationships during a flight? 5. What do you do when you experience turtsulence? 6. Have you ever seen á female pilot? Why do you think that most pilots are men? 7. Would you like to be a flight attendant? What are the benefits and /or downfalls? Are most flight attendants female? 8. is being a flight attendant considered a good job in your country? What do you think are the qualifications? 9. Are planes really safer than cars? Do you know which plane accident was the most terrible? When and where did happened?





guyễn H ồn g A n h , M A ., in TESOL

NH ƠN

TOPIC 70; STREET C iraPREM

TP

.Q UY

The fact shows that the living standard o f Vietnamese people is very much improved now, but we still see several children in the form of beggars, lottery-ticket sellers, shoe-potishers or newsboys. They are called "Street children. Most of these children have the same situation. They come from very poor or broken families: their parents do not have enough money for them > go to school; their parents left them when they were bom, so they ave to earn their own living.

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

^ ^

00

B

TR

ẦN

hese children are really pitiful because they are sent into the streets at le school age. Nobody takes care of them, and it may be quite easy for lem to become criminals, drug-addicts and alcohol addicts when they irow up. As a resutt, they will become a burden for the sotiety instead of ecoming useful citizens.

0 solve this problem, we have to do everything possible to help these

CẤ

P2

+3

10

.hiidren lead a better life. For example, we should establish more friildren’s villages with the financial support from charity organizations, rom good-hearted people in or out of the country. Government irganizations should persuade parents who are stiii in fairly good nateria! condition to be responsible for their children.

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

"he problem is certainly quite complicated, but it is not whafs beyond )ur reach once we try to solve it. it may cost us a lot, but, anyway, it’s ;tilỉ much cheaper than the price we have to pay for the burden caused >y these street children once they grow up.

TO ÁN

yO C A BUlABY TCP I.

pitiful (a):

i. i. 5. 5.

addict (n): charity (n) to persuade beyond (adv)

sorry a person guilty

'

devotee aid to convince further than

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

criminal (n):

Hoic To Speak English Watt.





Nguyễn H ồn g Ả n h , Mu 4« in TESOL

NH ƠN

OlflBSTMOZVS FO B m SC lìSSlO M

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

1. What kinds of children are called “Street children”? Why do we call them ‘"Street children”? , 2. in your opinion, why are there a ỉot of “Street children”? Do you know where they come from? 3. When you are in the streets, how do you feel when a child comes and asks you for some money or asks you to buy a newspaper, a bar of chewing gum or something like that? 4. W hafs your attitude when you see some of children disturbing foreigners in order to ask for money or to sell something? 5. Do you know the main reasons that cause this problem? Who are sn charge of this problem? a. Family b. School c. Society d. Oũters 6. What are troubles and social evils that the “Street children" cause to our society? What should we do to prevent this? 7. Do you think that “Street children9 is the primary concern of our government and society? Supposing that in your family there were a child who left your home to become a street child, what should you do? S. On the International Children’s Day, what should we do to relieve pains and miseries that street children have to suffer? 9. What do you think of parents who treat their children badly? Do you think that in Vietnam the children have their rights? What should people who violate Children’s rights be punished? 10. What conclusion have you drawn from today’s discussion?

H ow To Speak English We.u





Sguỵễn H ồn g A n h ,

in TBSOL

NH ƠN

TOPIC 71; STUDY GROUPS

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

There are many ways of studying among students now. Some prefer to study aỉone. Others like studying with a group of students. W hatever the way of studying is, each has its own advantages. In my opinion,! prefer tó study with a group of students because it provides me with many benefits: I can understand the lecture more deeply and expand my knowledge, I can have more motivation in my study, and I can improve my communication skills.

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

First of all, study group will help me understand the lecture and expand my knowledge more easily. If I do not understand something in the lecture, my group can make It clear. Moreover, group work helps me expand my knowledge because ft provides me with invaluable opportunities to exchange my ideas and opinions on various subjects discussed. From such discussions, I will be able to understand the matter-more deeply. Also, when I have a project to research, the group is very useful and effective thanks to the specific information I can get from my group. When I am put to be in charge of a particular part of the project, I can focus more on the information I have to g e t

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

In addition, studying in a group will bring me more motivation in my study. When I am with my group members who are studying and focusing on their task, I can be kept focused, too. In the group, we can decide where and when to study together. This means we can help together keep on our study. If I study alone, 1 may be lazy. At that time, I might stop studying to watch TV, to listen to music or to go out with my friends.

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

At last, the study group can help me improve my communication skills. Thanks to discussions in my group, i know how to express my opinions, how to give information, and how to persuade others to agree with me. In addition, J can develop my public speaking skills when ! present my part or my topic in my class as well as answer questions from the teacher or classmates.

BỒ

ID

In conclusion, study group is an effective method of studying, it not only helps us improve our knowledge and communication skills, but also motivates us to study harder However, all the members of the group

Hotc To Speak English W ell





must be serious about thejr work so that each member can get the best benefits from the study group.

to broaden inspiration to be responsible for

qOBSTTOrcS FO B D ISC ISSIO N

TP

to expand motivation (n) to be in charge of:

ĐẠ O

1. 2. 3.

.Q UY

V O C A B U LA R Y TER

NH ƠN

Nguvễn H ồng A n h , M~A ■ừi TESOL

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

1. What is study group? What are the advantages of study groups? 2. Do you think study groups help students to pool their resources together? 3. Does study group provide student with communication skills? in which ways does it help? 4. Is it right to say that sharing ideas and opinions in a study group makes individuality lost. 5. What happens if study groups are abused? Is it fair if there were some lazy members in the group? 6. Do you tim k some lazy students w ill resort to copying from their friends? 7. in which situations may study groups not work? Is it a good chance for peopỉe to gossip and waste their time? S. How does study group work effectively? ðo you think afi the members of the group must be serious about their work? S. Are study groups popular in our country? What should educational organizations do to encourage students to have study groups?

in our life, we have many chances to receive gifts from our families, our friends or others. Among gifts we have received, ! am sure that there are some unforgettable ones. I also have my own gift that Ỉ never forget.

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

T O P IC 72: AJ% U iV F O R G E T T A B LE G IF T

BỒ

ID

When Ỉ was a second-grade pupil, my fam ily was poor. My father was a government employee; my mother raised three sons, did fanning job, and kept home. Thus, my parents did not earn much money. When Tet was coming, our class was going to hold the farewell party. Í

Moic To Speak E nglish W eil





Sgỉiyễn H ồn g A n h , M-A. ừt TESOL _____________________________ ___

NH ƠN

vas very exerted. However, when our teacher began talking about the 31ft exchange, I knew I could not participate in because my fam ily did not lave money for me.

TP

.Q UY

had struggled against my&elf so much, and at last I went to the party anyway. After everyone else had received their gifts, our teacher called Tie to her desk. A wrapped present lay in front of her. She said it was for Tie. Being surprised, ! opened the most beautiful box I had ever seen, and inside was a brand new blue shirt!

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

While i was rejoicing over my gift, my teacher gave me the warmest hug 'd ever received. On that day, I knew that j had experienced the love of 3od through my wonderful teacher.

ẦN

5o far I have still kept that shirt as one of the most precious things in my rfe.

goodbye to take part in to fight back/against to be glad embrace

+3

10

00

B

farewell (n): to participate (in): to struggle: to rejoice hug (n)

P2

f. 2. 3. 1. S.

TR

VOCABULARY T IP

CẤ

QUESTIONS FO R P IS C I SSIOIV

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

1. When do you give a gift? To whom do you give a gift? For what reasons do you give a gift? 2. Is gift-giving aimed at satisfying one’s hobby or expressing one’s feelings towards others? 3. According to you, what roles do gifts play in human

TO ÁN

communication? ỈS it easy to give gifts to all people gathering together in an occasion?

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

4. Is there any misunderstanding in giving and receiving gifts? Can you tell your experiences? In expressing one’s feeling towards others, does it always wopk when he wants to give gifts? 5. What does the way of giving a gift mean? !s it true that the gift giving is an art? Can you give some examples? 6. it is said that, T he way of giving a gift is more important than the value of the gift itself.” What are your points of view? ị

H ow To Speak Engiish WeB.


120




Nguyễìt H ồng A nh, M A., in TESOL

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

7. Do you agree that giving gifts is an art? When you want to attend at a party, what do you usually bring as a gift? 8. Have you ever given flowers to someone? In which situations? Do you know the meaning of flowers? Please share your experience with us. 9. Do you have any unforgettable gift in your life? If yes, what is it? ỉn which occasion did you receive it? Who gave It to you?

ĐẠ O

T O P IC 73s PAXTO G W H ITE SCHO OU CVe

HƯ NG

« Love is one of the most interesting and popular ỊBrtTlPtô. ag en c y ] topics in human life regardless of races, religions or —■ I ages. However, when we are still young, at the f school age, should we be in love?

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

c y § Vietnamese parents tend to be conservative to allow J S ftf ửieir children to date while they are still schooling. However, we cannot deny the fact that the _ communication booming era has changed the way of thinking and way of living among the teenagers. 4 VMSWMM*.-* Obviously, the youth these days become grown up more quickly and love sooner than the young in the past.

A

CẤ

P2

Generally speaking, love at the school age is very beautiful because rt is gentle and pure, usually built up from friendship. It’s very romantic, unforgettable but easy to be broken.

HÓ

!n my point of view, dating contributes to the maturing process of

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

youngsters because it educates them about human relationships. They learn that the males and females are different in the way they think, feel and behave. Also, dating gives one a start to discover what one is looking for from his/her future life-partner. Moreover, healthy dating can motivate the couple to do better in their study.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

However, dating at very young age also causes a lot of trouble. If they are unconscious, they will destroy themselves. Why do i say so? ft is because people are usually blind in love, especially when they are not mature enough to think about love sufficiently. At that time, they do not pay much attention to their study but to their love. Moreover, dating while they are immature usually leads to wrong actions in love. There have been many cases in which many teenagers left their homes, renting

H ow To Speak English Weữ


121




guyễn H ồn g A n h , M X ùt TESOL

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

ating at school is desirable among schoolboys and girls now, so it quires both parents’ and teachers’ guidance. They all have duties to 2ip the young think about it carefully. Moreover, sexual education lould be taught more in public so that young people know how to ■event unwanted consequences.

NH ƠN

Duses or rooms to live with each other. As a result, they had to get portion or stopped their study.

D C A B L L4 K Y T tP

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

regardless of in spite of conservative [kan‘sa:v3tiv] (a) oki-fashioned Ex: Old people are usually more conservative than young people Người già ữìừờng bảo thù hơn người trè era ['iarej (n) age mature (a) grown-up to motivate to stimulate; to encourage to get abortion to destroy the unborn baby sufficient (a) enough

+3

10


BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

I. What do you know about teenagers in the past and teenagers at present? Is love a manifest of youngster to prove themselves as adults? How oỉd are the young now beginning dating? ?. What is the attitude of Asian parents about their schooling children’s dating? Do you think parents should dedde their children’s love? Do you think that dating while schooling is just uplifting feeling? Have you ever been in love when you were at high school? k What are the advantages of dating when still in school? Do you think love can help us study better? Do you think that if you are in love when you are at school or university, you and your partner can support each other in study? Ỉ. What do you think of the misunderstanding or mistaking between friendship and iove among teenagers? How can they distinguish such a thing? ». When students love each other, do you think that they will get married after graduating from their school? What should you suggest to maintain students’ love?

no To Speak English W ell





Nguyễn H ồ n g A n h , M ji. ừi TESOL

NH ƠN

7. What are the disadvantages of loving while schooling? Do you think that falling jn love, teenagers seem to pay no attention to their study or neglect their duties towards their families?

8. Why is sex relation before getting married so popular now? Do you

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

think we have the right to do that? Who receives the consequence after that - the boy or the girl? What usually happens to them then? 9. Do you think teenagers have good knowledge, conception and viewpoint on sex? What do you comment on abortions among the young now? 10. Should juvenile love be banned? W hat suggestion do you have to make the situation better? Should we speed up and spread sex education in schools to prevent the immature thoughts and dangerous actions of teenagers? 11. Who have responsibility for helping the young to understand Jove clearly?

schools?

Society?

TR

ẦN

Family?

10

00

B

TOPIC 74; G O t\6 TO CLASS OR STUDYING HOME?

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

In many countries, attending classes at universities has been optional for students for several years. However, its results have not been like what to be expected yet. In my opinion, to team academic subjects, it is very necessary H to come to class because of the following w. reasons.

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

First of ail, when attending classes, a student is guided how to read his materials or textbooks effectively. Also, he is given additional information or he can ask his teacher any of his doubts. That may help him understand his lessons more deeply. During a lecture, he is told many new ideas related to the topic that is not in any textbooks, and even he can get some experiences from his teachers, which can be applied in his iife iater.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

Moreover, attending Glasses often helps him develop his communication skills. He has many chances to participate ỉn group-discussions, to raise his own ideas in a group, to listen and analyze his classmates' ideas. He can also learn how to behave in a group, which will help him to face many real life situations ỉn the future. In class, he is able to realize how important the teamwork is to finish his assignments.

Rote To Speak E ngiish W eil





ĩuyễn H ồ n g A n h , M j í . in TESOL

NH ƠN

addition, the class trains him to be a responsible and diSCTplined

.Q UY

nson. As a university student, he is responsible for preparing Dwiedge as well as life experience for his future. Coming and leaving sses as well as finishing his assignments on time make him punctual, is is one of the prerequisites any employee must have, especially in time of information technology.

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

»t b lit not least, class attendance might help him avoid wasting time or omitting social evils. The provert), "The devil makes work fo r idle id s ” , teaches us how to spend time properly. A student required to ind classes regularly does not have much t/me to waste in coffee tps, pubs, bars, or gambling. As a matter of fact, many students have led their future in these places and activities.

00

B

TR

ẦN

short, I believe that attending classes at college or university is very :essary fo r students to get more than just knowledge from teachers I their classmates. Students can also ỉeam how to learn, how to tmunicate, how to use time, and how to be responsible as weil as ãplined. So class attendance must be compulsory. .

+3 P2 CẤ A HÓ

elective hesitation; uncertainty task regular; ordered on time the first condition to destroy obligatory

-L

Í-

optional (a) doubt (n) assignment (n) disciplined (a) punctual (a) prerequisite (n) to ruin compulsory (a)

10

C A B Ư L 4B Y T IP

TO ÁN

QUESTIONS FOR m s c ts s io *

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

Are you a student or working now? Which university do/did you go to? What do you think of your university? Does it require students to attend class everyday? in !TJ2 ny counfries, attendance to classes at universities is optional. What do you think about It? What do you comment on the teacher’s role in classes? What can a student get when going to class? Why -do many students cut class? Do you have any solutions for it?

V

To Speak English WeU





Nguyễn H ồ ng A n h , M -A . in TESOL

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

4. What do you think about young people’s communication skills nowadays? Do you agree that attending classes often helps us develop our communication skills? How can we do that? 5. ỈS teamwork important at present? How important is it? Are you for or against the idea that we can develop our teamwork in class? 6. Do you agree with me that the young of today do not have responsibilities for their fam ily and even themselves in comparison with the young of yesterday? Don’t you think going to class trains us to be responsible and djscipiined people? 7. What happen if students are not forced to go to school? What do you think about the proverb, T h e devỉỉ makes work for idle hands”? 8. Why do some students like sitting in coffee shops better than going to school? 9. What should the school do to motivate students in their study?

TR

B

10

DAY

Let me introduce myself. My name is Valentine. I lived in Rome during tile third century. At that time, Rome was ruled by an emperor named Claudius.

00

Happy ^Valentine's

ẦN

TOPIC 75s V 4 I B Y m ir s PAY

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

Claudius wanted to have a big army, so he expected men to volunteer to join. Many men just did not want to fight in wars, and they did not want to leave their wives and families. That not many men signed up made Claudius furious. So what happened? He had a crazy idea. He thought that if men were not married, they would not mind joining the army. So, Claudius decided not to allow any more marriages. Young people thought his new law was cruel. Certainly, ! wasn't going to support that law)

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

Did I mention that I was a priest? One of my favorite activities was to marry couples. Even after Emperor Claudius passed his law, I kept on performing marriage ceremonies —secretly, of course. It was really quite exciting. Can you imagine a small candlelit room with oniy the bride, groom and myself? We would whisper the words of the ceremony, listening ail the while for the steps of soldiers.

BỒ

ID

One night, we did hear footsteps. It was scary! Thank goodness, the couple I was marrying escaped in time, i was caught, thrt>wn in jail, and

told that my punishment was death.

H oic To Speak E nglish Weũ





ỹguyễn H ồ n g Ả n h , AfJ4. ừt TESOL

.Q UY

NH ƠN

tried to stay cheerful. And ño you know what? Wonderful things appened. Many young people came to the jail to visit me. They threw owers and notes up to my window. They wanted me to know that they, 50, believed in love.

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

)ne of these young people was the daughter of the prison guard. Her ather allowed her to visit me in the cell. Sometimes we would sit and alk for hours. She helped me to keep my spirits up. She agreed th a t I id the right thing by ignoring the Emperor and going ahead with the ecret marriages. On the day ! was to die, I left my friend a little note lanking her for her friendship and loyaỉty. I signed it, "Love from your alentine."

TR

ẦN

believe that note started the custom of exchanging love messages on alentine's Day. It was written on the day Ị died, February 14, 269 A.D. iow, every year on this day, people remember it. But most importantly, iey think about love and friendship. And when they think of Emperor :iaudius, they remember how he fried to stand in the way of love, and

00

B

ley laugh — because they know that love can’t be beaten!

+3

A

CẤ

P2

the king unkind frightening will; courage to pay no attention to faithfulness to stop; to ban

Í-

HÓ

emperor (n) cruel (a) scary (a) spirit (n) to ignore: loyalty (n) to stand in the way:

10

O C A J81U R Y H P

TO ÁN

-L


BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

1. What do you know about Valentine's Day? Do people celebrate Valentine’s Day in your country? if so, how? if not, does your country have a holiday similar to Valentine's Day? 2. !s Valentine’s Day primarily a day for children or for adults,for the single or the married? Why? How would a child's Valentine's ðay differ from an adult's? 3. List ways that you couỉd show your love for a n . individual on Valentine’s Day. ỉn your opinion, what is love? 4. Who might you give gifts to on Valentine’s Day? What kinds of gifts would you give?

ĩozc To Speak English W eil





Nguyễn H ồng A n h , M A .. ừ i TESOL

.Q UY

NH ƠN

5. Who might you receive gifts from on Valentine's Day? What kinds of gifts might you receive? 6. Describe the best Valentine’s Day youVe ever had. Describe the worst Valentine's Day you’ve ever had. 7. imagine a perfect Valentine's ðay. Who would you be with? Where would you go? W h -t you do? Haw would you feel? Describe it

8. At what age do most people in your country marry? At what ..Kgs dfSl-

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

you/do you want to get married? 9. if you are not married, what kind of person will you like to marry? 10. How do people in your country meet future mates? Are marriages arranged by parents in your country? Are introductions arranged by friends or fay a matchmaker? Do young people date casually to find someone they would like to marry? 11. Are there any special customs surrounding courtship and marriage in your country? If so, what are they? Describe a typical wedding ceremony in your country. 12. What are some of the advantages o f dating? What are some of its disadvantages? Do you think arranged marriages are a good idea? Why or why not? 13. What changes does marriage require of a man? What changes does marriage require of a woman? Do you think it is better to be single or married? Why?

CẤ

TOPIC 76; BEEVG THE FAMOUS

Í-

HÓ

A

Being a famous person is a dream of many people. However, this has its advantages as well as disadvantages.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

I Let’s consider its advantages. It is Widely I agreed that it is easy for famous people to get attention wherever they go. As a result, they may find it easier to get better services. Moreover, they have a' lot of good chances to do things. Also, they can use transportation with the first-class seats when they go somewhere or common people often Support therrIf they do business. Besides, the fame w ill also help us earn a lot of money. Ab f«r we are concerned, a famous singer or film star gets a tot of money from his sor.c 5 or films; a famous sportsman earns a fortune from his successes ana sponsorships frorn many organizations. On the whose. fame brings us many benefits.

H ou To Speak English We.u Đóng góp PDF bởi GV. Nguyễn Thanh Tú




Nguyễn B ồ n g Anh, M A . ừi TESOL

NH ƠN

What are the disadvantages? Do famous people have everything in their !ives? No. They do have to pay a great cost for rt.

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

Since they are famous, they often become targets of newspapers, nagazines, gossips and sometimes madmen. Therefore, a famous )erson does not have much of a private life. His private life is usually Hibiicized by the mass media, and everything he does is recorded, idited, or exaggerated to suit the media. He often has to hide himself /hen being out. It is reaỉly difficult for him to have a peaceful life. Moreover, famous people sometimes become victims of assassinations, idnappings, blackmail or robberies.

HƯ NG

)bvious!y, its disadvantages far outweigh its advantages. So, is it better 3 leave fame alone? Would we rather be ordinary persons who can go 5r a peaceful walk on the street instead of being surrounded by odyguards? Share your opinions on today’s discussion.

ẦN

OCAB^XABY T IP

a big sum of money support tooyerlsik murder letter to get money more important than

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

fortune (n) sponsorship (n) to exaggerate assassination (n) blackmail (n) to outweigh

CẤ


BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

1. Do you wan to be famous? Why do you want to be famous? !s it easy to be famous? 2. People say all famous people are arrogant. Do you agree? What do you think of our singers, fashion models and movie stars? 3. Do you think famous people are very cautious about their prestige? Do you think they always keep their promise? 4. Which famous people do you admire most? Why? in your opinion, are all famous people really deserved their fame? 5. Do you blame on people who once have bad reputation? Do you like famous people? Do you think they are arrogant? 6. in order to be famous, do we need to be rich/hard-working? What do you do for people when you are famous? 7. Is it easy for you to have a happy life when you get married to famous people? Do you think gettinq married to tamp us people makes you famous too?

O IC

To S p eak English W eil





Nguỵễn H ồng Anh, M A . ừt TESOL

8. What are the advantages and disadvantages of being famous? Do

.Q UY

NH ƠN

you charge famous people double price? 9. Do you fee! happy or nervous when serving a famous person? Have you ever served or talked to any famous characters? 10. Do you think famous people never have a peaceful life? in your opinion, what are they worried most in their itfe?

TP

TOPIC 77s CRITICIZED WAYS OF llY D fG

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

Modern society with many cultures coming form western countries has changed Vietnamese young people’s ways of thinking and living many of which must be criticized. It is not difficult for us to find out clear evidences.

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

First of all, to many young people, the value of a person is evaluated according to hjs belongings, so they indulge in shopping from clothes, shoes, cell phones to motorbikes or even cars. They waste a lot of time on them, and they always talk about them whenever they meet together.

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

At nights, trains of hundreds of motorbikes raise uproar wherever they are. They worm their ways, shout, and even race their motorbikes on the street. Consequently, they have caused a lot of acridents, and many peopĩe died of injustices. They are caNed evil genies on the street. This can show us that these young people indulge in enjoying their life regardless of the consequence.

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

Things mentioned above are not enough for them to enjoy. They want to have stronger feelings, and heroin or ecstasy medicines help them. Although they know the dangers of these drugs, they ignore them as long as they can prove themselves experienced play-ones. They are really pitiful because they w ill die before they can enjoy all of their young age. Maybe bars and dancing halls are places where we can witness these young people. There, many girls and boys are releasing themselves with smoke; heads are shaking crazily according to heavy rock music.

BỒ

ID

It is a mistake if we do not mention inter-marriages among young girls now. It ỈS painful when hundreds of girls are eager to get married to foreigners. There is nothing to say if they get married because of true

ỈỈOĨC To S pea k English Weữ





'guyễn H ồng Anh, MA.. ìn TESOL

' they do not even know their husbands-to-be. I do not know what w ili appen to the rest of their life.

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

too have made them like that? And who have created good conditions r them to do that? Parents are first ones who have responsibilities for em. It is parents who have pampered their children: giving them a lot of oney but not taking a good care of or educating them well. Jo prevent is fast way Df livings from increasing, fam ilies, schools and sodety louid have a tight combination.

NH ƠN

'Ve, but because of money and a comfortable life. They are not in love

HƯ NG

O CAB U LAR Y TER

to condemn to be very interested in to make loud noisea terrible spirit to pay no attention to see getting married to a foreigner to spoil

to criticize

to indulge (in)

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

to raise uproar an evil genie to ignore to witness inter-marriage (n) to pamper

P2

+3

OrESYIOJVS FOR DISCUSSION

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

What do you think about the ways of living nowadays? What are the ways of living in the past? Which one do you think better? Why? What do you comment on th e uWestern way o f liv in g ”? Do you think it's good to imitate? What do you think about cohabitation? What is your personality? What do you do to make your life meaningful? What is your ways of living? If some one complains about your way of living, will you change it at once? Do you think that Vietnamese styles o f living are influenced by Western countries nowadays? What do you think about this saying, “An aim less fife is like a boat w ithout a rudder?” What are yoiir purposes in life? Why do many young people now have ridiculous ways of living? Do you think they want to make themselves individuals? Do you think that we have ĨO change -our way of living in order to adapt with any circumstances in oưr life? What are good ways of living In your opinion? What do you think o f motor racing in our Cfty? Do you think it is a new way of Indulging in pleasure of rich young people?

01C T o S peak English WeR





Nguyễn H ồng Ảnh, M j 1. in TESOL

.Q UY

NH ƠN

9. Have you ever struggled yourself against strange ways of living? To you, which is more difficult between struggle against yourself and against others? Why? 10. Do you think we need to struggle in life or should let everything go Its way naturally?

TP

TOPIC 78s EATO G D> OR OUT?

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

Living in modern time, people seem to be busier and busier with their life and career, and they tend to go out for meals at restaurants or food shops. However, I still prefer to come home, preparing and enjoying my food.

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

always enjoy having meals with my family members. After a hard working day at the office, many people are afraid of the kitchen, but to me, ft is fun to prepare meals with my family. When doing it, we can talk together about everything in our fives. Especially, I can lean how to cook some special dishes form my m other ỉn addition, enjoying dinners with fam ily at the end of the day has been a valuable tradition in Vietnam, the tradition that more and more people seem to forget these days. Now, we are so busy With our own lives that we are no longer interested in our near and beloved ones. So, I think the best way to get along with the rest of the fam ily is to have a nice and cozy dinner together.

-L

Í-

HÓ

Another reason why I like eating at home is that cooking can be done without any problem nowadays. With the help of ready-made food at supermarkets and modem kitchen devices, it takes us short time to prepare for ameal. Moreover, it is very cheap when we eat at home.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

What I have just mentioned above does not mean that eating at a restaurant or ã food shop is not good. However, when eating at one of those, we have to dress properly, and then just sit around a small table. Moreover, it is always noisy while we want a quiet and peaceful place. Sometimes there is a question of hygiene. How well is the food cooked at the restaurant? Have they been washed properly before cooking? ỉf food is eaten at home, we are sure that it will be cleaned and washed' property.

B ote To S p ea k English WeU





ĩuyễn s ồ n g Á n h 7 MJL. in TESOL

QUESTIONS FOR W SCUSSIQjy

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

How many meals do you have a day? What are they? Do you often eat something between main meals? What kinds of food do you eat most often? Why? What is your opinion about an ideal meal? Does this kind of food express your personality? Whai do you think are bad habits to avoid in eating? What influences your appetite in eating? How much does food Influence your beaỉth? Do you eat before the bểdtĩme? Where would you like to eat (at home, in a restaurant, in a canteen, in a cafeteria, at a party)? What are reasons for people to eat out? Which Is cheaper, eating in or out? In which ways Is eating at home better for us? What are advantages and disadvantages of eating in and out? For cooking yourseff, how do you cook your meals well? How is a good meal? Do you think the atmosphere affect a lot to our appetite? Do you eat to five or live to eat? When coming to a party with strange dishes you don't iike to eai, would you ask the host to change the food for you or would you try? What do you know about the art of eating and drinking? What do you think about the way Vietnamese enjoy buffets?

NH ƠN

short, basing on all the above-mentioned points, f think ft is better to t at home.

HÓ

A

TOPIC 79; WHO IS THE BETTER PARKMT?

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

It is widely believed that women make better parents than men, and this view has shown itseff to be true throughout history. This is why they have the greater role in raising children in most sodetjes. However, this does not mean that men are not of Importance in child rearing, indeed, it is perfect if both of them .cooperate to bring their children up. Women have proven themseives superior parents as a result of their conditioning, their less aggressive natures, and their aeneraỉỉy better communication skills.:

far as we know, from the time they are little gjris, femai.es learn about

‘W To S p eak English WeU


132




Nguyễn Hồng Anh, M J Í . in TESOL

.Q UY

NH ƠN

nurturing. First with dolls and later perhaps with younger brothers or sisters, girls are given the ro!e of that job. They see their mothers in the same roles, so ĨỈ is natural that they identify this as a female activity. Boys, in contrast, learn competitive roles far removed from nurturing. While boys may dream of adventures, girls tend to see the future in terms of raising families.

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

In addition, girls appear to be less aggressive than boys. In adulthood, It is men who prove to be the aggressors in crimes and wars. Obviously, in raising children, a more patient, gentle manner is preferable to a more aggressive one. Although there are gentlemen and aggressive women females are less likely to resort to violence in attempting to sotve problems or to educate their children.

00

B

TR

ẦN

Finally, women tend to bẹ better communicators than men. This is shown in doing business. The fact shows that nearly all receptionists, operators, or nursery teachers are females because they are better at verba! communication than males. O f course, communication is of utmost importance in rearing children, as children tend to learn from and adopt the communication styles of their parents.

A

Í-

-L

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

7. 8. 9.

TO ÁN

4. 5. 6.

to be o f to have child rearing: bringing up children 3. superior [su i'p is ria ] (a): higher aggressive (a) violent to nurture to care for to identify to recognize Ex: She identified the man as her attacker to resort to way out utmost (a) greatest to adopt to take up

NG

1. 2.

HÓ

V OCABULARY T IP

CẤ

P2

+3

10

In summary, bringing up children is women’s noble and traditional role. That is why there is a saying “The mother's heart is as immense as the Pacific Ocean” in our country. Hopefully, Vietnamese women always preserve and develop their important role in training good citizens for society.

Hcnz To S pettk English W ell


133




Nguyễn H ồng A nh, M-A. ừi TESỠL

NH ƠN


BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

1. How many children are there in your famiiy? How many do you like to have in the future? Do you enjoy being around children? 2 . Do you think boys are more expensive than girls or vice versa? Why? Do you think boys are easier to take care o f than gills or vice versa? Why? 3. When you have children, will you help your children with their homework? How much help do you think is appropriate? 4. Would you allow your son or daughter to pierce body parts? If so, what parts of the body would you allow to be pierced? Would you allow you child to get a tattoo? 5. What are some things that you would not allow your children to do? What are some things that you would allow your children to do that you think other parents may not allow their children, to do? Why do you think it is okay to allow this? 6. Are there any sports that you consider too dangerous to allow your child to try? If so, what sports? 7. Do you think that many parents spoil their children? In what ways do they do that? What are some ways that you have seen? Do you think that you will be a good parent? Why? Do you think your parents were good parents? 8. Who is the better parent in your opinion, mate or female? Why are women better than men at bringing up children? 9. What are some things that your parents did that you would never do? What are some things that you have seen other parents do that you would never do? 10. Should a good mother give up her job to stay at home with her children? Do you think it is OK for a father to stay at home with the children and have the mother work instead? Do you think a mother is a better “stay a t home parent" than a father? Why or why not? 11. How will you punish your children? What will you do if you find out your child is stealing something? 12. What wili you do if your children lie to you? What will you do if you find out your child jig school for a day? 13. How will you deal with your children when they fight with each other? Do you think spanking is an appropriate form of punishment? Why or why not?

How To S pea k English Weil





Nguyên H ổng A nh, MA., ừi TESOLi

NH ƠN

TOPIC 80s AY HOME OR YO THE CEWBMA?

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

I [ike watching films very much, so HBO, Movies Stars, and Cinemax are my favorite TV channels. This can show you that I prefer watching films on TV to going to the theatre. J do not like going there because of problems in getting to the theatre, unpleasantness in the theatre itself, and the behaviour of some movie-goers.

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

First of all, getting to the theatre causes me some difficulties. It is inconvenient to go out in a hot, bold, or rainy night whereas ! can watch film s in a sofa in a warm atmosphere with my family. Even if the weather is fine, it still takes me at least thirty-minutes to ride to the theatre, followed by the hassle of looking fo r a parking space. And then I have to wait for the film to start.

P2

+3

10

00

B

Then, I might confront problems of the theatre itself. If I am in one of the oid theatres, Ị have to suffer the musty smell of seldom-cleaned carpets or chairs.Sometimes, i even see some mice running around. Moreover, air-conditionrng system sometimes does not work well. Moreover, the service is not good in some theatres. For example, the ticket-collector looks unfriendly, and food is unhygienic or expensive.

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

Last, some of the patrons are even more of a problem than the theatre itself. Some people try to impress their companies by talking back to the screen, whistling, and making hilarious noises, others act as rf they were at home in their own living rooms and comment loudly on the ages of the stars or why movies are not as good anymore. Moreover, they crinkle candy wrappers* stick gum on their seats, and drop popcorn tubs on the floor. They also cough and burp, squirm endlessly in their seats, or file out for repeated trips to the rest rooms.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

In short, because of what 1 have just mentioned, 1 think that I am not going to be a moviegoer anymore. I am tired of the problems involved in getting to the movies, confronting with the theatre itself, and dealing with some of the patrons. To watch movies comfortably, Í have had cable TV service installed in my home. Ỉ may now see movies a bit later than other people, but I'll be more relaxed watching box office: hits in the comfort of my own living room.

H ow To S p eak English W ell


135




Nguyễn H ồ n g A n h , M A . in TESOL

1. 2.

to annoy to face stuffy fan very funny to remark to crumple container to make brief sharp sounds to turn •

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

to hassle to confront 3. musty (a): A. patron (rí) 5. hilarious [h i’lesrias] 6. to comment 7. to crinkle 8. tub (n) 9. to burp 10. to squirm

NH ƠN

VO CABtX ABY T IP

HƯ NG

QUESTIONS FOR PISCtJSSIQX

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

t . What Is your favourite movie? Are there any kinds of movies you dislike? if so, what kinds? Why do you dislike them? 2. What is the best movie you have ever seen? Who was in it? Why did you like it? Who was the director? 3. What are the scariest movies you have ever seen? What’s the funniest? What’s the most romantic? 4. What is the worst movie you've ever seen? What was the last movie you saw? Was ft good? Who did you see it with? 5. Do you like to watch horror movies? Do you prefer fiction or nonfiction books? 6. Do you usually watch movies at home or at a movie theatre? How often do you go to movies? How often do you rent videos? 7. What are advantages and disadvantages of watching at home and going to the theatre? How much does it cost to see a movie in your country? What do you think of people who talk during movies at a movie theater? 8. if a book has been made into a movie, which do you prefer to do first, see the movie or read the book? Why? 9. What movie star would you most like to meet? Who is your favorite actor or actress? 10. Do you think that film s can be educational? Is there a movie you could watch over and over again?

H ow To S p e a k English WeU


136




Nguyên H ông Anh, M A . in TESOL

TRAFFIC PROBLEMS

NH ƠN

TOPIC 81; s o i v m

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

The number of motorbikes, cars and trucks hitting the sừeet in our country is dramatically rising every year. As a result, cases of traffic jams, accidents, and environmental pollution are doing, too. All these factors have a detrimental effect on our quality of life. So as to solve this problem, in my opinion, the government should spend money building subway lines, railroads, and more bus routes.

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

First, if subway lines are built and reached every comer of the city, people would not need to use their motorbikes to commute any more. Lessening motorbikes on the road means less carbon monoxide expelled into the air; therefore, the air we breathe would be more pure. Fewer motorbikes also lessen traffic jams that have caused a lot of troubles to people and authorities concerned.

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

Second, the railroad system in our country is not enough and in bad condition. Consequently, people have to rely on trucks and buses for ground transportation of passengers and freight. Therefore, expanding and upgrading railroad systems will result in fewer trucks and long distance buses on the highways. This can help reduce traffic acddents on the road because most of the traffic acddents are caused by trucks and long-distance buses.

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

Last but not least, with the increase of bus users at present, It has been proven that people are getting used to public transportation. However, still many people cannot use buses because there are not enough buses and bus routes in our city. If more buses are present and routes are built, we can solve the traffic problems in our country, especially in big cities iike HCMC because many people do not use their own cars or motorbikes.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

In short, improving public means of transportation will help reduce traffic jams, accidents and air pollution in our country. To make our country and cities better places to live in, the government has to carry out this strategy right now.

S o w To S p e a k English WeU,


137




guyễn B ồ n g A nh, M j ì . ừi TESOL

HƯ NG

QUESTIONS FO R D ISCI SSION

.Q UY

detrimental [,d etri'rnen tí] (a) to commute to expel to reỉy freight (n) to get used to

TP

dramatically (añv)

ĐẠ O

to strike; to knock very much harmful to traveỉ to push out to depend goods to be used to

to h jt

NH ƠN

> OCABLXAKY TEP

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

How do appraise the traffic situation in our city and other big cities in our country? What are relationships between urbanization and its traffic problems? What are objective and subjective causes of traffic congestion and traffic problems? Do you think that ignorance of traffic rules can lead to traffic jams and accidents? How can it be improved? What are popular means of transportation in our country?^ Which one is the most efficient? What do you think of the city people’s consciousness of traffic safety? Have you ever been the victim of traffic jams? How did you feel at that time? Which means of transportation causes the most serious accidents? Can you tell me the reason? What are solutions to traffic problems in our country? ỈS road extension the best way to solve traffic congestion? Why and why not? It is said that traffic congestion is unavoidable in the process of urbanization. Are you for or against this saying? Do you think that heavy fines on violations of traffic rules are good for re-establishing the traffic order and safety? What are solutions of the government to traffic problems? Can you suggest some solutions?

n r To S p eak English Weii


‘^ WWW.FACEBOOK.COM/BOIDUONGHOAHOCQUYNHON



Nguyễn H ồng Anh, JML4. ừi TESOL

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

Vietnamese women's lives hayẹ changed ầ lot/since the 20th century. They have
NH ƠN

TOPgC «3; MODERN ffOW lM

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

The first role of Vietnamese women/is to be good wives and mothers. They have to take care of their families. Everyday, not only do they serve meals for their husbands and children/but also sh arâ ll their^ up§_and downs. They are peopie/who encourage their husbands to work well/ếo contribute to our society- ỉn family, the mother is very close to her chiíñret/and teaches them good things/ếo that they will become good citizens In the future. Therefore, I th in y ố ia t/ the first contribution of women to our country/is to help it have model. Citizens/ who are willing to devote their talent i a make our country develop.

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

That is the women’s role in their families. So what else can they do to our society? The female teachers, doctors, politiôanẹ/òr managers/Can make people around the world know, about Vietnam j by their accomplish me nt. They are also teachers/who widen the knowledge of their beloved students. In addition, many skiffu) woman doctors have saved many lives/br given the happiness to their patients- For example, many patients will be very grateful 1 o woman doctors in Tu Du hospital/ because they have helped the imertile couples have children. Moreover; Vietnamese women are very talented politicians/who represent the whole country/to attend conferences/with many male íeañerè of world’s powers, in addition, they can run the business as well as men do.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

To sum up, women play an important rote in the development of Vietnam. They can take good care of their families/and fuMFmeir duties to society at the same time. Therefore, they deserve to be respected. X u u ; ''lĩỶ: f

Hoic To S pea k English W ell





'Ịuyễn H ồng Anh, M~A. in TESOL

NH ƠN

O C A B B tA H Y ĩlP to give over achievement thankful childless to complete to be worthy of

to devote:

accomplishment (n):

TP

.Q UY

grateful (a): infertile (a): to fulfil: to deserve:

ĐẠ O


BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

. What are the husband and wife’s traditional roles? Can you make a comparison between women in the past and women a t present? . This question is for men: There are two kinds of women. One js successful and fam pqs,in society but she doesn’t succeed in her family. Another is víóẻ-versa. What kind of women do you prefer? . How is an ideal woman? Do you think women in modem society should keep the characteristics of traditional women? What do think of the conception: *Three follows and fo u r virtues”? . What do you comment on the saying, “Men fead, women follow ”? Do you know why men consider women second-dass citizens? . This question is for women, if your partner or husband wants you to stay at home, do you agree? Why or why not? . For a man, do you agree to let your wife or girlfriend go to work? . Why is It said that if women sit in the conference, it is more possible to succeed than men? Which work do you think that women cannot do? Why? And which work do you think that men cannot do? . Why are there more and more women going to work? How can a working woman be devoted to her career and her fam ily life? What should a husband do to help his wife? How about the other members? . What do you think about a woman who is better than you in every field? What will happen if she is your Wife or girlfriend? Being a woman, do you want to marry one who is worse than you?

c

To S p ea k Englừh W eil


140




Nguyễn S ồ n g A nh, M A . in TESOL

_____________________ ______________

NH ƠN

TOPIC 83; WORKOfcG OK R E T n trv c?

.Q UY

Some people are rather strong, motivated and dever at the age of 60. At that time, they stilf like working, running families, and even leading countries.. However, despite being fit and highly talented, they are forced to retire because of national regulations. In . . . this writing, I will discuss whether people should be allowed to continue working as long as they can or whether they should be encouraged to retire at a particular stage.

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

... •-

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

There are several arguments -for allowing older people to continue working as long as they are able. First of all, older employees have a large amount of knowledge and experience which can be lost to a businesses or organization if they are made to retire. The second point is that older employees are often extremely loyal employees, and are more willing to implement company policies than the younger staff. However, a more important point is regarding the attitudes in society to old people. To force someone to resign or retire at 60 or 65 indicates that the society does not value the input of these people and that their useful life is over.

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

Allowing older people to work indefinitely, however, is not always a good policy. Age aỉone is no guarantee of ability. Many younger employees have more experience or skills than older staff who may have been stuck in one area or unit for most of their working lives. Having compulsory retirement allows new ideas in an organization. In addition, without age limits, many people would continue to work purely because they did not have arry other plans or roles. A third point of view is that older people should be rewarded by society for their life’s labor by being given generous pensions and freedom to enjoy their leisure.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

In short, with many young people unemployed or frustrated in low-level positions, older workers are often called to retire. However, this can affect the older individual’s freedom and right to work and can deprive of society's valuable experience and insights. Í fee! that giving workers more flexibility and choice over their retirement age wi!! benefit society and the individual.

B oic To S peak English Weil


141




Sguyễn H ồng Anh , MA., ữi TESOL

>.

reward (n):

r. i.

pension (n): flexibility (n):

encouraged faithful ỈÒ apply forced only, simpỉy prize retirement fund changeability

.Q UY

motivated (a): ioyal (a): to implement compulsory (a): purely (a):

ĐẠ O

TP

I. ?. ỉ. k >.

NH ƠN

VO CABU LARY TBP

HƯ NG

QUESTIONS FO B PlSCU SSIO ft

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

1. How oid are you? How old are your father and mother? W hafs your job? What are their jobs? 2. When did you/ they start to work? How long have you/ they worked? Are you retired? When do you think you/ they w ill be retired? 3. Do you believe you won’t be able to go on with your job untii you are 60? Why or why not? 4- What makes you/ them keep on working at 60? Why? What do you think Off “old age”? Have you got any old people in your family? 5. Can you name some strong and weak points of the old? Are the old a burden to the fam ily and society? 6. What are the typical differences between the old and the young? Do you think that the old know best? I . Are the old so conservative? Do you think the young still respect the old now? 8. Can you explain why there are changes in the ways of living and thinking among the young now? 9. What behaviors and attitudes should we have when we dea! with the old? 10. It is said that the old are usually very ỉoneỉy. What should we do to make them happy? What do you think of an old person who lives alone? I I . Can you tell me what you will do when you become old? Do you want to live until 100 years old? How do the Vietnamese usually wish togeiher on Tet holidays?

otc To S p ea k English W eil





Nguyễn H ồng Ảnh, MA., in TESOL

NH ƠN

T O P ir «4r MAKIM6 YOUR BREAMS BECOME TR U E

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

I am sure that everyone has his dreams and lovs to see himself getting better and better each day. However, making our dreams become true is not easy at all, and we have our own resolutions to do that. Some people pessimistically say that it is impossible to achieve their dreams. But, to me, I think that is actually not true because our dreams are in our hands, and we are those who can control them and make them real.

00

B

TR

ẦN

For me, [ always look up to many things during my life such as learning English and trying to be good at It, completing my studies, .and improving myself at any field'.. Moreover, I never stop dreaming and finding ways to reach them. Thanks to those ,ways, I always make my dreams become true. To do that without many difficulties, 1 have to set my goals in advance and work as hard as I can to reach my points.

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

However, there, isno doubt that there are times when I feel like giving up. In such cases, I do not give up myself but just stand up and try even if Í have had to try for many times. Moreover, whenever I feel lost and confused, f just dream again of the person \ would be when my dreams become true. In addition, Ỉ believe that it is better to have plans for myself to follow. First, 1 have to write down what my resolutions are and then find out what I need to reach them. After that, I try step by step to improve myself and to reach my ambitions. Finally, i must not lose my passion to my dreams.

TO ÁN

-L

In conclusion, to make our dreams become true, we should set our dreams right in front of our eyes and always work for them. Moreover, we are always optimistic thát we will reach them someday.

NG

V O CA B U LA R Y T IP pessimistic (a)

negative

2.

doubt (n) confused (a) Ex: The flood of questions confused me. passion (n): optimistic (a)

distrust

ƯỠ

1.

BỒ

ID

3. 4. 5.

E oic To S p ea k English Weữ


bewilder enthusiasm positive




Nguyễn H ồng Anh, M A . in TESOL

NH ƠN


BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

1.- Do you usually remember your dreams? Why/ Why not? Describe some of them. What was your nicest dream that you can remember? 2. How do you interpret a dream? Do you use your intuition/imagination to understand it? Do you usually read books on dream interpretation? What is your opinion on it? 3. Have you ever had nightmares? What were they like? What's the worst nightmare you’ve ever had? 4. Have you ever had or heard of a dream that foretold the future? Have you ever dreamed about dead people? Is it a good signal? Why/Why not? Have you ever dreamt about dead friends or relatives? How was it? How did you feel? 5. Are dream messages sent from our unconscious, predictions of the future, or the brain's way of cleaning out information? 6. Some people say that dreaming about losing money means that you will receive it. Have you ever heard this? What other sayings about dreams do you know? 7. When you were a chiỉd, what was your dream for the future? Has it changed? What Is your dream for the future? Have your dreams for your future changed? 8. Do you tell people about your dreams? Do you think you can achieve your dreams? Do you think that having dreams and aspirations is a waste of time? 9. What would you like to be in the future? Why do you want to choose that? Do you plan your future yourself or your parents do that? Do you like it arranged? 10. Are you a high-flier? What are your ambitions? What have you done up til! now to pave the way for your ambitions?

How To S p eak Engỉish Well





Nguyễn Hồng Anh, M~A. in TESOL

NH ƠN

T O P IC 85; 61VD ỈC AND R ECEIYB VG G IF T S

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

Nowadays, communication is quite important in human life. Thanks to different forms of communication, man is able to express all his feelings, opinions, desires, etc. verbally or nonverbally. Gift-giving - a non-verbal form of L communication - is so efficient and popular that ( it is widely welcomed and appreciated as an art in human communication. However, giving and gifts are not always the same as they are meant to

HƯ NG

receiving be

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

One of the primary benefits of gift giving is the good feeling you get when you do something good for someone special. There is a magical moment when you watch the recipient of the gift unwrap the package and discover the treasure that you have wisely chosen for them. When their eyes widen as they realize what you have done to demonstrate their importance in your life, your spirit responds with a warm glow that builds from the inside out, and you have confirmation that you have created a little more prosperity in the world.

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

However, some people find that they do not experience this warm glow from their inner sp irit In fact, some people experience a feeling of loss or impoverishment Those people will find that their mental focus is on the cost of the gift but not on the blessings that ft has created for the other person. The attitude in which a gift is given is actually much more important than the gift itseff. When a gift is given with the proper attitude, the giver shows his/her respect or gratefulness to the receiver.

NG

TO ÁN

-L

One of the big mistakes that I see most people make is that they give a gift that they themselves would like to receive rather than selecting a gift from the perspective of the recipient. Thus, we should spend time doing some research into the background of the gift recipient and determine what they would like to receive. If we can do this, we not only show our respect or gratitude but also make our gift more useful to the receiver.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

In short, giving and receiving gifts seem to be very easy, but they have many arts themselves. Thus, we should learn when, to whom, and what reasons we give gifts. It is very complicated, Isn’t it?

B o w To S p ea k English. W eil





Nguyễn n ồ n g A nh, M A . in TESOL

need; want spoken main supernatural receiver property to show enthusiasm wealth useiessness luck manner viewpoint

1 . desire (n>: 2. verbal (a) primary (a) magical (a) recipient (n)

6.

treasure (n)

7. S.

to demonstrate glow (n) prosperity (n) impoverishment (n) blessing (n) attitude (n) perspective

TP

ĐẠ O

51. 52. 13.

HƯ NG

10.

.Q UY

3. 4. 5.

NH ƠN

VOCABCTABY X Ip

TR

When do you give a gift? To whom do you give a gift? For what reasons do you give a gift? Is gift-giving aimed at satisfying one’s hobby or expressing one’s feelings towards others? According to you, what roles do gifts piay in human communication? Is It easy to give gifts to all people gathering together in an occasion? Is there any misunderstanding in giving and receiving gifts? Can you tel! your experiences? In expressing one’s feeling towards others, does it always work when he wants to give gifts? What does the way of giving a gift mean? Is it true that the gift giving is an art? Can you give some examples? It is said that, "The way o f givin g a g ift is more im portant than the value o f the g ift itse lf7 What are your points of view? Do you agree that giving gifts is an art? When you want to attend at a party, what do you usually bring as a gift? Have you ever given flowers to someone? ỉn which situations? Do you know the meaning of flowers? Please share your experience with us. You have studied English with a tutor for about two months. Your

Ỉ.

10

+3

P2

CẤ

A

TO ÁN

>.

HÓ

I.

Í-

Ỉ.

-L

Ì.

00

B

I.

ẦN

QUESTIONS FOR P K C I SSIOM

NG

tutor can not continue because of a busy schedule. You Will be

meeting with your tutor TQf the last time. Would you alve a alft? if

Your supervisor at work just gave you six-month performance

review. He gave you an excellent review and an increase in salary. Would you give a gift? if yes, what would you give?

BỒ

Ì.

ID

ƯỠ

yes. what would you give?

tow MO a pe ak in g iis n H e ii





Nguyên H ông Anh, MA., in TESOL

It is one of your co-workers1 birthday. You don’t know this person very well, but you like him and you know that other people will be getting presents for him. Would you give a gift? If yes, what would you give? 10. You have a small problem with your motorbike and your neighbor, a mechanic, looks at the motorbike. He finds the problem in a couple of minutes and fixes it right away. Would you give a gift? If yes, what would you give? 1 1 . You have been side for a few days. One of your nejghbors has been bringing food for your fam ily every dạy. Would you give á gift? If yes, what would you give?

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

9.

TOPIC « fe ST B P E T O A flP OTTEGRATIOft

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

Globalization is a vital issue for every country. The economy of each country closely relates to the integration into the region and the world. Education is also affected by globalization, and it is necessary for us to consider the impacts and implications of globalization in the planning of our future ways of teaching and learning, especially in higher education.

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

in order to make our education system more effective, it is necessary to have the students become masters of technologies and practices at the fore of the global industries, especially for those who work in these areas. Moreover, graduates have to be prepared for working in an increasingly globalized world. For example, a communication engineer must be fam iliar with digital communication systems as this technology will be used in any modem system throughout the world.

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

ỉn addition, to prepare graduates for integration, universities in our country have to send more students, teachers and researchers to countries with education systems of high quality so that they can approach advanced methods of learning, teaching, and researching which they can apply Into the development of the country. !t is them who can lead the country to the way of integration.

BỒ

ID

Last but not least, our universities should advance more high quality training programs and programs for talented students. These programs should be organized in training cadres for high-tech and key socioeconomic branches. The aims of these programs are finding and training

H ow To S p ea k English. W eil





Nguyễn Hồng Ảnh, M A . UI TESOL

.Q UY

NH ƠN

capable students by providing them with good learning conditions to achieve standard quality of advanced universities in the region and in the world. Thanks to these programs, we can prepare enough human resources who can explore resources effectively and provide society with high quality products.

ĐẠ O

TP

In short, students are future masters of the country who can decide success on the way of integration and development. With the present achievements along with the great enthusiasm of the nation as well as effective international assistance, our higher education will develop and have a new face in the near future.

TR B 00

very Important mixing effect suggestion front to go forward group passion; glow

+3

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

ẦN

vital (a) integration (n) impact (n) implication (n) fore to advance cadre (n) enthusiasm (n)

10

1. 2.

HƯ NG

VOCABULARY T IP

P2


BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

1. Are you student or are you working now? Do most high school students in our country go to colleges or universities? 2. Are there many universities or colleges in your city? Can you tell us some universities you know? Most of these universities are in good conditions, aren’t they? What do you think of equipment and teaching aids in these schools? 3. Why do students study so many subjects in their universities? Do you think these subjects are practical ỉn real life? 4. What do you think about the globalization? How is a country’s economy affected by the integration into the region and the world? 5. Do you think education is also affected by globalization? What should the government do to globalize our education? 6. What should students do in order to become masters of technologies and practices at the fore of the globạl industries? What should they prepare? 7. What do you think about the policy that universities iih our country have to send more students, teachers and researchers to countries

H ow To Speak EngUsh W ell


148




Nguyễn Hồng Anhv M A . ừi TESOL

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

with education systems of high quality? Do you think these people can lead the country to the way of integration? 8. What do you think of university syllabuses? Are they main causes of backwardness in education? What should the government do to improve them? 9. Do we have high quality training programs and programs for talented students? if yes, how do they work? What are the aims of these programs? 10. What can you draw from today's discussion?

HƯ NG

TOPIC 87; OfrE-WEEK HOLIDAY

00

B

TR

ẦN

JFp If you have one week to go traveling, ' where would you like to go? To me, I wilt choose Hanoi. Ha Noi is the capital of Vietnam, and it has nice weather, valuable cultural and historical vestiges, and many beautiful landscapes.

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

The climate of Ha Noi is quite typical for the one of the North. In summer, it is hot with a lot of rain. !n winter, it is cold with little rain. From May to September, it is the hot and rainy season. From November to March of the next year, rt is the winter with the dry weather. Between those two seasons, there are two transm itting periods (in April and October). Therefore, Ha Noi has enough four seasons: Spring, Summer, Autumn and Winter. The best season for traveling to Ha Noi is Autumn which is very suitable for tourists to come.

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

Up to now, Ha Noi has over 300 vestiges recognized as historical and cultural ones. Ha Noi has 600 pagodas, President Ho Chi Minh’s Mausoleum, Friendship Cultural Palace... and the rich and diversified system of museums such as President Ho Chi Mtnh’s Museum, Ha Noi’s Museum, the Museum of History, the Museum of the Revolution...

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

Ha Noi also has a lot of places to v is it The W est Lake (Ho Tay), The Lake of the Restored Sword (Ho Hoan Kiem), Thuyen Quang Lake, True Bach Lake are the typical and beautiful lakes in Ha Noi. Moreover, around Ha Noi within 1Q0km. there are a lot of landscapes such as Cue Phuong forest, Huong Tich grotto, Tam Dao Mountain, Hung temple, Hoa Lu grotto... These places combined with Ha Noi become a tourist attraction, and Ha Noi plays as the connecting point of the whole zone.

How To S peak English W eil





Nguyễn H ồng Anh, MĂ.. in TESOL

NH ƠN

At last, thiríy-sã streets of Hanoi attract me most.

TP

HƯ NG

2. 3. A. 5. 6.

remains representative burial place cave tourist place area; region

vestiges typical (a) mausoleum (n) grotto (n) attraction zone (n)

ĐẠ O

1.

.Q UY

VOCABULARY T IP

QUESTIONS FOR D is c u s s io n

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

1. How often do you go on holidays? Who do usually gp with? 2. If you have a week’s holiday, where w ill you choose to go? Why? What is special about it? 3; What do you know about that place? Have you ever been there? Can you describe it? 4. According ÍO you, when Is it the best time to go travelling? Can you explain why? Which season do people travel a lot? Do you know why? 5. Do you usually travel on your weekends? And where are interesting places for weekends? 6. Do you think that watching TV is one of the cheapest ways of ừaveíling? When someone wants to travel, what should he prepare? What should we know before we start a trip to a new place? 7 . Why do people think of travelling? Do you know when people began travelling? What is the importance of travelling? What can we learn from it? Do you think that travel is a means of education? 8. What do you comment on the saying, “The m ore we travel, the more we learn!”? How do you think about tourist industry of Vietnam these days? Could you please state some advantages and disadvantages of Vietnamese tourism? 9. Is It easy for V ietnam ese to travel abroad? Can you tell us some requirements you need for travelling abroad? Do you think that the poor never think of travelling? If you don’t have much money, how do you manage to travel?





Nguyễn H ồng Anh, MA., ừi TESOL

NH ƠN

TOPIC 8 8 ; THE MOST OBPORTAMT S K m am sure that each of us wants to be successful in life, so we JH gjW always try to find out ways to achieve our goals. To do til at, ■ Ễ H Ì* A to have many skills, and many heads have many minds. In my opinion, the most important skill f iw f that can help me succeed in the world today is the communication skin. 1 choose it because this skill helps me get information quickly, persuade others to do things easily, and express my ideas without difficulties.

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

I

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

Firstly, the communication skiff helps me get useful information that I want quickly. It enables me to make friends with various kinds of people, so Ỉ can have wide relations. Thanks to these relations, I can get information easily- For example, I want to study abroad, but I do not have any information about the country 1 should choose. A t that time, I can receive much useful information from those who used to study abroad more quickly than I try to find it myself. !f I do not have the interpersonal skill, I cannot make friends with them and get information I, need. The more friends I have, the better knowledge I can get.

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

Also, people with the interpersonal skill can persuade others to do something as well as gain assistance from them easily. For instance, a manager who has interpersonal skill would have more close relationship with their staff. Therefore, when he asks hts staff to do something, his staff would try their best to help him. On the other hand, a manager who does not have dose relationship with their staff would be assisted, but their staff would work on their dirty only, not help their boss with all their heart; so, the result of both of work is totally different.

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

Last but not least, if I have good interpersonal skill, I can express my ideas systematically, so others can understand me easily. Moreover, when understanding me, they can find it easier to deal with me. That is, I can have larger relation with others. Besides, I will gain a diversity of thoughts or information from many various kinds of people if 1 can express what I need concisely. This advantage will help me broaden my knowledge.

BỒ

ID

in conclusion, the communication skill is very important in our modern time. Getting it is the best, short cut to become a successful person because that person would receive useful information easily, have some

Hou> To S p eak English Weữ





Nguyễn H ồng Anh, M A .

TESOL ________________________________________________

i n

NH ƠN

necessary assistance, and improve his attitude when he contacts many people.

to get; to gain to show to convince to contact variety meaningfully to improve

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

3. to persuade 4. to deal with 5. diversity (n) 6. concisely (adv) 7.to broaden

TP

1 . to achieve 2. to express

.Q UY

VOCABULARY T IP

QUESTIONS FO B D is c u s s io n

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

1. Are you a skilful person? Which skills do you have? How do those skills help you with your life? 2. To you, which skiỉ! is the most important one? Why do you think so? How has that skilled affect your life? 3. Do you think it is easy for you to contact people? In your opinion, what should we do to fall in line with others? 4. How did you fee! when you went to work or attended some class on the first day? How did you make friends with your oolieagues or classmates? 5. Are you a good listener? When we meet someone the first time, should we talk much about ourselves? 6. What do you think about communication skill? How does it enable US to make friends with others? 7. Is it easy for you to persuade others to do some thing for you? What do you think about a manager who has interpersonal skill? 8. Do you often speak in public? Can you express your ideas systematically? Do you have any unforgettable memory of public speaking? 9. What kinds of peopie need communication skill most? What should we do to improve our communication skill? Do you think this skill is the most important one for us to get success in our life now?

Bout To S p e a k English WeU





Nguyễn Hồng Anh, M-Ả. ừi TESOL

NH ƠN

TOPIC 89; SH O tX P C im ilREM I K ẦBỵ EMCUSH?

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

With the tendency of globalization, people around the world speak a common language - it is English. However, learning a foreign language is not very easy at aỉi, so more parents and schools are recognizing the value of preparing, very young children for life in a broad international community.

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

Accordingly, human beings are best equipped to learn a language - any language including their native tongue - when they are very young. Many experts estimate that, by age 8- 12 , humans already lose the ability to hear and reproduce new sounds, resulting in a permanent foreignsounding accent in any language. Young children who are exposed to a foreign language gain the natural ability to string words together and pronounce them authentically from simply absorbing the spoken language. In addition, compared to an older student, a child’s language teaming advantage is greatest in the area of pronunciation, somewhat weaker in the area of grammar usage, and slight when considering the size of their vocabulary.

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

Second, eaily exposure to a foreign language has proven to have some very beneficial side effects. It is said that second language has stimulated children to improve their English verbal skills as well as their general analytical skills, including math. When children realize that there exists more than one way to express the same concept, It causes them to question more actively why and how we say It in English, stimulating precision and vocabulary growth in English. At the very young age, they develop greater problem-solving skills, perform better in their native language, and become more open to other cultures. Children also gain the ỉífe-ỉong ability to !eam additional languages significantly more quickly later in life, even unrelated languages.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

At last, children are at an ideal age to gain proficiency in a foreign language because if it is taught in a fun and stimulating manner, they actually enjoy ft. This is a complete contrast to most adults’ visions of memorizing complicated vocabulary lists and conjugating verbs! With effective-funny teaching, children naturally pick up - through fun and games - what aduỉts would have to memorize tediously. Through playing games, singing songs, creating art & cooking projects and participating

How To S p eak English W eil






NH ƠN

in story-telling children naturaiiy. absorb and begin to use their .new language effortlessly.

TP

.Q UY

In short, preparing very young children for life in a broad international community is a good thing to do, and It is easier for children to learning a foreign language However, we should riot force the children to leam too hard. Let’s them enjoy their learning.

2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

to estimate permanent (a) to be exposed: authentically (adv) to absorb

7.

to stimulate

specialist to evaluate; to guess stable to be shown truly to take up • to encourage accuracy; exactness mental picture to inflect (a verb), boringfy easily

HƯ NG

expert (n):

ẦN

1.

ĐẠ O

VOCABULARY T IP

precision (n) vision (n) 10 . to conjugate [’kGndDugit] 11 . tediously 12 . effortlessly (adv)

TR

8.

10

00

B

9.

P2

+3


BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

1. How many children are there in your fam ily? Are they good at their learning? Which subjects are they best at? 2. Are they learning English? If yes, when did they start learning it? Do they like It? 3. Why do more parents force their very young children to leam English? Do you agree with the idea that human beings are best equipped to learn a language when they are very young? 4. How does a child usually learn fanguages, including his mother tongue? Whal are his advantages and disadvantages in learning a language? 5. Can you state some very beneficial side effects that early exposure to a foreign language has proven? How far do you agree with the idea that children are at an idea! age to gain proficiency in a foreign language? 6. How do schools usually teach children languages? What can they get through playing games or singing songs? 7. W ill you let your children team foreign languages at the very young age? if your children do not like learning foreign languages, what

now To S p ea k English w e ii





Nguyễn Hồng Anh. MA., m TESOL

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

will you do? Do you think children will learn better if they are forced? 8. What doyou think about schools teaching children English inour city? Doyou think English should be the second language inour country? 9. in you opinion, how can we leam English well? How long can a child speak and use English proficiently?

ĐẠ O

T Q P ìC 9 0 iX E L L D í6 tIE S

ẦN

HƯ NG

that people are telling lies more and more. On mass media almost every day, there are stones about some important persons being accused of telling lies, and at the same time, our parents and teachers are telling us that it is not ok to tell lies.

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

When we were little kids, what we wanted to do most was pleasing our parents. At that time, we sometimes thought that it would make our parents mad if we told the truth about doing something wrong, and then we found that our parents got even madder when we told a lie. When we get older and we know that telling the truth is important, we can stil! get lots of confusing messages.

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

Do you know why people tel! lies? Here are some of the reasons. Some people tell lies to get out of trouble, to avoid getting into trouble or to avoid embarrassment, to keep themselves safe like avoiding a sừanger asking something, or to protect their privacy. To others, they tell lies to keep a friend out of trouble or to make themselves look more interesting to others by exaggerating, bragging or boasting. To children or teenagers, they do that to get their own way with a parent or teacher to avoid punishment. For example, they say to their parents: "The teacher says Ỉ don’t have to do the homework". The rest tefl lies to keep secrets or avoid hurting people's feelings.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

However, many people think that there are two kinds of lies, ’black1 lies and ’white’ lies. They think that ’back' lies are always bad, but ‘white’ lies might be OK. Thus, when ỈS it never OK to tell lies? In my opinion, it is not good to upset or tease someone like telling lies about someone or spreading rumors. Another case Is to pretend that you have got permission to dp something when you haven't. In addition, nobody accepts those who hide things belonging to others and pretend that they

Hotc To S p eak EngUsh WeU





Nguyễn H ồng Anh, M j L in TESOL

_______________________

.Q UY

NH ƠN

do not know where they are because this is not just teasing; it is unkind. Moreover, we should not tell lies about people such as saying someone has told you something and it's not true, blaming someone else for something you have done to get them into ừoubỉe and get you out of it, and cheating someone or cheating in a tes t

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

So, when is it OK to tell lies? 1 think it is ok when we want to keep ourselves safe, to use good manners as " Thank you. But Ị couldn't eat another piece" in a meal so that your host can have the last piece of cake or food, not to hurt people's feelings as ạThank you for a lovely present" even it’s nũt what you really want or It’s what you hate, and to keep 'good secrets like not telling your age or your phone number.

ẦN

In short, we should know when we tell lies. If there were no bad lies in our life, no one would get hurt and the world would be a place where people couid trust and respect each other.

doubtful confusion to overstate to boast to sadden word of mouth to make up to deceive; to tic k

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

3. to exaggerate 4. to brag 5. to upset 6. rumor (n) 7. to pretend 8. to cheat

00

1 . confusing (a) 2. embarrassment pm’bagrasmant] (n)

B

TR

VOCABULARY T IP

HÓ


BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

1. Why do people tell lies? In your opinion, is it necessary to tell lies in our life? 2 . Have you ever told iies? When do you often do that? How do you feel when you deceive someone? 3. When is it never OK to tell lies ?When is it sometimes OK to tell lies (white lies)? Is saying nothing the same as telling lies? 4. Who tell lies more often between men and women? What do they usually lie about? Where do they often do that? 5. Do you think that telling lies is good for love? What will you do if you find out that your partner tells you lies? Have you evẹr been in that situation?

How To S p ea k English W ell





Nguyễn H ồng Anh, M-A. in TESOL

6. What do you think when someone realizes that you are a liar? If you

NH ƠN

HƯ NG

10.

.Q UY

9.

TP

8.

ĐẠ O

7.

realize that your close friend tells you quite harmful lies to separate your relation with someone (your partner, boss...), what w ill you do? Do you think we should always tell the truth? Why or why not? What do you think about the saying: “Honesty is the best policy*? is it always good for a person to be honest? Who is the most skilful liar you know? How often do you meet them in your life? Do you have a sense of humor? Do you often play a joke on someone? Do you ỉỉke those who are always joking? What can a liar get when telling lies? How can we recognize whether a person tell the truth or lies?

TOPIC 91; HOW TO I KAiny ENGLISH?

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

Sitting at a desk looking at your notebook is not the best way to study English. Most of the time, your mind is not actively using the information that you are studying, and practical learning does not take place. Here are some techniques that win help you learn English more effectively outside the classroom.

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

If you start writing, you should remember all of the interesting things that you can write about. Writing every day lets you see your grammar clearly in front of you, express your ideas, and use a non-oral method to communicate in English. After that, you can ask your teacher to correct your writing. Then you should read the corrected version out loud. It is a good idea to re-copy the corrected journal too, so that yoư win have the experience in writing your ideas down in proper EngFish. Moreover, re-writmg your class notes every day is also very useful because writing your notes a second time will allow you to remember more strongly what you have studied. It will also make your notebook neater and easier to study.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

About reading, you should find a book or a paper that is not too difficult to understand. 1 myself do not think it is embarrassing to start With children's picture books, in addition, you should not stop your reading whenever you find a new word. At that time, you fry to guess what the word probably means, continue reading, and check it up in your dictionary at the end.

H ow To S p ea k English WeU


157




Nguyễn. H ồng Ảnh, M A . in TESOL

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

Now, let's take grammar into account So many students "know” grammar, but they cannot use ft. This is because they rarely practice linking the grammar they have studied to the speech center of the brain. If your mouth is not comfortable using the grammar patterns, it will be difficult to use them in everyday conversations. To improve it, you should repeat the example sentences or sentences you have corrected in class in a clear, loud voice, and you are sure to practice while looking away from the paper.

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

Learning vocabulary is what students most pay attention to. To enrich your vocabulary, you should have a vocabulary notebook, and try to take an active approach to learning new vocabulary. This means you should search for words that you want to know because it will be easier to remember them. If the vocabulary book is not convenient, yoư should have a note card with new words available in your pocket so that you can learn them wherever you go.

+3

10

00

B

To improve your speaking skills, you should practice whenever you have a chance. For example, you can speak lots of English with your friends in different situations. Besides that, you can join any English Speaking Clubs you know.

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

Last but not least, watching TV and movies, and listening to the radio or music are also very useful ways to improve your English. Even tf you don’t understand everything, you will still be learning. It is possible to understand the content even If you know onfy 30% of the words that you hear. Your listening ability will improve day by day.

-L

Í-

Remember the more fun you have with English, the easier It will be to learn. ENJOY English!

TO ÁN

VOCABULARY T IP 1 . to take place: 2. version (n)

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

3. to take (s.o/s.th) into account 4. to approach

to occur; to happen paragraph, part to consider s.th / s.o to come up to

QUESTIONS FOR P1SO ISSIO X

1. What do you expect from your English? Please tell me your main purposes and motivations to ieam English.

S oic To S pea k English W ell





Nguyễn Hồng Anhy MA.* in TESOL

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

2. What do you think about teaching and learning English in our country? What advaniages and disadvantages do you have when you leam English? 3. Have you got any difficulties when you are talking to someone in English? If so, how do you overcome them? 4. Among four skills: Listening, speaking, reading and writing, which one is the most important and difficult in your opinion? 5. Could you piease share your own experience in teaming English with me and tell me good ways to improve each skiỉỉ? 6. What can you derive from your study? What should you do to be a good learner? is ft easy? 7. Do you think that the shyness and passiveness are reasons that prevent you from improving your English? What should you do to overcome these obstacles? 8. What is the importance of English language when it is used as an international language? 9. In addition to your professional qualifications, is it necessary for you to have a certain certificate of English?

10

00

T O P IC 92: PM CIV M BaTO A CTIO N S

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

recent years, uUrban Civilization*' in our city has been mentioned by mass media, schools, colleges or residential areas because it shows progressive life of city people, a ilfe-style in its high stage of development. Throughout daity activities of city people, we can say that we have been building a ivilized life in the city. However, there are still so many ; and actions that cannot be accepted by any man in a civilized society. Thus, what are they?

NG

TO ÁN

Firstly, on several streets, even in the center of the city, we stiỉ! see a lot of rubbish. People Stitt throw rubbish indiscriminately on streets. This shows that their consciousness of keeping the city clean and tidy is still low. This action may be considered “uncivilized” or “uncultured” one.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

Secondly, it must be widely agreed that most of the city sừeets and sidewalks have been widened or upgraded in recent years. Unfortunately, in almost every street, the sidewalk is still “encroached upon” by vendors, food shops, news stands ... They spoil the beauty of the city.

H o u To S p e c k English W ell





Nguyễn Hồng Anh, M.A . in T£SO L

.Q UY

NH ƠN

Then, people’s consciousness of obeying traffic regulations is also what should be mentioned. On the street, many people. intentionally break traffic regulations by riding theỉr bikes at high speed on crowded streets, crossing the street against traffic lights, and parking in the wrong place These scenes should be prevented ỉn a civilized city.

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

W hafs more? The image of a group of children following foreign tourists to persuade them to buy cigarettes, candy, books or other small articles should not be present in a civilized city. The worse thing is that many of these children take advantages of the tourists’ negligence tQ steal their things or to mug their watches, cameras... Tourists wỉfỉ never have good impressions on our city if they are victims of this. In addition, sometimes we still see some uncuftured people urinating or spitting on the street. .

B

TR

ẦN

To build up a cultured, civilized and modem city, we must prevent the above actions. However, how can we do that? Let's share our suggestions in today’s discussion.

10

00

VOCABULARY T IP

TO ÁN

12. to spit

P2 CẤ

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

3. civilized (a) 4. indiscriminately (adv) 5. consciousness (n) 6. encroached (a) 7. vendor (n) 8. take advantage of 9. negligence (n) 10. to mug 1 1 . to urinate

+3

1 . mass media (n) 2. progressive (a)

means of communication developing cultural uncontrolỉeñiy awareness occupied street seller to make use of Ignorance to attack to make water to cough up

QUESTIONS FOR mSCUSSEOK

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

1. What is the Urban Civilization? What does it mean to you? 2. Why does the Urban Civilization become a problem to. us? Can you give some examples to show that many people in the city stili have peculiar ways of living which can’t be considered “civilization”? 3. What do you think about the ways of living of the rcfty-dwellers? Which ones should be praised? Which ones should be criticized?

-

Ơ - Ị ..

^V «jyèùA

T "~


rr rũ

Ị Ị 7 .Ị Ị

I60




Nguyễn B ồng Anh, M.A. ừi TESOL

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

4. Do you agree that the level of civilization of the city is judged through the way of living of its people, for example, their consciousness of fraffic rules while travelling on the road; their behaviors; their attitudes while dealing with others...? 5. What do you think of people who hawk and spit on the streets while riding their motorbikes? 6. On the way to school, work, home or somewhere, sometimes you see some people unconsciously urinating in the public places. How do you feel? Do you think they are uncultured ones? W hafs your solution? 7. According to you, which factor is the most important to carry out the Urban civilization? What actions should we take in account to educate people to have good consciousness and responsibilities for building a civilized life? 8. We have talked much about the Urban Civilization, how about the Rural Civilization? Do you know how the countrymen live, work and entertain? 9. What should we do to improve the country people’s life? How ca we build up a civilized life in those places?

10

00

TOPIC 93; THE EVTEBKET EV last few years the number of teachers and using computers to teach and leam has increased markedly, and this plays an important role in education in the 21st century. One of the ways to use computers in education is using the internet. Although the potential of the Internet for educational use has not been fully exploited yet in our country, it is obvious that we have entered a new information age in which the link between technology and education has already been established. The development of the Internet brought with It a revolution in teachers’ and learners’ perspectives, and it becomes more and more reliable because of the following benefits:

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

in the students

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

At first, the Internet is an experiential learning too!. The World Wide Web makes it possible for students to tackle a huge amount of human experience, in such a way, they can learn by doing things themselves. They become the creators, not just the receivers of knowledge like going to traditional classes. Moreover, information Is presented in a non-linear

Hotc To S p eak English W eil


161




Nguyễn H ồng Anh, iVÍ-A. ừi TESOL

NH ƠN

way, and users develop more tỉexibỉe thinking skills or choose what to explore more easily.

TP

.Q UY

Thren, it motivates students to study more. As far as we know, computers are most popular among students as they are often associated with fun and games. Studenỉs’ motivation ỈS therefore increased, especially whenever a variety of activities are offered. This in turn makes students fee! more independent.

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

Next, the internet enhances students’ achievement. Do you agree With me that network-based instruction can help us strengthen our linguistic skills? I myself think so because this kind of instruction may positively affect our attitude towards learning and help us build self-instruction strategies as well as promote our self-confidence. Moreover, ft supports students with authentic materials for study. All students can use various resources of authentic reading materials either at school or at home. Those materials can be accessed 24 hours a day at a relatively low cost.

P2

+3

10

00

B

The Internet also creates greater interaction among students. By sending e-mails and joining forums, students can communicate with people they have never met. Furthermore, some Internet activities give students positive and negative feedbacks by automatically correcting their on-line exercises. It ỈS more important thjat shy or inhibited students can be greatly benefited by student-centered collaborative learning.

HÓ

A

CẤ

In short, the Internet is very useful education in the new period of the development and integration. It becomes a strongly effective tooi for teachers’ and students’ work, i hope that in the near future, many schools in Vietnam will use the Internet in their instruction.

-L

Í-

VOCABULARY TCP 1 . markedly (adv) 2. to exploit

TO ÁN

3. revolution (n) 4. perspective (n)

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

5. reliable (a) 6. to tackle 7. non-linear 8. flexible (a) 9. to associate 10. to enhance 1 1 . attitude (n) 12 . authentic (a) 13. to access 14. collaborative (a)



remarkable to use; to develop new way idea believable to try; tò attempt variable changeable to combine to increase reaction real; native to enter cooperative 162 WWW.FACEBOOK.COM/BOIDUONGHOAHOCQUYNHON



Nguyễn H ồng A nh, M-A. ỉn TESOL

NH ƠN

QUESTIONS FO R PISCIỈSSIOK

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

1. Do you often use the internet? How many hours a day do you use the Internet? Do you think our fives have been improved by the Internet? 2. Do you use the Internet for fun or education? What are some of the ways the Internet can be used for education? What are some of the ways the Internet can be used for entertainment? 3. Which sites do you most commonly access? What is the best thing about the Internet? W hat problems does the Internet create? What problems does it solve? 4. Do you have more many e-mail addresses? Why do you need more than one e-mail address? Do you think that email is a good way for people to communicate? 5. What do you think about chatting on the Internet? Have you ever chatted on the internet? Why do many people like It now? 6. Why is there too much sex on the Internet now? Is ft dangerous to meet people on the Internet? Would you like to go on a date With someone you meet on the Internet? 7. Do you think that ft is important for schools to have Internet access? Why? Can you believe all the information that is published on the Internet? 8. Do you think that it is a good or bad habit for young people to play computer games? Which games are young people most interested in? 9. Do you think that meeting people is easier than meeting people face to face? Would you consider going out with someone that you met on the Internet? 10. What do you think about online courses? Many students use the Internet to help them do their assignments and they just cut and paste information from the Internet. What do you think about this? 11. Do you think that search engines always give you the best sites? Is this good or bad for both the employer and employee to know each other on the Internet? tf you employ someone via the Internet, how do you check if the person is giving you truthful information? 12. Do you know any school or university in our country has been using the Internet in its instruction? Which one do you prefer between learning with a computer and leaning at ừaditional classes? What do you think about communicative skills if we take this kind of learning? 13. Do you think traditional classes will disappear in the future because they Will be replaced by this new kind of learning?

H o w To Speak. English Weữ





N guyễn H ồng Anh , M A.. ìn TESOL

PH O m S

NH ƠN

TOPIC 94:

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

No one can deny the fact that the mobỉie phone has a lot of good effects on our life. It makes us communicate more conveniently and makes us keep in touch with others everywhere. But every coin has two sides. After owing a mobile phone, i find I have less privacy, lose my good habits, and spend more money.

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

Ỉ am often woken by the ring o f my mobHe phone, just my friends wanting to tel! me a joke, and my happy weekend time is often broken by my boss, just because he needs me to work overtime. In addition, I haven’t been able to enjoy a whole quiet day since the day 1 owned the mobile phone. However, ỉt is an interesting thing that I will be upset rf I have my mobile phone power off. I don’t know if I have begun to rely on it, so my mobile phone Is on 24 hours a day.

P2

+3

10

00

B

I find the emergence of mobile phones make us lose good habits, such as punctuality. Previously, when we had a date with someone, we tried our best to arrive on time. But now, because of the mobile phone, we are not afraid of being late any more. If we are likely to be iate, we wili cail him and say “I am sorry I wili be late.”

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

The third thing is that the mobile phone makes me spend more money. With the development of sdence, the mobile phone has changed it models more and more quickly, and Í can1! keep pace with its changes. I have experienced quick changes from big mobile phones to advanced mobile phones that can download films or take and send pictures. The fact ỈS that I have changed my mobile phone for three times, so I spend too much money on it.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

In short, of course, we can’t come back to the time of no phones, and I can’t image the time that we had no phones. The mobile phone gives us a ỉot of good things, but we should not negỉect the bad aspects.

tl o i£

ẤO

Spetzk English Wall





Nguyễn H ồng Anhy MA., ửi TESOL

ĐẠ O


.Q UY

3. punctuality (n) 4. to keep pace with 5. aspect (n)

TP

being private to depend on being on time to catch up with field

1. privacy (n) 2. to reiy on

NH ƠN

VOCABULARY TMP

Do you have a cell phone? How many people in your family have á cell phone? Who is the youngest person you know who has a ceil phone? 2. How long have you had a cell phone? Which cell phone company do you Lise? How long have you used that company? 3. Who do you call most often? About how many text messages do you send in a day? How much do you spend a month on your cell phone? Who pays for your cel} phone? 4. What do you think of mobile phones? What kind of features does your celi phone have? Why have you decided not to have a cell phone? 5. Could you Jive without your mobile phone? What are some of the advantages and disadvantages of mobile phones? 6. At what age do kids now get cell phones? When did you first get a cefl phone? Have your parents ever been angry With you because of your phone use? 7. Do you know how to use ail'the functions on your phone? Does it ever bother you when people use their cell phones? Are you allowed to have your mobile telephone switched on in class? 8. How many cell phones have you destroyed? What was the most expensive phone caii you ever made? 9. is it illegal to speak on your cel! phone while you are driving in your country? Do you think it should be illegal to speak on your cell phone while driving? Is it in bad taste to leave your cell phone on when you are at a restaurant? 10. Has your cell phone ever broken down? What did you do when your cell phone last malfunctioned? Have you ever lost your phone? Has your phone ever been stolen?

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

1.

How To S p ea k English WeU





TOPIC 95: HOW TO W E\ PEOPLE’S HEARTS

NH ƠN

Nguyễn H ồng Anh, M*Ả. in TESOL

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

in our modern time, if we know how to win others’ heart, we will be more successful. Once we have won a person’s affection, we have a new friend who will be helpful for us in our life. Surety, we are different, so the ways to win people’s heart are different, too. In this topic, I would like to share with you some ways to win people’s heart.

ẦN

HƯ NG

Firstly, we should become sỉncereỉy interested in other people. If we want to make friends with others, we must first be interested in them. If we merely try to make impression on them, and get them to be interested in us, we will meet a lot of difficulties in our relation later.

00

B

TR

Then, when we first meet someone, we should make him/her happy by smiling or by creating an atmosphere of cheerfulness because we look friendly at that time. Remember that most people dislike making friends with those who easily get aggressive or are always serious.

CẤ

P2

+3

10

Thirdly, we should show ourselves good listeners. This is, we can encourage others to talk about themselves or to share their opinions in the conversation. It is said that being a good conversationalist is being a good listener.

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

Another way I myself think it is effective is talking about what others are interested in. People often like us to ‘talk about what they have good knowledge of. Thus, they have chances to take part in our conversation. In fact, people usually fee) uncomfortable tf we talk too much about ourselves. Last but not least, it is giving people compliments sometimes, but we should not give cheap flattery. When we do that, others feel happy and think that they are useful for us.

NG

Those mentioned may not be enough to talk about communication skills. To make our topic more diversified, display your experience please.

ƯỠ

VOCABIJLABY T IP

BỒ

ID

1 . to win s.o’s heart 2. sincere (n) 3. aggressive (a) 4. (n) f l a t t e r y

ffotc To S peak English W ell


to win s.o’s affection true hot-tempered excessive, insincere praise




Nguyễn H ồng A nh, M A . in TESOL

NH ƠN

QUESTIONS FOR DISCUSSION What does “winning people’s heart” mean? Have you ever won anyone’s heart? 2 . What .are the advantages of winning others’ affection? What happens if people around you hate you? 3. Why should we become interested in other people? What do you think of those who are not interested in you? 4. Why should we be a good listener and not talk much about ourselves? What do you think about those who are talkative? Are you talkative? 5. It’s said that, “A m erry heart helps you overcome m any d ifficu lt cases” . What do you think of it? Do you think humor Is the key to happiness? 6. What do you comment on the saying, “ Honesty is the b e st p o licy “ ? Do you apply it in your life? If you like some one, how can you let him/her know your feeling? 7. What are effective ways to conquer a girl’s heart? What should a man do to make impression on a g ili at the first meet? 8. It’s said that, “ Men often tell a He when they make friend w ith girts?. ỈS it true? 9. What will you, as a man, do if a girl refuses all your efforts to win her heart? Do you still keep running after her when you know that she has already had a boyfriend? 10 . tf a man invites you, as a giri, to go for a drink many times, do you think he really pays attention to you? What have you drawn from today’s discussion?

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

1.

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

TOPIC 9Gz POEM OR A P AKTMEKT? Students are often able to choose whether they want to live in a dormitory in a university campus or to live in a separate apartment in the community. Each of these environments has its advantages. To me, Ỉ prefer living in a dormitory because a dorm offers me a lot of chances to learn how to live with others and to improve my

BỒ

ID

communication skills.

When I live with my roommates, I must adjust my eating and sleeping habits according to each other's needs. Also, ! must arrange my free

B o w To S p ea k English W ell





Nguyễn Hồng Anh, M A . in TESOL

.Q UY

NH ƠN

time in such a way that Ị do hot bother others wtiiie they are studying. Moreover, the structure of the dorm has some aspects that are similar to those in an office, a workplace or an organization. This means I have to fo/low rules made by the community. Thus, by adapting to conditions of living in the dormitory, J can learn how to iive with others, which is very useful for my future life.

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

Moreover, the environment in the dorm is friendly and understanding. From i t I can improve my communication skills. Because of.coming from afferent places in the country, we can share many new things together, -or example, we can understand cultures, customs and habits, or behaviors of people living in other localities. Then, if we have problems, sadness, or happiness in life, we can confide them to others. Likewise, if fail to understand the lecture presented in class, I can ask my oommates for an explanation. Similarly, it is much easier for us to choose a common topic to chat about or an interesting activity to >ractice in our free time because ail of us are of the same situations and conditions. Thanks to these activities, I can Improve my communication •kills to a great extent

10

00

B

n conclusion, living in the dormitory brings me many benefits to improve nyself. However, it depends on each student’s interests and characters

+3

D choose a suitable place for his accommodation.

A

CẤ

. to adjust . to bother . to adapt . to confide

P2

OCABCL4RY T IP

to alter, to change to disturb to get used to to open your heart to

HÓ

QUESTIONS FOB mSCUSSIOM

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

Are you a student or are you working now? If you are a student, which university do you go to? Where do you live? Do you prefer to live in a dorm or in an apartment? What are advantages of living in 3 dorm? Do you think you must change your habits if living with others? Should we arrange our free time living ỉn a do/m? if yes, why do we have to do that? What do you think of the sociaỉ structure of the dorm community? Should we have any rules in the dorm? What rules do you think we should set up? What should we do to get along with others in the dorm? /.'■





Nguyễn B ồ n g Anh, M A . in TESOL

What do you think about the environment in the dorm? Do you think living here, we can improve our communication skills? How can we do that? What do comment on life in a separate apartment in the community? Do you think, living in a separate apartment, we have more privacy and experiences in the real life? Is it important to have privacy? ỉf yes, why is it important? How do you feel if someone disturbs you when you are studying? What do you think about rooms-for-rent in our city? Why are they so popular now? Are they cheap or expensive? What do you think about living condition in these rooms? What do you think about cohabitation among students now? Do you think a room-for-rent is a good place for student to cohabit?

NH ƠN

5.

.Q UY

6. 7.

ĐẠ O

TP

8.

HƯ NG

9.

ẦN

TOPIC 97s WITH OH WITHOUT THE TEACHER?

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

With the development of the modem technology, students can approach many sources of information and materials on the Internet to study themselves. However, I do not think that students can be successful in their study without the teachers assistance or guidance. The following are several beneficial reasons why 1 think that teachers are necessary.

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

Primarily, teachers are necessary for us to get guidance and assistance in a particular field or subject. They give us a systematic and better way to approach our subjects. As far as we are concerned, a teacher normally teaches subjects on which he or she has expertise. Hence, he/she can heip us understand our subjects deeply. This guidance may be in the form of giving us notes or names of reference books. Without the teacher, it would be extremely cumbersome for us to go through large libraries for a certain topic.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

Besides this, the teacher could provide us with solutions to any sort of problem that we come across while we are studying. Without the teacher, It w ill take us a lot of valuable time to solve it or it may remain unsolved The teacher can also point out our mistakes and suggest ways for us to correct them.

H ow To S p ea k English W ell





Nguyễn H ồng Ảnh, M*A. in TESOL

.Q UY

NH ƠN

In short, success or failure mostly depends on the individual, but the learning process can be made much simpler with the proper and continuous guidance of our teachers. So, it ỈS better to learn with the help of a teacher rather than learning by ourselves. I hope you will agree with me.

to come up to

ĐẠ O

1 . to approach

TP

VOCABULARY T IP 2. primarily (adv)

mainỉy

3. expertise (n)

expert skill or knowledge very very problem to over come to show

ẦN

HƯ NG

4. extremely (adv) 5. cumbersome (n) 6. to come across 7. to point out

TR

QUESTIONS FOR PISCUSSIOIV

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

1. Are you working or are you still going to school? Are I were you a good student? Which subjects are/were you good at? 2 . Do you think it is very easy for us to study now with the development of the modem technology? Gan we get success in study without the teacher’s help? Why / why not? 3. How necessary is the teacher in our study? When you have problems with your lessons at school, who do you often share them with ~ your teachers or your classmates? 4. What do you think of your teachers during your university education? How much do they help you? 5. Do your teachers give you a lot of homework? How do you o fte n ño your homework? Do you do them alone or with a group of students? 6. What do you think about ways of teaching in high education in our country? Do you think alỉ students' understand what the teachers teach them? 7. Do you often cut class? if yes, why do you do that? Have you ever felt bored by your class environment? 8. In which situation should we teach ourselves? What are advantages of teaching ourselves? If-you teach yourself, how can you solve your problems if they arise? 9. Do you think computers and the internet and replace teachers in the future? What do you think about study online? Have you ever taken it?

Hou> To S p eak English W eil





N guyễn H ồng Anh, MA., ừi TESOL

NH ƠN

TOPIC 98s BODY ÌM 6D A G E

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

When we communicate with other people, it is not only our words but also our body language that contains the meaning, and It is called 'non-verbal communication. This kind of communication includes facial expressions, gestures with hands, arms, or legs, the way we sit or stand, the way we touch other people, % the distance we keep between ourselves and the people we are talking to, and our appearance. All these say something to other people.

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

First of all, facia! expressions and gestures are often used spontaneously or unconsciously. Smiling, for example, Is found in most cultures as a sign o f happiness or pleasure. Gestures such as pointing, waving, shaking or nodding the head are also widely used although the gestures themsefves do not always mean the same in every culture. However, if we abuse our smiles, we may be misunderstood. For example, if we smile too much at work, people think we may not seem to be serious about our work.

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

In addition, because many non-verbal messages are 'specific cultures', they can cause a lot of misunderstanding among people from different backgrounds. Northern Europeans and Americans, for example, like to keep a certain 'personal space’ between themselves and others and feel uncomfortable if people come too close to them. In these same cultures, it is considered impolite to stare, but it is said Greeks feel ignored if people do not stare at them In public. Europeans usually change their facial expressions to show happiness, anger, boredom, or sadness. For this reason, they call oriental people the ’inscrutable' because they change facial expressions much less.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

In styles of dress, we also make important statements about ourselves. Dress codes are greatfy various from one culture to another, and it is easy to make mistakes about people's status if we don not know the cultural norm. In some cultures, officials and employees usually wear short-sleeved, open-neck shirts without jackets. This casual dress would not be acceptable in others, where suits and ties are a sign of seriousness. Women in western cultures wear classic clothes in sober colors to indicate their dedication to career.

H ow To S peak English W ell


m




Nguyễn H ồng Anh, MA-. ừi TESOL

.Q UY

NH ƠN

One of the main differences between verbal and non-verbal communication is that we are often not conscious of the expressions and gestures we use, so we are in danger of giving more information than we really want to, or even of giving a conflicting message with our body language to the one expressed in our words.

ĐẠ O

TP

In short, I am sure that body language plays a key role in communication. It can help us understand others better thanks to their features of body language such as eye contact, facial expressions, proximity, postures, or gestures. So, try to express yourself by your body language.

HƯ NG

VOCABULARY T IP 1 . verbal (a) 2. facial expression (n)

TR

ẦN

3. gesture (n) 4. spontaneously (a) 5. boredom (n)

00 10 +3 P2 CẤ A

HÓ

7. inscrutable (a) 8. code(n) 9. norm (n 10. sleeve (n) 11 . casual (a) 12. sober (à) 13. to indicate 14. dedication (n) 15. proximity (n)

B

6. oriental (a)

spoken look sign; motion unexpectedly monotony; sadness Eastern hard to make out rule standard cloth to cover the arm informal plain to point out devotion nearness

Í-

QUESTIONS FOR MSCUSSIOM

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

1. Do you often touch some one when you meet him/her? When talking to some one, how close do you sit? 2. Do you usually make eye contact when dealing with some one? Do you openly express your emotions? 3. When you meet someone for the first time, how do you greet him or her? Do you use the same greeting for men as for women? 4. How do you greet your friends? How do you greet a friend of the opposite sex? How do you greet members of your fam ily members like children, adults, old people? % 5. Which gestures are impolite in your culture? Can yoụ describe three gestures you Use frequently and say what they mean?






Nguyễn Hồng Anh, M A . in TESOL

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

S. How would you expect the following people to dress: a dentist / a bank /a manager / a teacher / a shop assistant / a secondary school / a student? 7. This question for gentlemen. If a giri walks up to you, looks into your eyes for a few seconds, then asks, "Could you tell me the time?", do you think she really wants to know what time it is? 8. This question for ladies. A guy walks up to you slowly, keeps his eyes on you, then says, "Excuse me. Do you know where 1 can mail a letter around here?", do you think he's desperate to find a post office? 9. When you're chatting with someone, do you smile, nod, notice his/her expressions; lean against a wall or put your bags down? 10. When you sit down with someone, do you: sit up straight with your legs crossed; lean in towards him/hen sit dose with your hands at your side?

KEEP1M6 ACHDEVBG OUB COALS

TR

ẦN

TOPIC

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

Truly, everyone has his goals in life. These goals, however, sometimes seem to be so far off, and our progress often appears to be so painfully slow that we have a tendency to lose heart. Well, there are ways to beat this. The purpose of my writing Is to share with you some ways to achieve our goals one after another in the years ahead.

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

First of all, you should get your goals step by step. Needless to say, a lifetime is comprised of days strung together into weeks, months and years, so let's reduce it to a single day, then to each task of that day because a successful life is nothing more than a lot of successful days put together. It is going to take so many days to reach our goals. We try to do that as a stonemason puts one stone to build up a big building, if each stone is successfully placed, the building wilt be finished. If, on the other hand, the stones are put down in a hit-or-miss fashion, the whole building is in danger. Similarly, it's a good and logical way to get our success in life.

BỒ

ID

In addition, we should have plans for our days and put them into practice. Then, let's take them one day at a time, from the time we wake up in the morning until we drop-off to sleep at night, keeping our goal ỉn mind as often as possible. Each day consists of a series of tasks, and

H ow To S peak English. WeU.





Nguyễn H ồng A nh, MA., ừi TESOL

.Q UY

NH ƠN

the success of a day depends upon the successful completion of most of these tasks. If everything we do during tile day is in the best fashion of which we are capable, we can have a sound sleep that night because we have done our best. At that time, our day has been a success because one more stone has been successfully put into its place.

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

fn Vietnam, we have a very good saying that “never leave what we can do today until tomorrow”. Thus, do each day ail what we can. However, we do not need to overwork or to rush blindly into our work; we should try to do the greatest possible number of things in the shortest possible amount of time. Gradually, we will find ourselves increasing the number of tasks and performing them aỉỉ much more efficiently.

ẦN

However, we are different, so we might have different points of view about getting our success. Why don’t we share them with each other?

TR

VO CA B U LA R Y H P

1 . to lose heart 2. to comprise

B

00

10

+3

P2

CẤ

3. 4. 5. 6.

become discouraged to include or contain Ex: The Sowef Union comprised several socialist republics to string - strung - strung to extend or stretch a person who buBds houses stonemason (n) careless; inattentive hit-or-miss sound sleep (n) good sleep

HÓ

A


BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

1. What is success? What does it mean to you? 2. Do you think success is the progressive realizationof a worthy goal? What should you do to achieve your success? 3. Do you think the more rnoney we get, the more successful we are? Can money bring us happiness? Are the rich always happy? 4. Do you think success can come to us by accident? Is it right to say that a successful man has tó pay a high cost for it? 5. Who is happier between a rich man without knowledge and a poor man with wide knowledge? Who will be successful? 6. Why should we build blocks of a successful life? Is ạ lifetime comprised of days strung together into weeks, months and years? 7. How .can we put our idea into practice? Do you agree that from the timẹ we wake up in the morning until we drop-off to sleep at night, keeping our goal in mind as often as possible?

Efote To S p ea k English W eil





Nguyễn H ồng A nh, MA., in TESOL

8. What does the success of 3 dạy depend upon? How do you fee!

V IE T N A M

. "3"^. ~ ^ J

C'5-vV

"ÍS" V

TP

T O P IC ĨOO; W EPD IM C

.Q UY

NH ƠN

when everything we do during the day js a success? 9. What do you think about the saying, “Never leave what we can do today until tomorrow”? ỈS It necessary to overwork or to rush blindly into our work?

r ________ ; _____ - t - l ________ 11

_________________________________________________________ , . ___ . ,

-_

10

00

_

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

Wedding ỈS a custom, a way ơf livịng, and a trait of t e 'v r I cufture of the people, an
CẤ

P2

+3

parents, close relatives and the groom, along with betfothai- presents such as betel and areca, tea, cake and jam ,-fruits etc. go to the bride’s fam ily for an ancestral ceremony. The last one Is the wedding.

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

The wedding ceremonies are usually held at good hours. On that day, the bridegroom's fam ily will ask an. elderly man whose wife is still alive and has a happy fam ily to represent them to meet and bring the bride horrie. Then, thẹ-brịdẹ and b fk ^ ro q rn wjjl peựọrm a. "pink thread” ceremony to express their gratftuBe to fee match-making God and Goddess who have brought them to each other. After that, comes the newly-wed’s conjugal rites in which they will wear rings and share a glass of wine with each other. 'Vô 4\*/Ị

ƯỠ

NG

In the past, onfy intimate relatives^nd jfrienda were invited to wedding parties held mostly at home, and congraiuiatocy gifts are simple likew ail hangings, tea or wine, trays of^sticky rice or boxes of cakes. However,

BỒ

ID

money. Then, the bride and groom go to every table for presentation, accompanied by their parents or relatives. There is a table put right at

S o w To S p ea k English W eũ





Nguyễn H ồng A n h , M d L . ừi TESOL

ữ

C u i.

______

TI ___

NH ƠN

the doorway where guests can present their money or presents. Then they sign their signatures for memory.

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

Gifts no longer carry the sentirrientaLor spiritual messages, as they used to be. Now, they are rọore practical:c’money, gold, jewels or household appliances. In some cases, some parents even attempt,ÍQ make profits from their children’s weddings. When the wedding is overhand the doors are closed, they calculate, money to see whether they get profits or losses. iứỉỉi--: cli- jX £-f'vl ìíỉu Ĩ-C

VOCABULARY T IP 1. 2.

ẦN

TR B 00 10 P2

10. 11. 12 .

+3

3. 4. S. 6. 7. 8. 9.

strength of mind feature complicated a mutual promise to many trầu cau family thankfulness very dose xôi emotional to try to count

HƯ NG

sp irit (n) trait (n) sophisticated (a) betrothal (n) betel and areca ancestral (a) gratitude (n) intimate (a) sticky rice (n) sentimental (a) to attempt to calculate

CẤ

Q U E STIO N S F O R D IS C U S S IO N

1 . How many stages are there in our traditional wedding? What

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

4.

TO ÁN

3.

-L

Í-

2.

HÓ

A

customs and ways of the wedding? Do you want to follow these ways If you get mamed? What do you comment on the custom of “bargain fo r the wedding presents’? If you can not meet their demand, what should you do? How will you celebrate your wedding party? What are important decisions in one’s life? Is a marriage decision the most important one? What does a marital life mean to you? What importance is attached to a marriage decision? What do couples expect from their marriage life? What influences you to decide on youF marriage? Should parents decide their children’s marriages? What are the influences of the parents to your choice of your partner? As saying goes, “You’ll o n ly be losers in any way i f you d o n 't follow y o u r parents’ a d v i c e What do you thinic. of the idea, “Children should do what their parents want”?

5.

How To S p ea k English Well


176




Nguyễn H ồng A n h , M~AL in TESOL

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

6. Are you for or against the young have to make their decision on their own marriage? How a bout the parents? Should they leave it for young couples to their own marriage? 7. What roles do love play in one’s marriage? Is it true that love after marriage is not the same as it used to be? What are responsibilities of a husband and a wife in protecting family happiness after marrying? 8. Why are there more and more couples getting divorced, especially the young? What should you do to keep your ỉove alike after getting married? 9. What do you think about Vietnamese girls marry foreigners? Do you know the reason why they get manied to each other? What are the difficulties between such couples? What should they do to bridge the gap between them? 10. Do you think that their marriages will last long and they are happy? What do you comment the Situation that many newspapers are talking about marriages between Vietnamese girls and Taiwanese? And about Vietnamese wives want to come back their Father Land? Do you know what happen to them?

+3

10

00

TOPIC 101: FACE-TO-FACE COMlMtmCATlON

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

in our modem time, we possess various means of communication that help people contact together easily. They include letters, e-maiis, mobile phones, or telephones. However, in my opinion, Í think that no means is more effective than face-to-face communication in which Ị can get detailed information, -immediate feedback, and correct meaning.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

Firstly, face to face diaỉogue affords me the opportunity to convey my message in a more detailed and complete way. Moreover, unlike written words or those spoken on the telephone, I can show my emotions, moods and expressions in a face-to-face interaction. By using tone, facial gestures and body language, I can make the listener understand my ideas ciearty. For example, by leaning forward on my chair and opening my arms, I can convey my interest in the conversation.

Another benefit that face to face communication provides me is the immediate feedback. Í can clarify any confusion right away. Due to the

H ow To Speak E nglish W ell


177




N guyễn H ồn g A nh) M J . in TESO L

.Q UY

NH ƠN

presence of audiences, and the demand to keep the conversation going, Ị not only concentrate on the topic, but also try to get audiences’ attention. Moreover, Ỉ can repeat what Í am saying o r ! can speed up or slow down my speech. I do that because I can get feedback immediately from listeners.

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

Next, it may not be denied that the need for accuracy is the most important in communication. In face-to-face communication, rf the listener does not understand what I say, I can repeat it many times. Moreover, I can say the same things in many ways. Moreover, if Ỉ make mistakes and use half-finished sentences, 1 can correct ft at once to make my speech dear.

TR

ẦN

in short, 1 can say that writing is more time-consuming as well as requires more formal skills than speaking, and telephones may make us misunderstand our partners. So, I prefer face-to-face communication.

to own; to have to have enough money to express state; temper manner, pitch to bend over to make clear exactness; correctness

+3

10

00

to possess to afford to convey mood (n) tone (n) to lean

P2

1. 2. 3* 4. 5. 6.

B

VOCABULARY T IP

CẤ

7. to clarify

HÓ

A

8. accuracy (n)

Í-

QUESTIONS FOR M SCUSSIOft

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

1. Do you enjoy meeting people? What kinds of people do you often meet or contact? About how many new people do you meet a week? 2. What are some good things to ask someone you have just met? What are some things you shouldn't ask people you have just met? 3. What do you think about personal questions? is it OK to ask a person's age, marital status, or salary in your country? 4. Are you nervous when you are introduced to someone new? What are some ways to overcome being nervous about meeting new peoDie?

BỒ

ID

5. Where are some good places to meet people? Why ño people choose those places? What do you think about first impression? How important are first impressions to you? Do you often trust the first impression? B ote To Speak E itg iish WeU.





HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

6. How many means of communication do you often use? To you, which means is the most effective one? 7. What do you think of communicating by letters, e-mails, mobile phones, or telephones? What do you think about face-to-face communication? 8. Do you often show my emotions, moods or expressions when talking to someone? Do you think our body language is important in our conversations? yes t how important Is (t? 9. If your partner does not understand what you have said, what do you often do to make yourself understood? Have you ever been misunderstood that it caused the big trouble to you? If yes, what happened? How did you solve your problem?

NH ƠN

N guyễn S ồ n g A n h, M A . in TESOL

T O P IC 102; E A T m e AN D PRTO K IM C r\

ẦN

VBETKAM

10

00

B

TR

Vietnamese food Is varied, distinctive and generally healthy. Traditionally, cooking is done over a fire, so preparation is by boiling, steaming, barbequing and frying.

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

A meal in our country is a complete entity with many dishes; there is no concept of ‘courses’ apart from ‘soup’ that follows the meal. Meals are taken communally, used with bowls, chopsticks and spoons, and are accompanied by an arrangement of sauces, salads and so on. Correct etiquette is to part-fil) your bowl with rice using a spoon, then use the chopsticks to transfer pieces of meat, fish or whatever, first to the sauce or dip of your choice, then to your bowl, and finally to your mouth.

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

Piling food on top of the rice, pouring sauces into your bowl or transferring food direct from the communal bowl to your mouth are all mildly frowned upon. It’s perfectly acceptable to faring the bowl almost to your lips and use the chopsticks to scoop it into your mouth. However, using the spoon to eat solid food wil! be looked upon with pity by Vietnamese people.

BỒ

ID

Vietnamese people also like eating out. Typically, Vietnamese food is cheap, nutritious and mostly delicious, it can be obtained from vendors, food shops and restaurants everywhere. It seems to be a culture that Vietnamese peopie like enjoying food in the open-place fike side-waiks. H ow To S peak English WeS.





Nguyễn H ồ n g A n h, M A ., ừ i TESOL

NH ƠN

In addition, eating out in Vietnam is far more common than in Western countries. Usually, the main meals are cooked at home. Breakfast is a tigfjt meat, and is usually eaten out. Dinner is the main and important meal because it is the time for the family reunion.

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

About drinking, Vietnamese usually ỉike having tea, coffee and beer or wine. Drinking tea is an essentia! accompaniment to a discussion at work, a visit from a friend, or just about any other conversations that involve sitting down, in addition, coffee drinking has become fashionable among young people, especially after work or at weekends. Finally, drinking alcohol or beer is so popular in Vietnam. However, people usually do not stop until they are drunk.

ẦN

In short, Vietnamese customs and habits of eating and drinking are very respectful, various and diversified. Wherever they are, they still keep those cultures.

pity
HÓ

essential (a) accompaniment (n)

-L

Í-

10. 11.

P2

9.

CẤ

mildly (adv) frowned upon to scoop

A

6 7. 8.

B

to part-fill

00

5.

10

distinctive (a) entity (n) communally (adv) etiquette (n)

+3

1. 2. 3. 4.

TR

VOCABULARY T IP

individual; typical unit; being; creature commonly manner; custom to fill a part gentiy; kindly

displeasure to dig; to measure shame important addition


BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

1. How many meals do you have a day? What are they? Do you often eat something between main meals? 2. What kinds of food do you eat most often? Why? What is your opinion about an ideal meal? 3. Does this kind of food express your personality? What do you think are bad habits to avoid in eating? 4. What influences your appetite in eating? How much does food influence your health? Do you eat before the bedtimẹ?. 5. Where would you like to eat (at home, in a restaurant; in a canteen, in a cafeteria, at a party)? What are reasons for people to eat out?

H ow To S peak E ngỉĩsh W e ll






HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

6. What do you think about Vietnamese food? Do you often enjoy foreign food? Can you make a comparison between our food and the foreign one? 7. What are typical kinds of Vietnamese food? Can you teli differences among food in the North, the Central, and the South? 8. Do you think the atmosphere affect a lot to our appetite? Do you eat to live or live to eat? What do you know about Vietnamese customs and habits in eating and drinking? 9. When coming to a party with strange dishes you dont like to eat, would you ask the host to change the food for you or would you try? 10. What do you know about the art of eating and drinking? What do you think about the way Vietnamese enjoy buffets?

TOPIC 103s OUR FRIEftPS

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

"My friend goes to the lecture-room without breakfast. My friend covers a 20 km-distance by bicycle. One is a tutor, one is a marketer; one works for a foodL shop. At night, we have instant noodle for dinner. ^ At night, we confide together about sadness or A fun when we are away from home. Although we come from the North, Centra! and the South, we share the same cigarette as well as sadness A anc* (My Friend- Vo Thien Thanh)

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

I am sure that nearly ail of us know this song, a which praises beautiful friendship among students. No one can deny the fact that friendship is very important in our life, and nobody can say that they have no friends. However, how important is the friendship?

NG

TO ÁN

Firstly, friendship helps overcome our sufferings. Do you remember a saying, “Happiness is shared, it doubles; sorrow is shared, it's reduced a half? Therefore, our sufferings are really released when we have true friends who can share them with us.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

Secondly, friendship encourages us in our life. Sometimes, we fall in a state of depression, and we don’t have enough courage to overcome it ffs at that moment that we need our good friend’s encouragement. He will give us advice, and makes us more optimistic.






Nguyễn H ồn g A n h , M A . in TESOL

NH ƠN

Thirdly, friendship helps us correct our mistakes. We ourselves rarefy recognize our mistakes unless we are told by others. A sincere friend does not hesitate to warn us our faults, and tells us the way to correct them.

TP

.Q UY

Last but not {east, friendship is a source o f happiness, it is said that KWithout a company of the friend, this world will be dulF. The more friends we have, the happier we are! Do you agree with me?

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

However, affected by uthe western way o f living”, many Vietnamese young people have changed their ways of living and thinking, and their opinion of friendship js also different So, how we can have a true friend is what we should also discuss in our today's topic.

suffering (n) =

5.

to be released =

6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

to encourage = depression (n) = courage (n) optimistic (a)= to hesitate sincere (a) = company (n) = dull (a) -

00

B

TR

4.

10

to deny =

+3

3.

P2

to confide = to praise =

to speak irr confidence to honor to refuse pain to be out to cheer (up) hopelessness bravery positive to be reluctant truthful, honest friendship boring

A

CẤ

1. 2.

ẦN

V O C A B U LA R Y TIP

HÓ


3.

Í-

-L

ƯỠ

X.

TO ÁN

2.

Do you have any close friends? How long have you known each other? Do you always get along well with them? Can you tell me something about your ciose friend, her/his good sides and bad sides? W hat can you ieam from your friends? How can you choose a real friend? What are main factors that help you to keep your friendship ever lasting? Why do we need friends? As saying goes, “ A friend in need is a M end in d ee d \ How do you comment on this saying? When you have problem, who do you often share With? Do you usually confide your troubles to your friends?

NG

1.

BỒ

ID

5.





Nguyễn B ồng A nh, M-A. ìn TESOL

Is a person nowadays willing to sacrifice his benefits for his friends? It’s said that now people- friends usually take advantage of others rather than help each other, especiaiiy in doing business, is it right? 7. What do you think of the proverb, “Every Jack has his Jiff? What would you appreciate most in friendship? 8. What do you think about the friendship in the modern Age? Does the friendship like "Lưu Bình, Dương Lễ1' or some others like that still exist in our society? 9. What do you think about the tndividuaiism in the western society? Does it influence the young in our country now? is it good or bad? What are its advantages and disadvantages? 10. Can there be a sincere friendship between a man and a woman Without any feelings of love? Can a man and a woman be “ s o u l mates” without a desire to each other?

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

6.

ẦN

TOPIC 104: GOEVG TO D IV E R S IT Y

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

At one point or another in their high school lives, many students wonder whether they should go university. Some say no to the question because they might think that higher education is not necessary for them, others say yes and spend the next four years in classrooms. In my opinion, people choose to go to university because of three main reasons such as pursuing their academic interest, preparing for their future career, and enjoying social life.

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

First of all, many people attend university to study a particular subject or field in which they are interested deeply. University curriculums allow students to focus on the fields they are interested in and explore them in depth. Moreover, universities offer a variety of specialized courses instructed by knowledgeable professors. Such a wide selection of courses and professors with expertise enable students to pursue their academic goais in the fields of their choice.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

Another common reason for people to go to university is that college education often leads to a better career in the future. As a matter of fact, in many countries, people with university degrees tend to find better-paid jobs than those without them. Companies usually offer higher salaries and more attractive positions to university graduates. In addition, some universities provide their students with opportunities to acquire practical

Hote To S p ea k English Weil





Nguyễn H ồng Ảnh, M A . ừi TESOL

NH ƠN

skills that can be useful in the real world. For example, they offer courses in computing, foreign languages as well as apprentice programs in which students can get working experience in a company.

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

Finally, for some students, enjoying social life-can. be'th e sufficient reason for staying in school for another four years. Universities often attract students from different parts of the country and even from the world, so they have chances to meet diverse group® of people and Jeam about their life-styles. Moreover, universities usually have numerous clubs and student organizations, such as sports teams, hobby groups, and social activity groups. Joining these groups, lifelong friendships are often formed. Thus, universities can be places to meet people of different backgrounds and foster relationships.

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

In conclusion, going to university is a significant decision in life, and people may have different reasons for making that decision. They might decide to attend university to pursue their academic goals, to achieve a better career, or to develop friendships. Whatever the reason is, it is important for students to make the best of the opportunities the school provides them. If they do, the time they spend as university students wit! surely be one of the most meaningful periods of their Irfe.

12.

P2

CẤ

A

HÓ

Í-

-L

to follow educational, university popular to obtain, to get training enough various great, a lot university grounds to build up, to set up foundation

to foster—

to promote

significant (a) =

important

QUESTIONS FOR m sr iS S IQ -y

1. Are you a student or are you working now? Do you attend any private courses to improve the knowledge of some subjects?

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

13.

to pursue = academic (a) = common (a) = to acquire apprentice (a) = sufficient (a) = diverse (a) considerable (a) = campus (n) = to form = backgrounds -

TO ÁN

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.

+3

VOCABULARY T IP

H ow To S peak English W ell


184




Nguyên t ỉ õng Anil, MJ\L. m 1&3UL>

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

2. Dc most high school students in our country go to colleges or universities? is it possible for all of them to enter a certain university? 3. Are there many universities or colleges in your city? Can you ten us some universities you know? Most of these universities are in good conditions, aren’t they? What do you think of equipment and teaching aids in these schools? 4. What do you remember most when you are/were a student? Did /do you often join sodal activities? Do you have any memories with them? Are/were you in love at your universities? What do you think of students’ love? 5. Why do students study so many subjects hi their universities? Do you think these subjects are practical in real life? Which subjects do you like best? 6. Do/did you do any part-time Jobs to earn your living? What do/did you do? Were/ Are you a tutor? What do you think of this job? 7. What do you think of living in dormitories or houses-for-rent? What are its advantages and disadvantages? Have you ever lived there? Which dorm is considered the most modem one in our city? 8. Why do many people in our country want to go to university? Do you think people around the work do the same? 9. If people in our country cannot enter a certain university, what should they do in your opinion?

CẤ

P2

TOPIC 105; WORKING AXB RELAXING

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

Nearly all people want to have jobs to do when they grow up to support themselves and their families. However, I have also heard some people say that if they were rich, they would not work anymore. 1 do jfB K jS B S k not think they are right because working brings us many benefits.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

It is widely agreed that work makes us independent. When working, we can earn our living to support ourselves and sometimes supports others. Then, work is also good for our self-esteem because we are not “mistletoes”. Moreover, work helps us develop ourselves. When we have something to do, we feel that our lives are meaningful. Many wealthy people who do not have to work for a living still work for this reason, in addition, many of US enjoy our work because it gives us opportunities to get to know and meet other

B ote To S p eak English Well


185




Nguyễn H ồng Ảnh, MA.. ÙI TESOL

NH ƠN

people. Thanks to people we have contacted, we can improve our personalities, behaviors, and communication skills.

.Q UY

However, we should not always indulge in our work. As we know "All work and no play makes Jack a dull b o /, so I think It is necessary for us to balance working and leisure in our lives.

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

Leisure time is ve ry. important for us because ft helps us refresh ourselves after working hard. However, we are different, so the way we enjoy our leisure is also different We have our own rights to choose what to do during our leisure hours. Some people pursue their hobbies such as holding camping trips or picnics with their fam ily members or dose friends, others can choose to pursue lively activities such as playing sports, joining adventure tours or taking part in TV game shows. The rest choose to stay at home reading books or listening to music. Generally, leisure breaks the monotony of the working hours.

00

B

TR

In short, I think we need both working and relaxing. Working helps ,us create what we can enjoy, and relaxing helps us enjoy what we have created.

+3 A

CẤ

P2

self-esteem (n) mistletoe (n) wealthy (a) to indulge to refresh to pursue monotony (n)

self-respect a dependent person rich to be very interested in to make new to follow boredom

QUESTIONS FOR M SCCSSIOX

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

10

VOCABULARY T IP

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

1. Are you working now or are you stilỉ going to school? After working or schooling, do you have to do anything to heỉp your family? 2. Do you think you have a lot of free time or not? How do you spend your free time? Do you think you use your time properly? 3. Is it reasonable to study at two or more colleges at the same time? What do you think about the result of this choice? 4. If you want to do something successfully, which one is the most important: talent or the way of doing it? What do you think of this idea, “If a man is famous or called talented man, his talent is occupied one percent but ninety-nine percent is his working”

B oic To S peak English W ell





ì\guyễn H ồng Anh, MA., in TESOL

NH ƠN

5. What are the benefits of the working for a living? Can man live without working? 6. What are harms of an idle life? What do you think of the saying,

Idleness is the root all evils”?

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

7. if you have a lot of money, do you want to stop doing everything to enjoy your fife? What do you think of peopie who s it on idleness? 8. Have you ever dreamed of winning the first prize in a lottery? What do you think of people who want to get rich quickly but don’t have to woric hard? 9. What do you comment on beggars in our city? Do you think all of them are disabled? How about prostitutes? 10. What should we do to make all people realize the importance of working? What can you leam from this topic?

ẦN

TOPIC 106s FAMPLY RFIATIOiNS

+3

10

00

B

TR

Nowadays, together with the development of society, families in our country have changed a lo t Family members are not as close as they used to be. We can survey causes in some aspects such as changing the life-style, increasing freedom, and working to earn money.

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

First of all, I believe that new styles of living are the most important factor that affects the new generation. With the development of technology, we have had big changes in nearly all aspects of life, .especially in the life-style. People are different; so are their life-styles. For example, one member of the fam ily wants to play games on computer, another wants to watch TV, and the third one is interested in listening to music. So, these different styles make them farther and farther.

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

in addition,members of the fam ily do not get close because they prefer to have their ownworld at home. They do not like losing their privacy and want to have more private life. Affected by the western way of living, young members do not like their parents to make decision for them as the parents used to do in the past. These people think that they would rather make decision on their own.

BỒ

ID

Another reason why family members are keeping distance is our society and financial problems. In the o(d days, just one person had to work as a bread-winner, but nowadays all members have to work to earn their

H o ic T o

S p e a k English W eil





Nguyễn Hồng A nh, M-A. ừi TESOL

NH ƠN

living. That is no wonder why the members of the family do not have enough time to talk to others. Sometimes, they have to leave home to work in a far place.

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

In conclusion, ways of Irving, individualism, and finance make the family members farther and farther. If we do not prevent this phenomenon now, we will lose our valuable traditions. To do that, all members of the family should consult with each other when they confront with a problem. Moreover, parents should teach their children how to get along well with each other from their childhood. However, we should act how to respect others'interest and independence maturely.

to study feature; part wage-eamer egoism; independence fact; event to seek advice from to face to live In harmony grown-up

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

to survey aspect (n) a bread-winner (n) individualism (n) phenomenon (n) to consult to confront to get along mature (a)

+3

1. 2. 3 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

HƯ NG

VOCABULARY T IP

CẤ

P2


BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

1. Why do people say, “Fam ily is the foundation o f society”? What do you think about Vietnamese family’s foundation? 2. What do you think about the family structure in the past and at present? What do you think about the traditional family? Js it better than the modem one? Why? 3. Do you prefer to live in a large family with many generations or live in a small one? What are advantages and disadvantages of living in a large family and in a small one? 4. Can you tell me some possible reasons that cause family conflicts or break? Do you know why there are more and more broken families in our country in recent years? 5. Do you agree thát there are more divorces in Western countries than in Vietnam? Could you sugaest some solutions-that can help to keep the family life aifve? 8. As a saying goes “There is no place like home '. Do•you think so? What should* we do to preserve the structure of Vietnamese family?

How To S pea k Engỉish W ell





Nguyễn B ồ n g A nh, M -A . ùi TESOL

TP

TOPIC 107; WAYS TO LIVE TO 100

.Q UY

NH ƠN

7. If you get married, do you want ÍO live with your parents and your brothers or sisters in the same house? Why (or why not)? What should we do to build up a happy family? 8. There are some reasons leading to misunderstanding between parents and children. What are they? How can we cease them?

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

I am sure that everyone wants to live as long as possible, but to do that is not easy at all. Thus, what shouid we do to be alive to one hundred?

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

Firstly, we should pay attention to our ways of eating and drinking. Nowadays, it seems that people get fatter and fatter because of eating and drinking too much. They have a lot of chances to eat or drink now: birthdays, weddings, graduations, holidays, and even weekends. Moreover, many people are poisoned because of eating carelessly, and quite a few people bear big bellies or suffer from heart diseases because of drinking alcohol or beer too much.

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

Secondly, we should keep our living environment plenty of fresh air. Living in dose and stuffy rooms, breathing foul air, and not being enough out of doors will soon damage our health. Therefore, we should often clean our rooms, wash our pillow-cases and bedspreads, and open the windows.

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

Then, we should have regular physical exercise. If we do not get much exercise in our daily work, we should get It in outdoor activities such as playing sports, walking, jogging or swimming. It is proved that more and more people suffer from heart attacks because of not exercising sufficiently.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

In addition, we should sleep enough, staying up too late will spoil our nerves and ruin our health. Many people now stay up too late to watch films or play games. Remember, “Early to bed and early to rise make man healthy and wise” . Finally, we should avoid bad habits such as smoking, taking drugs, committing ourselves to a life of debauchery.

B ow To S p eak English WeU





NH ƠN

Nguyễn Hồng Anh, M~A. ửi TESOL

.Q UY

I do not think what I have mentioned above is enough for us to Irve to one hundred. Can you work out more ways?

VOCABULARY T IP

to care fo r, to be aware of to suffer toxication stomach unvenỉilaỉed, airìess polluted air, undean air to spoil, to ruin enough courage; bravery; spirit corruption to plan in details

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

to pay attention to to be poisoned belly (n) stuffy (á) foul air to damage sufficient (a) nerve (n) debauchery (n) to work out

ẦN

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. '6. 7. S. 9. 10.

TR

QUESTIONS FO R P ISC L S SIO *

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

1. Are you a sporty man? What kind of sports do you play? How long have you played it? 2. Which are your favorite sports, outdoor/ indoor/ team/indỉvịdual? Do you spend a lot of money on your favorite sports? What are the advantages and disadvantages that you can get from sports? When do you often play your sports? 3. What do you think about the saying, ' Health makes wealth“7 Is ft true or not? How often do you go for regular medical check-ups? 4. Do you have a lot of stress? How can you overcome your situation? Do you have any allergies? 5. Do you know anyone who suffers from backaches? Do yoù know anyone with false teeth? 6. Do you advise people to spend their time on sports rather than drinking, gambling, or hanging out? in which way can you do this? 7. Is it easy for you to get used to a habit of following a certain sports? When is it the best time of the day for you to do exercise? How can businessmen do exerdse? What kinds of sports are suitable to them? 8. What do you think of sleeping? How many hours do you sleep a day? What happen to you if you lack sleep? 9. Is environment in our city good enough? How does it affect our health? Can . you suggest some ways to Improve our clty!s environment?

Hotc To Speak English WeU






TP

ĐẠ O

TOPIC 108s SPECIAL M Q im n rs

.Q UY

NH ƠN

10. Do you usually pay attention to your eating and drinking? Do you prefer eating out to eating at home? Have you ever been poisoned by food? 11. Do you want to live to one hundred? Can you suggest some more ways to live as long as possible? What can you draw from today’s discussion?

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

In our modem time, It is very necessary for us to get special moments when we can remove ourseives from the hectic and frenetic pace of our daily life, even when we have a lot of modem devices that help us finish our work soon. However, many of us seem to be very busy studying or working. So, how can we make a day in our life special?

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

Surely, you may believe that our life is less hectic and stressful with the appearance of modem appliances such as refrigerators, washing machines, dryers, dishwashers, or microwave ovens, but I do not think so. Although the advent of modem conveniences may have made us more productive and thereby able to free up valuable time, it also increases our workload. For example, to have enough money to buy them, we have to work very hard, even we have to do two or three jobs at the same time. Therefore, how can we enjoy our life?

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

tn addition, modem technology has invaded our iiyes. Accessing the Internet may keep us better informed; mobile phones help us contact others quickly, but they also takes away the precious time we used to spend reading books or visiting our friends. Previously, we could enjoy our morning so much because there were no telephones or handphones to wake us up.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

You also believe that modem communication technology is very convenient for you, but I ño not. It seems that some of us feel buried under unanswerable messages we receive everyday. I have witnessed some friends of mine, who have to work in the evenings or at weekends at home because they do not have enough time to answer aỉỉ messages they have received in their offices or companies.

Mote To S p e a k English W ell





Nguyễn H ồng Ả nh, MA., ỉn. TESOL

.Q UY

NH ƠN

If our life goes by like this, is it meaningful? What should we do to have some special moments in our life? How can we leave alt of the modem technological and communication devices behind and walk out freely? How can we exchange daily news and talk about anything else with our fam ily members? Let’s find out the answer in our today's discussion.

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

pace (n) device (n) advent (n) thereby (adv) workload (n) to invade

9.

to witness

chaotic busy; hurry speed- tempo appliance ’ arrival; appearance thus; so the amount of work to attack; to occupy . to see ■ •V.-'

ĐẠ O

hectic (a) frenetic (a)

HƯ NG

2.

ẦN

1.

TP

VOCABULARY T IP

.

B

TR

O raST IO N S FO R MSCAJSSIOft

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

1. What are the most popular game shows in your country? What did you watch on TV yesterday? What ĨS one of your favorite TV shows? Why do you like it? When is it on? Does you father like it, too? 2. Have you ever been to a play? if so, when was the last time? Have you ever been to the theater? Have you ever tried water siding? 3. What's the most popular holiday in your country? When is it? How is it celebrated? When was the last time? What is your favorite holiday? Why? How far in advance do you begin planning a vacation? 4. What are some good books that you have read? What is the best book you have ever read? Should bodes be censored? How often do you read comic books? What kind of things do you iỉke Ỉ 0 read? What was the last book you read? Who is your favorite author? 5. What are some of the good movies you have seen? Should movies be rated? Explain. 6. Is gambling legaỉ where you live? What are some forms of gambling peopỉe do in your country? Why do some people gamble? 7. What are some of the most popular amusement-vparks in your country? 8. What games are popular in your country? Why are they popuiar? ‘ What computer games have you played? Which are .your favorites?





Nguyễn B ồ n g Anh, M A . in TESOL

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

Which do you think are not so interesting? What are some games that you don't like to play? Why? 9. What do you do in your spare time? What do you like to do on a night out? What do you think of soccer? (baseball, hang gliding,...) 10. Who is your favorite musician? Who is your favorite female singer? Who is your favorite male singer? Who is your favorite guitarist? What kind of music do you like? What singer would you most like to meet? When do you usually listen to the radio? 11. Who are some of the famous actors and musicians in your country? Who are some of your favorite actors and actresses? Who do you think is the funniest comedian? 12. Who is the most popular entertainer in your country? Do you often go drinking? Where? Who with? How often? Would you rather go to a bar or a nightclub? What do you do for fun?

TR

ẦN

TOPIC 109; CHRISTMAS

10

00

B

In many parts of the world, Christmas is the day when people celebrate, the birth of Jesus Christ in Bethlehem two thousand years ago.

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

Christians celebrate the birth of Jesus and his coming into this world. To them, he is recognized as the Son of God and the Savior of the world. According to the Bible, Jesus was bom in a manger because there was no room for him and his parents, Mary and Joseph, in an inn.

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

People often attend church, organize family gatherings, and decorate their homes or businesses. They also send greeting cards to their friends and families, and these cards wifi be hung on the walls of their homes. Usually, Christmas cards show religious pictures, winter pictures, Father Christmas, or romantic scenes of life in past times.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

Christmas is also a chance for children to get presents from Santa Claus - the old man in a red coat with long white beard and a bag of presents. He lives near the North Pole, and arrives through the sky on a sledge pulled by reindeer. He comes into houses down the chimney at midnight and places presents for the children in socks or bags by their beds or under the fam ily Christmas free.

Htrto To S p ea k English WeB.


193




Nguyễn Hồng Anh, M-A - ừi TESOL

NH ƠN

Overall, Christmas is the time for the fam ily reunion and for Christian to express their honor to Jesus Christ.

TP

tổ chức Chúa cứu thế máng cỏ kinh thánh quán trọ tôn giảo cực bắc xe trượt tuyết con tuân lộc

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

1. to celebrate [selibreit] = to hold: 2. Savior [’seivia] (n): 3. manger f'meindns] (n): 4. bible [baibQ (n): 5. Inn (n): 6. religious [rflidDss] (a): 7. North Pole: 8. sledge - snow-cart 9. reindeer [reindia]

.Q UY

VOCABULARY T IP

ẦN

ẹ im s iio x s F O R D IS C U S S IO N

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

1. Do you attend any sperial religious ceremonies during the Christmas season? Do you celebrate Christmas? Do you celebrate Christmas in a special or traditional way? 2. Do you decorate the outside of your house for Christmas? Do you eat a turkey dinner for your Christmas dinner? Do you enjoy singing Christmas songs? 3. Do you exchange presents with your friends at school? Do you go to church on Christmas day? Do you hang up a stocking? Do you have a Christmas party at school? 4. Do you have a Christmas Tree? If so, how do you decorate it? When do you put rt up? When do you take it down? Is it real or artificial? 5. Do you have any plans to go to a Christmas party? Do you know why Christmas is celebrated around the world? 6. Does you school have a Christinas play? Does your town get decorated at Christmas? What kind of decorations? Have you already finished your Christmas shopping? Have you ever celebrated Christmas in a foreign country? 7. Have you ever made your own Christmas cards? if so, how did you make them? How long do you keep your Christmas ừee up after Christmas? How long is your Christmas vacation? 8. How many Christmas cards did you receive last year? How many Christmas cards ño you send? How many presents do you usually give? 9. if you are not a Christian, does the intense focus on Christmas? If you could go ãnywhere during Christmas vacation, where would you go?

ffotc To S peak Engỉish W eũ





HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

10. Is there a holiday similar to Christmas? What are some popular foods for the Christmas season? What are you going to buy your boyfriend/girlfriend for their Christmas present? 11. What is your favorite Christmas song? Are there any special songs in your country that you dont hear here? 12. What kind of interesting things do you do for Christmas? What time does your fam ily open the presents? What is the best Christmas present you have ever gotten? 13. Who is Santa Claus? Do you know the history of Santa Claus? What do you want Santa to bring you for Christmas? At what age did you begin not believing in Santa Claus? Did you believe in Santa Claus when you were a child?

NH ƠN

Nguyễn H ồng Anhy MA., in TESOL

T O P IC l i e s S O L A R M E W Y E A R

TR

ẦN

Solar New Year is the day when people celebrate the beginning of a new year.

P2

+3

10

00

B

On New Year's Eve, family or friends often get together for dinner Of have a party to welcome the New Year. People often count down the hours, minutes, and seconds before the New Year arrives, and they sometimes go

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

New Year's Day is a time of new beginnings, so people often make resolutions for the New Year. These resolutions are usually promises or goals they hope to finish during the coming year, other resolutions may deal with improving one’s relationship with famity members or friends.

TO ÁN

-L

On this occasion, children also receive lucky money form the older, and far-away people have time to re-unite with their families. In addition, they have chances to entertain themselves after a year of working hard.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

I myself also love this day because I do not go to work or to school. At that time, I can come back with my family or meet my friends somewhere to enjoy good time with them.

H o lt To S p ea k English. W ell





Nguyễn H ồng Ảnh, M A . m TESOL

NH ƠN

VOCABULARY T IP

TP

.Q UY

1. New Year’s Eve: ñêm giao thừa 2. fireworks [faiawsiksl: pháo hoa 3. resolution [,reza'Ju:Jn]: quyết tâm Ex: What have become of your good resolutions? Những ỷ ñịnh sửa thói xẩu của anh ñã ñi ñến ñâu rồi? 4. lucky money; tiền lì xì 5. to re-unite [,ri:ju:'nait]: hợp lại

ĐẠ O

QUESTIONS FO B P iscix & sio u r

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

1. How was this year? Was this year better or worse than last year? How come? 2. What was the happiest thing for you this year? What was the saddest thing for you this year? What was the toughest thing for you this year? 3. What was the best movie for you this year? What was the best music for you this year? What was the best TV show fo r .you this year? What was the best place you visited this year? 4. What was the best food you had this year? What was the best restaurant you went to this year? What was the most useful thing you bought this year? 5. What was the most expensive thing you bought this year? What was the best Item of clothing you bought this year? 6. What was the biggest waste of money this year? What was something you lost this year? 7. Do you have any regrets about this year? Did you make a New Year’s Resolution this year? Do people in your country usually make New Year's Resolutions? 8. Do you think the New Year is the best occasion for us to relax? What activities would you like to have during the New Year? Could you suggest some suitable activities for people? 9. What popular activities are there ạt the end of a year? Which ones do you prefer? Are you saving now? Do you intend to spend ati your savings on The New Year? 10. How do you feel when an old year ends and a New Year stars?

H ow l o S pea k t,nt*iish We d





Nguyễn H ồng Anh, MA., ừi TESỠL

NH ƠN

TOPIC i l l s PATMNG IM OUR COUMTRY

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

tn our country, dating is considered an adolescent issue, and it is so sensitive that people usually keep it in secret. Traditionally, Vietnamese males and females are not allowed to date. They simply grow up in their fam ily until 18 to 2D years old sometimes earlier, get married according to their parents’ arrangements, and build up their own families. However, everything changes in this century.

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

Dating is forbidden in the old days because it is believed to against traditions, to encourage sons and daughters to oppose their parents' orders, and to bring shame to thetr family. In previous societies, youths who have affections for one another may cany their relationship in secret, but eventually and dutifully, they cannot get married to each other because of their parents’ arrangements. This means they must marry a complete stranger or someone they do not love. However, they have no choice because pleasing their parents is a social priority, and doing otherwise would be a major dishonor.

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

Traditionally, Vietnamese females are often shy and usually do not make the first move in starting a relationship. If a young man finds someone he (ikes, he must formally introduce himself to her fam ily and seek their approval before he can date her. This usually requires him to meet with her parents and family members in their house several times. After several regular visits, when he has gotten to know her famify, he may finally ask her parents for permission to date her.

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Today, however, parents in Vietnam are more opened-minded, and allow their sons or daughters to date and get to know each other before getting married. However, traditions still have a strong clasp, and public displays of affection by couples, including holding hands, touching or kissing are still considered impolite and must be done privately.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

In short, the way of dating nowadays is quite different from one in the old days. However, I think that we should not imitate the western way to against our customs and traditions.

Hove To S peak English W eil


197




Nguyễn H ông Anh, M-A. ửi TESOL

teenager to resist obediently support; agreement embracement hold

ĐẠ O

QUESTIONS FO B PISCUSSIO X

TP

.Q UY

1. . adolescent (n) 2. to oppose 3. dutifully (adv) 4. approval (n) 5. clasp (n)

NH ƠN

VOCABULARY T tP

Do you have a boyfriend/giilfriend? Where did you meet him/her? What does he/she look like? 2. Do you know what it means to 'go Dutch’? Do you "go Dutch" when dating? Is it usual for people in your country to 'go Dutch' if you go out together? 3. Do oJder girls/boys have a problem dating younger girls/boys? Do younger girls/boys have a problem dating older giris/boys? 4. Do you believe in iove at first sight? Do you think some people know that they w ill fall ỉn lave with someone the first' time they meet? 5. How often would you like to go out on dates? How old were you when you went on your first date? Where did you go? What did you do? Who did you go with? Do you think a boy should pay for everything on a date? 6. Do you think it is okay for a couple to live together before getting married? Why or Why not? Do you think ifs OK for a man to have two wives? Do you think ft’s OK for a wife to have two husbands? 7. How long do you think couples should know each other before they get manied? How old were you when you had your first boyfriend or girlfriend? How old were your parents when they got married? 8. if your parents did not approve of a person you laved and wanted to marry, would that be a difficult situation for you? Why/Why not? 9. if you had to marry either a poor man whom you really loved, or a. rich man whom you did not love, which would you choose? 10. How would your parents feel if you married someone from a different country? Do you think that it is good for children to have parents from two different countries? Why? Why not? 11. When should you introduce your boyfriend/girlfriend to your parents?—when you begin dating, after you have been together for a while, only when the relationship is serious? Why?

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

1.

Bote To S peak English W eil





Nguyễn H ồng Anh, M~A. in TESOL

NH ƠN

TOPIC 112: THE HflEW YEARNS RESOLUTIONS When the New Year comes, it is the time to make promises to ourselves to improve our lives. I have made many New Year's resolutions since ! was a college student.

TP

.Q UY

ị

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

Every year, 1 promise myself to do exercise regularly. Also, this year I will do that! My body must have a sensor that tells me to make New Year’s resolutions. I think this is an easy thing to plan; however, it IS very difficult to follow up on it. Also, for my health, I w ill eat fewer sweet things such as chocolates and candy, and i will drink less coffee or beer.

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

Especially, in this y e a r,! am going to study harder to improve my English skills. For example, I will never miss any Sunday to join English Speaking Club. 1really want to improve my English, so I wifi keep writing my diary in English everyday and read more books in English. I realize that reading is good for not only improving my English, but also tiffing the emptiness I feel these days. Ỉ think keeping away from books has made me feel this way.

HÓ

A

CẤ

Moreover, ! will try to be a more organized person. I usually do something on impulse, and make a quick decision. To decide important things, i should-be more cautious and think over them. I will also listen to or consult others before doing some important things.

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

To my family, I will be a better person. I have been too selfish for a long time. I cannot remember when I last did something good for my family. I feel very sorry about that, so this year I plan to care more for my family than for myself. To my friends, Í will be friendlier, and I will keep in touch with them more frequently. My friends may be disappointed because of my negligence.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

In short, I am going to be diligent and try to carry out all my New Year’s resolutions. I will do my best! On this occasion, I would like to wish you and your fam ily a happy and successful new year.

S o tc To S p e a k English W ell





Nguyên Hồng Anh. MA., in TESOL

resolution (n): sensor (n) impulse (n) cautious (a) negligence (n) diligent (a)

.Q UY

solution feeler desire; urge careful ignorance hard-working; industrious

ĐẠ O


TP

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

NH ƠN

v o c a b u ĩa k y t i p

How was this year? Was this year better or worse than last year? How come? 2. What was the happiest thing for you this year? What was the saddest thing for ỵoũ this year? 3. Do you have any regrets about this year? If yes, what are they? 4. Have you made a New Year’s Resolution this year? Do people in your county usually make New Year’s Resolutions? 5. Do you think the New Year is the best occasion for us to relax? 6. What activities would you like to have during the New Year? Could you suggest some suitable activities fo r people? 7. What popular activities are there at the end of a year? Which ones do you prefer? 8. Are you saving now? Do you intend to spend ail your savings on The New Year? 9. How do you feel when an old year ends and a New Year stars? 10. What can you draw from today’s discussion?

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

1.





Nguyễn Hồng Anh, Mw4 . in TESOL

NH ƠN

TOPIC 113: S T iB T O G ABROAP

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

Whe n people’s Standard of living increases, they think about improving their knowledge for a better fife. To do that, they choose to study in developed countries where they can get progressive êducation. However, everything has its advantages and disadvantages, and overseas studying is not an exception.

TR

ẦN

In the first place, overseas studying is often expensive. A student has to pay not only for his school fees but also for his accommodation, food, transport, clothes, books, etc. Therefore, finance may become the biggest problem. Consequently, ft distracts his mind from studying to earning money. This may affect their study.

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

Secondly, adapting to a new environment is a real challenge fo r every foreign student. While changing weather can affect student’s health, different cultures and customs may influence his mind and make him become Jess confident or even a victim of discrimination. Everyday may turn into a struggle for survival in a strange country. If one does not have enough physical and mental strength, he will fail to adjust himseff in the new environment. As a consequence, he could neither study nor gain necessary experiences as he has expected.

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

However, there are obvious advantages to study abroad. Students have opportunities to approach new technologies, and the latest science achievements. Furthermore, they are equipped with valuable and updated knowledge which may help them find good jobs after graduating, in addition, overseas studying offers students chances to discover new cultures, ways of thinking, history, customs and life-styles. As a result, the awareness of these differences makes them more tolerant and open-minded.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

In conclusion, while studying abroad offers great opportunities for a better future, it also has challenges that one must try his best to overcome to make his dream become true. On the other hand, overseas studying is not the onỉy way to create a good career. One can surely succeed in life if he is gifted and dedicated to his study and work.

Bou> To Spettk English W eil





Nguyễn H ồng Ảnh, M A . in TESOL

ĐẠ O

TP

developing to divert; to absorb prejudice existence to change success open-minded talented

.Q UY

1. progressive (a) 2. ‘ to distract 3. discrimination (n) 4. survival (n) 5. to adjust 6. achievement (n) 7. tolerant (a) 8. gifted (a)

NH ƠN

VOCABULARY H P

HƯ NG

QUESTIONS FOR P1SCUSSIOIV

What are purposes of education? Do you think that education is the best investment in our children’s future? 2. What do you think of our educational system at present? Do you think that children now have to leam a lot? Learning a lot is good or not? 3. What do you think of Western educational systems? What are the differences? Which one do you think is better? 4. Do you like studying abroad? if yes, why do you tike it? Which country do you want to study in? 5. Is it cheap or expensive to study overseas? How much does it cost for a school year? What kinds of fee does a student have to pay when studying abroad? 6. Is it easy for you to adapt to a new environment? If the weather changes, does rt effect your health? What do you think about different cultures and customs? 7. What difficulties does an international student have to face every day? Do you think all students can overcome those difficulties? 8. What are advantages to study abroad? What opportunities do students have when they are in developed countries? 9. Do you think overseas studying offers students chances to discover new cultures, ways of thinking, history, customs and lifestyle? Do these differences make them different when coming back to their homeland? 10. What can you draw from today’s discussion?

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

1.

How To Speak English WeU.





Nguyễn H ồĩig Ả nh, MA., in TESOL

NH ƠN

TOPIC 114: DIVORCE

.Q UY

When people get married, they do not often realize and understand the challenges they will face in the future, but is divorce court the only solution when marital problems occur?

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

Such challenges can in dude medicat, financial, or psychological problems that surface at some point in a marriage. The question is not whether or not we will face stress in a relationship; rattier, It’s how we will deal with stress and problems when they knock at our doorstep. Seeking a divorce at the first signs of stress is not the only solution, especially if we have realistic expectations at the beginning of a relationship.

10

00

B

TR

First of all, when problems arise, the first thing to do is to communicate openly with our partner in a very concerned, non-judgementa! way. More problems in a marriage occur because of selfishness than any other factor. Don't blame one another, but carefully analyze the Situation and work together to resolve concerns.

CẤ

P2

+3

Second, because some marital problems arise due to financial problems, create a budget on how we w ill save and spend your money. Don’t overextend ourselves with credit. Only spend what we have rather than using credit cards.

Í-

HÓ

A

Third, consult With a marriage counsellor or therapist to help us resolve problems. If people really love each other, they will do whatever it takes to preserve their marriage instead of seeking a quick divorce.

TO ÁN

-L

Í hope there are fewer and fewer divorces.

VOCABULARY T IP

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

1. challenge (n) difficulty 2. to surface to rise 3. to arise to happen 4. non-judgemental not judged or judging Ex: They tried to adopt a nonjudgmental attitude that didn't reflect their own biases. My guidance counselor in high school was sympathetic and nonjudgmentai. 5. to blame to find fault with 6. to overextend to go too far 7. therapist (n) doctor

Sotc To Speak. English Weil Đóng góp PDF bởi GV. Nguyễn Thanh Tú




gnyễn H ồng Anh. M~A. in TỂSỮL

ỌIĨESTIO^S FOR BISCỈISSIO^

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

What do you think are some o f the main causes of marỉtaỉ problems and discord? What can couples do to prevent, minimize, and resolve such issues? Under what conditions, if any, should divorce be considered an option? What impact can divorce have on children? Is divorce legal in your country and under what conditions is it permitted? Do you think that getting divorced is a bad thing in human being’s life? Who w ill suffer after a divorce? Is it easy for a husband and a wife to get remarried? Is getting married soon the main reason leading to the divorce ỉater? What do you think of the third person in marital life? In the future, If you discover that your partner is adulterous, what will you do? W hat do you think of thefove after getting married? Do you want to get married soon? Before getting married, what should we prepare? Do you think that the true love will lead to a happy marital life? 1 After talking about this topic, do you want not to get married?

P2

+3

TOPIC ĩ 15 ĩ OVEE P O PiX A T ĨƠ ^

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

The world's population is reaching a level where there w ill not be enough resources to sustain life as we know it. It also causes many environmental, social, and economic problems not only in developing areas, but also in the industrialized areas.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

At first, overpopulation causes a world-wide ain shortage which raises prices, which in turn puts food out of reach even more people. As fa r as we are concerned the earth does not intaln enough resources to indefinitely sustain the current enormous >puỉation growth. In many areas, there is even not enough food to feed 2 growina populations. Each" day thousands of children die from ainutrition and its related diseases, or suffer from poor health due to Dd shortages. lotherresource,which cannot keep up with an increasing [population water. Thesupply offresh water is limited, and creating fresh water

rtvr Trt

í' T*

ỈI


7/

204




Nguyễn S ồ n g Anh, M A . ùi TESOL

NH ƠN

can be expensive. According to environmentalist, underground water seems to be gradually exhausted, so a swelling population may have to turn to desaiinization for their clean water.

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

in addition to depleting resources, overpopulation increases environmental problems. Pollution is an environmental problem whose magnitude is increased by overpopulation. As more people drive more cars, use more electricity, throw away more domestic waste, and cut down more frees, the environmental problems we experience are greatly increased, especially in developing nations which often promote industries.

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

Besides causing the environmental strains on the earth, overpopulation causes a large number of the social problems in today's society. It has been proved that children whose family sizes are larger do worse in school. Some researches have found that as fam ily size increases, parents talk ỉess to each child about school, have lower education expectations, save less for college and have fewer educations! materials available.

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

To solve the above-mentioned problems, we have to restrain the population from growing. They are family planning services, international awareness, population education, improving women's status, and economic incentives. Many of these solutions have been implemented in various countries with success- These are easy solutions with few adverse side-effects.

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

Birth contra! and fam ily planning is one excellent way of slowing the population growth. Some countries such as Japan, China, Russia, and Singapore are very successful. Moreover, the government can control population by creating economic incentives for families with less than two children. For instance, a couple with only one child can receive a one-time reward of money and rice, if that child does not live to maturity, the couple is allowed another. In addition, we can use education, government propaganda, and community pressures.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

Another way is increasing women's rights. This is evident in developed nations where fewer births occur as the woman's role in society changes. Elevating women out of their lower-class status in many nations will greatly aid progress. As women gain economic, political, and reproductive power in today’s industrialized nations, birth rates drop dramatically, and now most of Western Europe is at or below replacement level.

H ow To S p ea k Engtish. W eil


205




ISguyễn H ằng Anh, M -4 . ìn TESOL

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

In short, overpopulation causes many global problems. However, If the above-mentioned solutions will be followed, It is not very difficult for us control the population growth. When people are educated to the benefits of limiting fam ily size, they respond with lower birth rates. Education, coupled with economic pressure, w ill end the overpopulation problem and ease many of the other problems faced by today’s society.

sustain life shortage (n) malnutrition (n)

4.

exhausted

5.

swelling

B

TR

ẦN

6. desatinization (n) 7. magnitude (n) 8. strain (n) 9. to restrain 10. to implement

10

00

11. adverse (a) 12. incentives (n) 13. maturity

+3

propaganda (n)

P2

14.

material life lade not enough nourishing food tired becoming bigger salt removal size tension to control to carry out harmful; against encouragement being grown-up spreading particular ideas

HƯ NG

1. 2. 3.

ĐẠ O

VOCABULARY T IP

ị.

A

HÓ

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

5.

NG

3.

TO ÁN

-L

2.

How many people are there In your famiiy? Do you think your family is a big one? How many people are often there ỉn a Vietnamese family? How many people are there in our country at present? Do you think . our country Is overpopulated? Which country has the biggest population? What is the first problem does overpopulation cause? What do you think about the grain resources? Which countries in the world do not have enough food to feed their populations? What do you think about children in those countries? What are consequences of food shortages? What IS another resource which cannot keep up with an increasing population? What will happen to the earth if the supply of fresh water is limited?

Í-

1.

CẤ


Ĩ 02C To

S peak English W ell





Nguyễn Hồng Anh, MJL. ừi TESOL

Besides underground water and rain water, what are other resources of clean water? What do you think about towing icebergs from the polar caps and desalinization for their dean water? 7How can overpopulation increase environmental problems? Which countries may suffer the environmental pollution most when overpopulation happens? What do you think about industries in developing nations? 8. Do you think many people are still poor because they have a lot of children? What may happen to children from big families? 9. To solve the population problems, what should we have to do? What have developed countries done to solve their population problems? 10. What do you think about birth controi and family planning? Which counties are very successful in implementing this way? How could they do that?

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

6.

TR

TOPIC 116s GLOBAL WABME\G

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

The Earth as an ecosystem is changing. More .-OLcarbon dioxide is now in the atmosphere than it has been before. This carbon stays in the atmosphere, acts (ike a warm blanket, and holds in the heat, hence it causes global warming. The reason we exist on this planet is because the earth naturally traps just enough heat in the atmosphere to create the conditions that give us breathable air, dean water, and the weather we depend on to survive. However, we have overloaded the atmosphere with heat-trapping gasses from our vehicles, factories and power plants. As a result, we will experience extreme temperatures, rises in sea levels, and storms of unimaginable destructive fury.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

The main reason that causes global warming is the "greenhouse effect" that happens when certain gases in Earth's atmosphere trap heat. These gases let in light but keep heat from escaping, like the glass walls of a greenhouse. First, sunlight shines onto the Earth’s surface, where it Is absorbed and then radiates back into the atmosphere as heat. In the atmosphere,“greenhouse” gases trap some of this heat, and the rest escapes into space. The more greenhouse gases are in the atmosphere, the more heat gets trapped.

H oư To S p ea k English Jfeũ





Nguyn Hng Anh, M A , in TESOL

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

The rapid rise In greenhouse gases is a problem because .it is changing the climate fester than some living things may be able to adapt. Also, a new and more unpredictable climate poses, unique challenges to all life. Now, with concentrations of greenhouse gases rising, Earth’s remaining ice sheets such as Greenland and Antarctica are starting to meỉí too. The extra water could potentially raise sea levels significantly, in addition to sea levels rising, weather can become more extreme. This means more intense major storms, more rain followed by longer and drier droughts, changes in the ranges in which plants and animals can live, and loss of water supplies that have historically come from gỉạciers.

ẦN

HƯ NG

If we do not act to curb global warming, we will suffer.a lot of health risks. As temperatures rise, disease-carrying mosquitoes and rodents spread fever, malaria, and other diseases. Moreover, when sea levels rise, Vietnam is one of the countries suffering the most serious consequences. Let’s protect our environment together.

HÓ

ecology to catch anger to take in to spread out to give out random cause strong, powerful being dry A huge mass o f ice to control; to limit rat, squirrel, or beaver

B 00 10 +3 P2 CẤ

A

ecosystem to trap fury {n) to absorb to radiate unpredictable (a) pose (n) intense (a) drought (n) glacier (n) to curb rodent (n)

1.

What is causing globaf warming? What does the greenhouse effect have to do with global warming? is gioba) warming already happening? Are humans contributing to global warming? What is'the best source of scientific information on global warming? How much warmer is the Earth likely to become?. How many degrees is giobai warming expected to raise temperatures? How long does carbon dioxide remain in the atmosphere? Where are we headina with atmospheric carbon dioxide?

ƯỠ

NG

2.


TO ÁN

-L

Í-

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.

TR

VOCABULARY T IP

ID

3.

BỒ

4.





Nguyn Hng Anh, M A . m TESOL Would a temperature rise of a couple degrees really change the global climate? Is global warming connected to the hole in the ozone layer? 6. What is the cause of sea level rise? How many inches has the sea level risen so far? 7. Do extreme events such as heat waves and floods have anything to do with global warming? 8. What Is the Kyoto Protocol? is there anything we can do about global warming? 9. Are El Ninos related to Global Warming? W ill responding to global warming be harmful to our economy? 10. What will Vietnam suffer when the sea level is higher?

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

NH ƠN

5.

TOPIC 117s WAYS OF ETO BTA IH M C

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

There are many ways of entertainment among young people nowadays. Depending on the individual situations and way of living, people choose their own ways of entertainment. Some like reading papers, magazines, and books while others like watching TV or films, travelling, listening to music or playing computer games or chatting on the Internet.

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

in my free time, I really like surfing the Internet When I get home from work, ] turn on my computer, and then I go online. I usually check my emails and write a few messages to family and friends. I sometimes scan the focal news headlines at my favorite news Website and read up on the latest ỉocaỉ and international news. Ị can also watch films or piay games on it. Using the Internet is really fun and convenient.

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Besides surfing the internet, I really enjoy listening to music because it helps me relax and takes my mind away from other cares of the day. Personally, ! really like listening to country and western music. Some of the lyrics to these songs are inspirational and moving. Occasionally, I listen to classic rock or classical music, but 1 cannot stand heavy mẹtại or rap music. Whenever I get home, I turn on my stereo system, crank up the volume, and enjoy the music.

BỒ

ID

In addition, I am fond of reading, but my mood often determines what i read. I enjoy comic books; it is usually light reading, and the stories are not very long, but some comics really reflect daily life in my culture. I also

Bow To Speak English Well


209




iguvn Hng Anh,

i) ÍJ t.

Yi TESOL______________________________________

.Q UY

NH ƠN

ke to skim the newspaper every ñay to find out what is happening in the vorld. This keeps me lip to date on current local and international ìvẹnts. Overall, reading helps me not only stay in touch with the worid >ut it also gives me a chance to relax.

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

Whenever! have much free time, I go oh severa! fishing trips to lakes jnd streams a few hours from my house. To go fishing, I have to prepare ny fishing gear such as a fishing rod and reel, a box, and the fishing net f 1am fishing at a lake, I usually fish from the bank. Fishing is very good or me to relax, to review what I have done, and to think about things to X)me.

00

B

TR

ẦN

_ast but not least, 1 sometimes go shopping downtown with my younger sister. Ỉ mainly visit departments and clothing stores to check out the atest fashions. If I find something on sale at a reasonable price, Í sometimes buy it, but my sister usually buys a Jot of things. !t seems that she spends ail money she earns on shopping. However, I am not surprised because she is a girl.

+3 P2 CẤ A

to scan inspirational (a) to crank up mood (n) to reflect gear (n)

to look; to check moving; motivating to turn on frame of mind; state to reproduce;to mirror device

HÓ

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

10

VOCABULARY TOP

Í-

QUESTIONS FO B 0ISCTĨSSIOM

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Do you have a lot of free time? How do you spend it? What are your hobbies? Which one do you like best? Do you like watching TV? Do you watch TV a lot? How often do you watch TV? When do you usually watch it? What kinds of programs do you usually watch? What’s your favorite program? What’s your favorite channel? Do you [ike watching films? What kinds of fiim s do you prefer? What is your favorite film? Can you tell me which film stars are your fdote? Where do usually see films: at home or cinema? Do you listen to the radio a lot? How much time do you listen to it every day? When do you lister, to it? What kinds of proarams dc you often listen to? Do you ever listen to programs in English? What's your favorite radio station? Do you ever listen to the radio in bed?

Hotc To Speak English WsU, Đóng góp PDF bởi GV. Nguyễn Thanh Tú




Ngĩtrn Bng Anh., MA.. Yi TESOL

6.

ĐẠ O

9.

HƯ NG

8.

TP

.Q UY

7.

Do you like listening to music? What kinds of music do you listen to? Who are your favorite singers and groups? Do you play any sports? What sports do you like most? When do you usually play? How do you feel after playing? What do you usually do at the weekends? What do you think of singing karaoke? Do you like it? Do you often go to Karaoke Bars? Which one do you like best? Why? How often do you go singing karaoke? Singing karaoke is good or bad to you? Does singing karaoke help you get rid of the burden or difficulty in your life? Do you think you are more confident when singing karaoke? ts ft the best way for you to improve your confidence? There are many kinds of entertainment now, which one do you like best? Can you explain it clearly, please?

NH ƠN

5.

ẦN

TOPIC U 8 s VIETNAMESE TET

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

Ầ v-.t. ^ Any foreigners who_;,happen ’ i.“V r N ■r ' ^ ' •• ' ■

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

The first pre-Tet ceremony is Le Tao Quan. It js.held to send the Spirit of the Home (Tao Quan) off to report to the Emperor of Jade (Ngoc Hoang) in a positive trạme of mind. He goes by a carp (ca chep). Then; a New Year's Tree (Cay Neu) is constructed to ward off evil spirits. Later, a sacrifice (cung ong ba) is offered to deceased fanjily members'

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

At the end of the year, at m idnight the Vietnamese celebrate their New Year’s Eve. At that time, everybody staysât home and takes part in slỉent ceremonies. The whole family gathersâround uieancestrai altar. With spring flowers around and incense smoke overfiead, they remain deep in thougrìÌL^hạt .are they thinking.about? They are thinking of their ancestors who fougfit to createând preserve their fam ily happiness and homeland. They are thinking of their dear friends who are far away.

BỒ

ID

At the same time, the whole family is to welcome the returrTof the Spirit of the Home. Now it is the time for people to explode firecrackers to welcome his return at the beginning o f the New Year. However, firecrackers have been forbidden now.

Soic To Spe.ak English We[


2 Ĩ

1




Lvn H ồng Anh, M A . Yi TESOL

.Q UY

NH ƠN

the “Head Day” of the year as Vietnamese usually call it, they pay ts to their relatives, wishing each other a Happy New Year. A great nber of people go to pagổổas to p ra y'ta ibe Buddha that peace may irr among their families and over their country. They never fail to bring ne branches of fresh plants as a “symSol o f happiness”. On the ond day, people start amusements and games which last for nearly a

ĐẠ O

TP

ire are also many other amusements such as cock-fights, bird-fights, -fights, cards and chess, as well as regional folk dances: unicorn ce, dragon dance or lion dance.

HƯ NG

lough some traditions of Tet are not any more, the meaning of the Tet lains the same: to recall the Past and prepare for the Future.

ẦN

CABULARY T IP

attracted to protect against dead a place where you worship nhang to cover

+3

10

00

B

TR

fascinated (a) tow ard o ff deceased (a) alter (n) incense (n) to reign

P2


BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

Last year, where did you do? W hat did you go? W hat do you comment on the way city people enjoy Tet? Do you think Tet is the best occasion for us to relax? What activities would you like to have during Tẻt? Could you suggest some suitable activities for people? What popular activities are there at the end o f a year? Which ones do you prefer? Are you saving now? Do you intend to spend all your savings on Tet? How do you feel when an old year ends and a New Year stars? Is Tet a good time for us to look back over the old year, and look forward to the New Year? Why should we look back over the old and look forward to the new? Which countries in the world also have the Lunar New Year like ours? Do they celebrate it in the same way? What are forms of entertainment people prefer to have during this occasion? Which ones are healthy and which ones are bậd?





Nguyn H ng Anhv M A .

rô

TESOJL

.Q UY

NH ƠN

8. Do you think this is an occasion for you to celebrate big with your friends, to get outwith your sweetheart, and to be close to your relatives? 9. What would youdo on this occasion if you don’t have much money? What areyour resolutions in the Year of the Buffalo?

TOPIC 119; CE4NGDỈG OR rcOT?

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

It seems that the worid is becoming «ir uem%M3x '^ G s smaller and smaỉler every day. When I was a tittle boy, { could not think about meeting people from other parts of the world. However, now 1 have some friends from Australia, America and sortie other countries. Also, 1 can meet many foreigners at work or on streets, have dinner at an Italian restaurant, or enjoy a cup of coffee at a French coffee shop. So, i prefer m oving a num ber o f tim es, looking fo r changes because o f some reasons as follo w s.

00

The first and m ost obvious reason to move from one place to

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

another is to see the w orld. When doing that, I can improve my mind and enrich my knowledge. I can meet people of many races whose customs and habits are not the same as mine. I also pass through areas of different climates where even plants and animais are different As 1 see all these things, I begin to leam that this world has a Jot of tilings for me to explore to enrich my knowledge.

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

The second reason fo r m oving is the opp ortun ity to get better jo b s and living conditions. Take my situation for an example. When I graduated from high school, 1 must leave for HCMC to get higher education because there is no college or university in m y hometown. After graduating from university, 1also had to stay in this city to work, for I could not find a suitable job in my hometown. In addition, the fact shows that people around the world are very interested in moving to developed countries or cities to settle because of better living conditions.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

Last but not least, some people move to new places because they w ant to help others o r contribute som ething to the developm ent o f the place they come. They are usually volunteers who are willing to work in difficult parts of their country to help poor people there. Moreover, they come to those places to change waste lands into

How To Speak English Well


213




Sguxn Hng Anh. M~]. Yi TESOL

VOCABULARY T IP to explore to settle cultivated (a)

to discover , to stay produced

HƯ NG

L I. I.

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

n conclusion, 1 think that almost people want to look for something >etter than what they already have. Therefore, if people spend th e ir in tire live s in one place, they m ay m iss many chances to develop hem selves.

NH ƠN

titiva te d areas or to establish their business in order create jobs for Deal residents to develop their economy. I think these changes should ỉẻ encouraged and respected.

TR

ẦN

QUESTIONS FOR PISCUSSIOK

Where are you from? Where were you bom? Where are you grown up? L Do you often change your school? If yes, how many schools have you gone to? Which school do you like bets? I. How many friends do you have? Do you often change your friends? If yes, what are reasons? I. What do you think about fashion? How often do you change your fashion? What do you think about a person who has the same hairstyle forever? Ĩ. Do you think you can improve yourself when moving to a new place? What can you get and what may you lose? 3. In your opinion, why do people immigrate to other places or countries? What is the reason they moved out of their pface? Is changing a place to tlve or work a problem? in what ways do you see It as a problem? 7. Do you think there is a relation between immigration and the development? Should any government lim it or encourage the number o f immigrants entering the country? Ỉ. Should Immigrants have the same rights as native citizens? Should immigrants have the right to vote? In which elections? 3. Why would you think of emigrating? What would be some of the issues that would concern you about emigrating? 10. Are there a lot of immigrants in your community? Do immigrants in your community isolate themselves into a certain area?

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

I.

Bote To Speak English Well Đóng góp PDF bởi GV. Nguyễn Thanh Tú




Nguyn Hng Anhy M~\. ÚI TESOL

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

Jealousy is a fear that you are not as good as others or an envy of what they have such as fear o f changes, losses, abandonment, or poweiiessness. It is a reflection of our own insecurity about our worthiness, or anxiety about being inadequate. People who are usually jealous of others not onfy damage themsetves but also break with others.

NH ƠN

TOPIC 120; 3EAJLOUSY M P ITS CONSEQUENCES

00

B

TR

ẦN

Jealousy happens when one of the partners starts a new relationship. I do not know why we are jeaious of this while it can bring great joy and excitement to our lives. When our partner has a new relationship, s/he is adding a new person to his/her life. Some people say that a new relationship win change their schedule, their lifestyle, and take a lot of their energy as well as adding stress to their fife. I think they say so because they are afraid of losses and abandonment.

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

Jealousy has been the cause of marital breakups, destroyed friendships or strained relationships among neighbors, even siblings. Do you agree with me that the greater the perceived threat is, the greater the jealousy becomes. Being jealous of your neighbors1 belongings can lead you to be deep in debt as you try to keep up appearances and have the same or better things than your neighbor does. Severe jealousy has even led to crimes such as theft, arson and murder.

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

What do you do when you're jealous? Of course at that time, we are angry, feel violated even want to revenge someone. However, I myself think what comes up as jealousy can be stopped by simple communication. For example, if we have jealousy in love, we can say, "1 need you to have more time with me." "When we go to a party, 1 don’t want you to be with anybody else." If we leave these needs unspoken, they will remain until a situation exposes them. It is essential to express your needs and expectations cieariy to your partner.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

However, it is not always a bad thing. Being jealous of someone can spur you into action whether it is to study harder in school or to get a better job- In this way, being jealous can be good although Ú is usually perceived as a bad quality.

And you? What do you think of jealousy in love and in our daily iife?

Bote To Speak English WeU





Vguyn Hng Anh,

Afwi.

in TESOL

yoC A BD IAK Y TCP I. envy (n): ĩ. abandonment (n) ỉ. anxiety (n) ỉ. inadequate (a) ỉ. siblings (n) ì. arson (n) T. to revenge !. to expose ì. to perceive

.Q UY

HƯ NG

QUESTIONS FOR P I S a S S IO N

ĐẠ O

TP

being left worry not enough blood bothers/sisters the crime of setting fire to do s.th in return to uncover to recognize

NH ƠN

jealousy

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

1. What is jealousy? What are often people jealous of? Why do they have such feeling? I. What has often jealousy caused and destroyed? Do you agree with me that the greater the perceived threat is, the greater the jealousy becomes? What has revere jealousy even led to? Ì. Is jealousy just a single emotion? What can jealousy be manifested as? What is the primary emotion you have when you are jealous? I. Is jealousy a reflection of our own insecurity about our worthiness, anxiety about being adequate as a iover, and doubts about our desirability? ). When does jealousy usually happen? Why are people often jealous when their partners have a new relationship? Are they afraid of loss and abandonment? >. What Is the best treatment for jealousy? Do you think trust is an essential element for a good relationship til at can help you relieve your jealousy? r. Do you think jealousy is always a bad thing? When is it good? Does jealousy help you study harder in school or get a better job? i. What do you do when you’re jealous? Do you usually tell your partner what you expect from him/her? ). Have you ever said to your partner, ” 1 need you to have more time with me.", "When we go to a party, Í don't want you to be with anybody else.”? to. What can you dray/ from today’s discussion?

iovc To Speak English Well man to beThanh an undertaker? Đóng góp PDF bởi GV. Nguyễn Tú

-

.L...

216

_______ . unn think it is mors




Nguyên H ồng A n h , M *A. in T E S O Í

NH ƠN

15 TOPICS FOR M IM -TALKS What annoys you most about living at home with your family? What annoys you about the place where you live now? What annoys you about taking buses to work? What annoys you about driving a motorbike? Does smoking bother you? Do you think you have habits that annoy other people? Does it annoy you when people kiss in public? Do you get annoyed when someone cuts in front of you when you are waiting in line? What dpes pet peeve mean? What is your pet peeve? What are some new pet peeves you have as a result of recent technology (i.e. cell phone use)? What annoying habits does your best friend have? What Is the most annoying thing for you? Do you get annoyed when other people display bad manners? Give some examples. Do you annoy people with some of your habits? What is something that your parents do that annoys you? Can annoying someone be a good thing? If something is annoying you, what do you usually do? What are some things that annoy you that don’t annoy your best friend? How do you inform someone they are being annoying? How do you change annoying habits? What are some things that car drivers do that annoy you? Can you think o f some things children do that annoy adults around them? What lands of people annoy you? Does It annoy you when people don't use the right punctuation? Who is the most annoying person you knew? Why?

.Q UY

1.

TP

2.

ĐẠ O

3. 4.

HƯ NG

5.

ẦN

6.

TR

7.

00

B

8.

HÓ

A

12.

P2

11.

CẤ

10.

+3

10

9.

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

13.

H ow To Speak English. W e ll

why I would enjoy visiting your hometown. Đóng góp PDF bởi GV. Nguyễn WWW.FACEBOOK.COM/BOIDUONGHOAHOCQUYNHON ___ Thanh Tú howo â fîipnp or unrversitv? Does vour



BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

Why is honesty important? Why is honesty so dffficutt at times? When is honesty difficult? What is the opposite o f honesty? Why is It good to be honest? Why Is dishonesty not good? is there a difference between honesty and truthfulness? Is there a different between dishonesty and lying? When have- you been honest? When have you been dishonest? A t what times do you appreciate peopĩe being honest w ith’ you? When have you had times when people have been dishonest with you? How do feel when you have been dishonest with someone? How do you feei when someone has been dishonest with you? Who have you been honest with? How can you be honest and not hurt someone? is it ever ai! right to give only a partial truth? When might it be al! rioht to give only a partial truth? When might it be kind more to be completely honest with someone? Are there people that you do not trust? How can you tell when people are being dishonest with you? How can people tell rf you have been dishonest with them? What kind of problems does dishonesty cause? What are some common situations when people are sometimes dishonest? Is dishonesty every justifiable? What is truthfulness? Why is it important to be truthful? Are you always truthful? What problems do you encounter when you are not truthful? How can you te!i when people are being .truthful' with you? How do people act when they are untruthful?’ How ño you fee! when people have been untruthful With you? How do you fee! when you have been untruthful to others? What is a misleading truth? When have you heard a misleading truth? How can you ten when someone is not teỉíing you the whole truth? What are some situations when telling a partial truth might be OK? When are times when It might be kinder to tell a partial truth to someone? W hat is the different between teỉlịng a partial truth and lying? How do you know when to trust someone?

NH ƠN

yễn H ồng A n h . M A . in TESOL





Nguyễn H ồng A n h , M~A. ừ i TESO L

Do you often use the Internet? When did you first use the Internet? About how many hours a day do you use the Internet? Who uses the Internet the most in your family? 2. Do you think our lives have been Improved by the internet? Do you think the Internet favors men or women? Do men and women use the internet for different purposes? 3. Do you use the Internet for fun or education? What are some of the ways the Internet can be used fo r education? What are some of the ways the Internet can be used for entertainment? 4. What are the sites you most commonly access? What is the best thing about the Internet? What problems does the Internet create? What problems does it solve? 5. Do you have more many e-mail addresses? Why do you need more than one e-mail address? Have you ever chatted on the Internet? Give me a reason why you think that email is a good way fo r people to communicate. 6. Is it dangerous to meet people on the Internet? Would you like to go on a date with someone you meet on the Internet? 7. Do you think that the Internet safe for children? Why? Is there too much sex on the Internet? 8. Do you think that it is important for schools to have Internet access? Why? Can you believe all the information that is published {available) on the Internet? 9. Do you think that it is a good or bad habit fo r young people to play computer games? Many people use the internet for fun and entertainment at work. Do you think that this is right? 10. Would you consider going out with someone that you met on the Internet? 11. Do you think that meeting people is easier than meeting people face to face? How does the internet help people from different countries to communicate with each other? Do you think that some people spend too much time on the internet and does this stop them from seeing their friends? Why? 12. Many Universities are now offering online courses. Give me some reasons why this is a good tiling. Many students use the Internet to

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

1.

NH ƠN

lĩt t l T 7: I^ T K R ^ E T

ƯỠ

help them do their assignments and they just cut and paste

BỒ

ID

information from the Internet. How do we stop this? 13. Search engines are used to find information. Do you think that they always give you the best sites or do they give you sites that pay money in order to be on the top of the list?

S o w To S peak E n glish W e ll





guyễn H ồng A n h , M X in TES ỠL

NH ƠN

t \ I T 8: LOVE, PAYING & MARRIAGE

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

• Do you have a boyfriend/girffriend? Where did you meet him/her? What does he/she look like? At what age do most people in your country get married? At what age do you want to get married? At what age did you get married? Do women usually work after getting married in your country? Do you know what It means to 'go Dutch'? Do you "go Dutch" when dating? is it usual for people in your country to 'go Dutch’ if you go out together? Do older girls/boys have a problem dating younger girts/boys? Do younger girls/boys have a problem dating older girts/boys? Do you believe in love at first sight? Do you think some people know that they will fall in love with someone the first time they meet? Do you know anyone who has had an arranged marriage? o you know someone who has gotten a divorce? Do you think arranged marriages are a good idea? Why or why not? What is your opinion of arranged maniages? Do you know the difference between love and: like? Can you still tove your partner and not like him/tier? What characteristics do you look for in a girlfriend or boyfriend? How often would you like to go out on dates? How old were you when you went on your first date? Where did you go? What did you do? Who did you go with? Do you think a boy should pay for everything on a date? 0. Do you think getting married means giving up freedom? Do you think it is better to be single or to be married? Do you think people change after getting married? 1. Do you think it is okay for a couple to live together before getting married? Why or Why not? Do you think it's OK for a man to have two wives? Do you think it's OK for a Wife to have two husbands? 2. How long do you think couples should know each other before they get married? How old were you when you had your first boyfriend or girlfriend? How old were your parents when they got married? 3. if your parents did not approve of a person you loved and wanted to marry, would that be a difficult situation for you? Why/Wịiy not? 4. If you had to marry either a poor man whom you really-loved, or a rich man whom you did not love, which would you choose? 5. What advice would you give to someone whose partner hates their best friend?. •'

lo ta To Speak E ngìisk W ell


224




Do you have a good memory or a bad memory? Do you usually remember things or forget things? Are there some things or times that you w ill never forget? Tell your group about themWould you flke to have a perfect memory? Why or why not? How would it change your life? Are there some things or times that you wish you could forget? Who do you know who has the best memory? Who do you know who has the worst memory? What's your earliest memory? When was it? What's your most vivid (clear or sharp) memory? When was it? Memories make the man. What do you think this means? Give examples. Have you ever forgotten something important, like your keys or your phone? Has someone you know ever forgotten something important, like their keys or their phone? Have you ever walked into a room and forgotten why you went there? Have you ever forgotten an important date, like a birthday or an anniversary? Tell your group what happened. Has someone you known ever forgotten an important date, like a birthday or an anniversary? As people grow older, sometimes the distant past is easier to remember than the near past Why do you think this is? Have you ever seen examples of this? TelÍ your group about them. Those who forget the past will repeat it. What do you think this means? Give examples. ' -

7.

00

10

ƯỠ

NG

8.

TO ÁN

-L

6.

Í-

HÓ

5.

A

CẤ

4.

+3

3.

P2

2.

B

TR

1.

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

16. Would you marry someone of another nationality? What are some advantages of an international marriage? What are. some disadvantages? 17. Do you want to have an international marriage? Do you know anyone who married someone from a different country? if yes, what is their experience like? 18. How would your parents fee! if you married someone from a different country? Do you think that ft is good for children to have parents from two different countries? Why? Why not? 19. Do you think that gay people should be allowed to marry? Why do you think the bride’s maids wear white? 20. When should you introduce your boyfriend/girffriend to your parents?—when you begin dating, after you have been together far a white, only when the relationship is serious? Why?

NH ƠN

Nguyên H ổng A n h , M-A. in TESO L ___________ ____

BỒ

ID

9.

B ote To S peak E nglish Weữ


225




HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

Many people find that visiting certain place brings bade a childhood memory very strongly (such as the scene of an old fam ily holiday). Why do you think this is? Where has this effect on you? Give examples. If you could edit your memories, which ones would you erase and why? Which ones would you make clearer and more vivid? Do you have a photographic memory? Do you know anyone who has a photographic memory?

NH ƠN

lyễn H ồn g A n h, M A ., ừ i TESO L

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

. Do you believe in ghosts? Do you believe that dead people come bade to life as ghosts? Would you talk to a ghost? Do you believe in life after death? Do ,ỵou. .know anyone who has said that they have seen a ghost? Have you ever come in contact with a ghost? (Have you ever seen a ghost?) I. If one of your friends told you they had seen a ghost, would you believe him/her? Why/Why not? What is the scariest ghost story you know? L. Is there an area where you live (park, house, etc.) that is known to be haunted? If so, what is the story or legend that makes people believe this area is haunted? Have you ever visited this place? if you were a ghost who and where would you haunt? Ĩ. Do you believe that houses can be haunted? Have you ever been to one? Do you believe that houses have ghosts in them sometimes? Ĩ. Were you ever touched or physically harmed by a ghost or "spirit"? If so, how? Have you ever felt that you knew a ghost that you saw? 7. How do you know if a ghost is near you? If you don’t believe in ghosts, then what have you heard other people say? Ĩ. If you don't believe in ghost, tell why? If you don't believe in ghost, and you actually have seen one, what were your reactions? Ì. Do you think that there is truth behind superstitions? What are some superstitions in your country? What are some things that are considered unlucky? What are some things that are considered lucky? 10. What numbers are considered to be lucky and unlucky in your country? Do you have a lucky number? 11. Have you ever gone to a psychic? If so, what were you told? Did you believe it? Why do some people consult psychics bef' ôing otc To Speak E nglish W ell





BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

important things? Do you know anyone that has ever been to a psychic? 12. Why do some people need fortunetellers? How do people predict the future in your country? 13. Do you believe in horoscopes? Do you read your horoscope? if so, do you believe it? 14. Do you think that dreams come true? Do you think that dreams can help us solve our problems? Have you ever had a dream come true? / Have you ever had a dream that later came true? 15. Has anything ever happened to you that you cannot explain? ðo you believe that there are many things in our universe that cannot be explained? Give examples. 16. Do you believe that you are from another planet? Do you believe you have supernatural powers there? Have you ever tried to contact another planet? Did you succeed? 17. Do you believe in reincarnation? Have you ever felt that you knew someone the first time you met them? 18. Have you ever looked in the mirror and ’seen’ a different face?,Do you think heaven exist? Do you think hell exist? 19Js the belief in UFOs, aliens, physic powers, etc, growing because the belief in religion is dying? 20. Do you believe in witches? Why or why not? Do you believe in coincidences? Why or why not? Do you believe in God? Why or why not? 21. What is the most frightening things that has ever happened to you? Do you believe that people who were bad alive pay their bad behavior by staying here?

NH ƠN

4. ừ i TESG L

Nguyễn S ồ n g A n h ,

S o w To Speak E n glish W e il





yen H ồng A n h , M~A. ừ i TESO L

NH ƠN

l \ Í T 11: H T IA i IF...?

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

if you had only 24 hours to live, what would you do? {f you could be an animal, any animal, what animal would you be and why? If you could be another man or woman for a day, who would you choose? If you could change one tilin g about yourself, what would it be? If you could change one thing in the world, what would it be? If you could choose how you were going to die, what' would you choose your death to be? If you could choose to live on a different planet, which one would you choose? If you could meet any famous person, dead or alive, who would it be and why? If you could speak any other language (besides English) which language would you like to speak? . if you could take a vacation anywhere in the world for any length of time, where would you go? If you couid go anywhere in the world for a holiday, where would you go? .If you could travel back in time, where would you go? . If you found a suitcase full o f $1,000,000, what would you do? . If you had 25-hour days (while everyone else continued to have 24hour days), what would you do with the extra time? . If you had to choose between love and no money or money and no love for the rest of your life, which would you choose? i. If you were given three wishes, what would you wish for? *. !f you were going to a deserted island and could oniy take three things with you. what would you take? Why? ■.If you were the President, what problem or concern would you work on first? i If you woke up suddenly because your house was on firet which three things would you save as you ran outside? I. If you could live perfectly well without sleeping, If you had no need to sleep at all, how would you spend all your nights? L if you could be married with a foreign (man/woman), who do you think you would choose?





Nguyễn H ồn g A nh , M -A. ừ i TESOL

NH ƠN

I M T 12: CLOTHES & FASHION

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

1. Do you like shopping for new clothes? Do you prefer to go shopping or just browse? Why? How much money do you spend on clothes a year? What piece of clothing do you spend your money on the most? Why? Where do you usually buy dothes? 2. What kind of clothes do you usually wear? Do you think it is important to wear fashionable clothes? Do you wear jewelry? If so, what kind of jewelry do you wear? How often do you wear jewelry? 3. What do you think of body piercing? Do you have pierced ears? Do you know anyone with a pierced nose? Would .you ever pierce your tongue? What do you think of people with body piercing? 4. What colors do you think look good on you? What colors do you think look good on your girlfriend or boyfriend? 5. What kind of clothes are in fashion now? Would you like to be a fashion model? What's the most expensive piece of clothing you have ever bought? What are some of the strangest fashions you have seen? 6. What would you think of a woman who cut off all her hair and went around bald as a fashion statement? What do you think of women who wear short mini-skirts? Do you think that the clothes we wear reflect what is inside us? 7. What do you think of people with tattoos? Do you have a tattoo? Do you know someone with a tattoo? 8. What type of clothing do you wear when you are angry and you want to express yourself? What colors do you choose to wear when you are happy? 9. In what ways does your Grandmother dress differently than you? When you get old do you think you will dress like your grandmother or grandfather? 10. Would you ever wear contacts to change your eye color? What is the difference in the people who choose to wear contacts and the people who choose to were glasses? 11. What do you think about women who don't wear earrings? What do you think about men who wear earrings? 12. is It possible for women to wear too much make-up? When is a person wearing to much make-up? What do you think of men who wear make-up? is ft possible to be beautiful without wearing any make-up, earrings or other accessories? 13. Do you think people feel different when they wear different dothes? Do fashionable clothes really change the way a person looks? What do you think of people who dye their hair?



229




.Q UY

.W hai do you think about secondhand clpíhes? Why. do you think people buy secondhand dothes? Have you ever been to a store that sells secondhand clothes? Have you ever bought secondhand clothes? Would you buy secondhand clothes?

NH ƠN

vễn H ững A n h . itf,4. iff TE SQ L

TP

I M T 13s DISASTERS

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

How can you help after a natural disaster? If you could volunteer to help after a natural disaster, what cọuỉd you do? Have you ever volunteered to help in a disaster? What did you do? Did you enjoy. It? Have you ever given money to a charity? How do you decide what charity to give to? Are you willing to donate money to help victims of a natural disaster in other countries? How much? How much money should your government give to help victim s of natural disasters in your country and how much to help people living in other countries? What is a disaster? What is the Japanese word for disaster? Have you ever been in a disaster? What are some different kinds of disasters? What kinds of disasters are common in your country? What is the difference between a typhoon and a hurricane? What is the difference between a tornado and a hurricane? Are there ways we can prepare ourselves in advance to cope with disasters? How are businesses affected by disasters? How are fam ilies affected by disasters? How are the problems solved after a disaster? Do some natural disasters occur repeatedly in the same area? Do many people live in these areas? If you had the power to stop a natural disaster that has happened in the past, which would you choose? Why? What is the difference between natural disasters and man-made disasters? Can you name a few of each type? Where do these usually often occur? Are you prepared for a disaster? What can you do to prepare for a disaster? How do you think you would react in a disaster? Does your fam ily have a plan for what to do in the event of an earthquake? Have you ever been injured? Have you ever had a broken leg? What would you do if you knew there would soon be a serious natural disaster and this could be your last day on earth?

230 Đóng góp PDF bởi GV. Nguyễn Thanh Tú




N guyễn H ồn g Ả n h , Mj4. ừ i TESOL

NH ƠN

ÚHÌ1T 14? IMMIGRATION

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

1. Why do people Immigrate to other countries? Is immigration from one country to another a problem? In what ways do you see It as a problem? Do you think that immigrants are treated well in most countries? 2. Do you think there is a relation between immigration and crime? Should any government limrt the number of Immigrants entering the country? What would be a good number? 3. ỈS locaf culture threatened by -immigration? How far should immigrants retain their culture? Should immigrants have the same rights as native citizens? 4. ỈS there a difference between political and economic immigration?

A

CẤ

P2

8.

+3

10

7.

00

B

6.

TR

ẦN

5.

Should immigrants have the right to vote? In which elections? What should be done with the illegal immigrants entering a country? Should the country of origin of Illegal immigrants be held responsible? Do immigrants have a good or bad reputation in your part of the country? Should students be allowed to wear clothes with cultural or religious symbolism at school? Are there a lot of immigrants in your community? Would you ever think of emigrating? Why would you think of emigrating? Should immigrants be required to ỉeam the local language? How wouid you help an immigrant leam the local language? To what extent has the culture of your community become richer by immigrants?

What kind of music do you like? Who are your favorite performers or bands? Do you iike music or musicians from other countries as well? If so, who or what kind? What kinds of music don't you like? Name some singers or groups that you dislike. Do you like to watch TV? Do you like movies? ðo you like to watch TV? What are your favorite kinds of programs or shows? What are your all-time favorite TV programs? Do you like programs or shows from other countries as well? If so, what kind? Do you like actors from other countries as well? If so, who? What kinds of programs or which actors don't you like? Do you like movies? What are your favorite kinds of movies? What are your all-time favorite movies? Who are your favorite

2.

ƯỠ

NG

3.

TO ÁN

-L

1.

Í-

HÓ

L M T 15; LIKES A \ p DISLIKES

BỒ

ID

4.

5.

B o ie T ơ Speak E n glish W eti





rễn B ồ n g A n h , M A ., ừ i TESOL

NH ƠN

.

ĐẠ O

TP

.Q UY

actors? Do you like movies from other countries as well? If so, what kind? Do you like sports? What are your favorite kinds of sports? Who are your favorite athletes? Do you like sports from other countries as well? If so, what kind? Do you like athletes from other countries as weH? if so, who? Which athletes don't you like? Do you like books? What are your favorite kinds of books? What are your favorite titles? Who are your favorite authors?

HƯ NG

IP S FOR PUBLIC PRESENTATION

ẦN

Most presentations are divided into 3 main parts (+ questions): introduction, body, conclusion, and questions

TR

INTRODUCTION

00

B

Welcome y o u r audience

CẤ

introduce y o u r subject

P2

+3

10

Good morning, ladies and gentlemen. Good afternoon, everybody. Hi, everybody.

HÓ

A

I am going to talk today about... The purpose of my presentation is to introduce our new range of...

-L

Í-

O utline the structure

TO ÁN

In my presentation, I have two points to tell you. Fist, Í would like to talk a b ou t.... Then, I will move on to ...

Do feel free to interrupt me if you have any questions; . If you have any questions, please wart until I finish mỵ speech.

PRESENTATION VERBS

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

Give in structions about questions

p To Spc-HK E nglish W eũ Đóng gópI PDF bởi GV. Nguyễn Thanh Tú

232




N guyễn H ồn g A n h , M.A.. ù t TESO L

- to report on - to discuss - to tell about - to outline - to talk

NH ƠN

- to take a look at - to give an overview of - to show

.Q UY

Ex:

HƯ NG

ĐẠ O

TP

Good morning ladies and gentlemenỈ Today, I am going to talk about changes in Vietnamese families in modem society. First of ail, I ’l l talk about the size of the family. Then /7/ mention the woman's role in the modem family. After that I'll give you an overview o f children's freedom. If you have any questions, don't hesitate to interrupt me.

III. SIGN-POSTING

10

00

B

TR

I'd like to start by... Let's begin by... First of ali, I'll... Starting with... nt begin by...

CẤ

P2

2. Finishing one subject...

+3

• • • • •

ẦN

1. Introducing the firs t subject

Well, f've told you about... That’s all I have to say about... So much for...

HÓ

A

• • •

-L

Í-

3. ...and starting another

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

• Now we'll move on to... • Let me turn now to... • Next... • Turning to... • I'd like now to discuss... • Let's look now at... 4. G iving an exam ple

• •

For example.— A good example of this is...

Hcnc To Speak E n g lish W e ll





nyễn H ồ ng A n h 9 M JL. ừ i TESGL

NH ƠN

To give you an exampỉé,... To illustrate this point...

.Q UY

Note: Ordering

ĐẠ O

t‐

TP

Firstly... secondly. ..thirdly... lastly... First of all...then...next..after th a t..íinạíly... To start w ith.Jater...to finish up...

c o n c lu s io n

HƯ NG

Use the conclusion to: - Sum up; - Give recomm endations i f appropriate; - Thank your audience; Invite questions.

ẦN

. Summing up

CẤ

Thanking your audience

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

To conclude,... In conclusion,... In summary, Now, to sum up... So let me summarize/recap what I’ve said. Finally, may I remind you of some of the main points we've considered.

Í-

HÓ

A

Many thanks for your attention. May I thank you ali for being such an attentive audience.

-L

\. Inviting questions

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

► Now i’ll try to answer any questions you may have. ► Are there any questions? ►Do you have any questions?

O IC

To Speak E nglish WeU.


23 4 WWW.FACEBOOK.COM/BOIDUONGHOAHOCQUYNHON



N gu yn H Ò n g A n h . M .A . ìn T E S b L

2

10. My H obbies sổ Vv-JÂ

3 5 7 8 10 11 12 14

.Q UY

T h e F ir s t D a y I W en t T o S e h o o l M y F a m ily M y C h ild h o o d A D a y ĩ n M y L ife T h e S u b je c t I K ike W hat I H a te D o in g T h ln k tn g Of Y o u r L ife? A n U n fo rg etta b le^ M em o ry K í ru £ ^ Uv. J

TP

2. 3. 4. 5* 6. 78. 9.

ĐẠ O

M y s e lf In tr o d u c tio n

HƯ NG

1.

15

M ak in g F r ie n d s G o in g C am p in g S u p e r m a r k e ts A B ig C ity O r T h e C o u n tr y sid e ? T h e Im p o r ta n c e O f B r e a k fa st F a st F o o d E n v ir o n m e n t a l P o llu tio n o w V a c a tio n P la n s KU

28

19* SO. 21. 2S. 33.

Learning English L e a r n in g O n lin e ị Job Promotion cv ^ácVÚvv Job Interview Commuting to work y [ \ \aZ r^

30 31 32 34 35

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. Ỉ8 .

-L

24- M arriage F irst OP C areer F irst?

'\wlvV'

17 18 20 21 23 25

36

38

Playing Games 2 7 . S n rẺ n g t h e I n t e r n e t 2 8 . C h a ttin g O n lin e

40 42 43

^ 2 9 - Lovin g and Dating Uo

45

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

2 5 . L is te n in g to M u sic

46 48

3 2. R aising C hildren

49

BỒ

ID

3 0 . G e ttin g m a r r ie d 3 1 . H o n e y m o o n Tv*i».'\''vTo . . v.-.--,Cvcc.''

33« With Or Without A Companion?

NH ƠN

IINPEX ____________ _____________________________PA C E

51

Otsjvs è\’o H

[ £

T o S p e a k E n glis h W eU


2 35 WWW.FACEBOOK.COM/BOIDUONGHOAHOCQUYNHON



HƯ NG

ẦN

TR

B

00

10

+3

P2

CẤ

A

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

r. Oỉd
ƯỠ ID BỒ

52 54 55

c To Speak E nglish W e ll


.Q UY

57 58k 60 61 63 64 66 68 69 71

TP

S tu d e n ts A n d P a r t-T im e J o b s P h y s ic a l E x e r c is e A d v a n ta g e s o f C e ll p h o n e s lQy i. S u m m er .V a e a tio n i. D a n g e K A t H o m e

ĐẠ O

. * » . . * * * * » . » ••

NH ƠN

ễn H ồng A n h , M.A. in TESO L

72

74 76 78 80 81 83 85 87 89 9â 95 97 9® 101 103 104 V 106 ■ 108 110 '112 236




BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

.Q UY

114 116 118 119 121 12 3 125 127 129 131 132 135 137 139 141 143 145 14 7 149 151 153 155 157 1*59 161 164 1 66 167 169 171 173 1 75

TP ĐẠ O

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

P2

+3

10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

69« T h e B e s t M ea n s Of T r a n sp o r ta tio n 7 0 . S tr e e t C h ild r e n 7 1 . S tu d y G rou p s 7 2 . A n U n fo r g e tta b le G ift In M y U f e 73* D a tin g W h ile S c h o o lin g 7 4 - A tte n d in g C lass o r S tu d y in g H o m e? 7 5 . V a le n tin e ’s D a y ỵX. 76* B e in g a F a m o u s P e r s o n 7 7 . F a m ily R e la tio n s N o w a d a y s 7 8 . E a tin g In O r O a t? 79* W ho Is t h e B e t te r P a r e n t? 8 0 . A t H o m e o r T o T h e c in e m a ? 8 1 . S o lv m g T r a fB c P r o b le m s 8 2 . M od ern W om en 8 3 . W ork in g o r R e tir in g ? 8 4 . M ak in g Y o u r D r e a m s B e c o m e T r u e 85* G iv in g a n d R e c e iv in g G ilts ỊịụZ. -V . 8 6 . S tu d e n ts a n d I n te g r a tio n !A'^ 8 7 . O n e -w e e k H o lid a y , 8 8 . T h e M ost I m p o r ta n t S k ill j ' ' ^ 8 9 . S h o u ld C h ild r e n L e a r n E n g lish ? 90* T e llin g l i e s 9 1 . H o w to L e a r n E n g lish ? c 9 2 . I n c h i li z e d A c tio n s lv ^ ^ a: i 9 3 . T h e I n te r n e t In L e a r n in g 9 4 . M o b ile P h o n e s (J^r 9 5 . H ow T o W in P e o p le ’s H e a r ts 9 6 . B o n n o r A p a rtm en t? 9 7 . W ith O r W ith ou t th e T e a c h e r ? 9 8 . B od y L anguage 9 9 . K e e p in g A c h ie v in g O u r G oals ^ 4 t ic 100. W edd in g In V ie tn a m

~

101.

Face-T o-Face Com m unication

177

102. 103.

E a tin g & D r in k in g H a b its O ur F r ie a d s

179 181

H ow To Speak English. W e il


NH ƠN

Nguyễn H ồng A n h, M -A. ừ i TESOL

237




10

00

B

TR

ẦN

HƯ NG

.Q UY

217

P2

+3

TOPICS FOR MM TAIKS

m Ỉ85 137 189 191 193 Ids 197 199 201 203 204 207 299 211 213 '215

TP

ĐẠ O

6oiog To University 104. Working & Relaxing 105. Family Relation 106. How To liv e To 100 , c 107. Speexal Moments I'vU oavV Y ' ^ 108. 109. Christmas i v , Solar iVewYear 110. 111. v^.V«Datiag In Our Country 112* Xew Yearns Resolutions Ậ ' c: ^,‘A 'V '1 ’ 113. Studying Abroad Divorce . 114. Overpopulation 1Ĩ5. 116- V Global Wanning Ways OÍEntertaining 117. 11«. Vietnamese Tet Changing Or l\rot ^ 119120. Jealousy & Its Consequences *> j\X vn

NH ƠN

ỉguyễn H ẩn g A n h , M-A. ÔI TÉSO L

234

Email: .Blog:

anhnguyenhongm aster@ gm ail.com nguyenhonganhtesoKblpgspot.com

BỒ

ID

ƯỠ

NG

TO ÁN

-L

Í-

HÓ

A

CẤ

TIPS FOR P im ic SEAKEVG

H ow To S peak English. W e ll



HOW TO SPEAK ENGLISH WELL 120 HOT TOPICS FOR LEARNERS OF INTERMEDIATE & ADVANCED LEVELS - NGUYỄN HỒNG ANH

Recommend Documents